SEP 23 80 warthmore ollege Bulletin 1980-81 SWARTHMORE ¡COLLEGE LIBRARY P tïA S E USE:iN TH ÈÜ81 ARS C ollege Bulletin Catalog Issue Volume LX X V III Number 1 September 1980 1 9 8 0 -1 9 8 1 Directions for Correspondence SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, SWARTHMORE, PA 19081 T h eodore Friend President G EN ER A L C O L LE G E PO LIC Y H a rriso n M . W right Provost A CA D EM IC POLICY A D M ISSIO N S, SC H O LA RSH IPS, AND C A TA LO G U ES J a n e H. M u llin s Registrar R E C O R D S AND T R A N SC R IP T S La w re n c e L. Landry V ice President L e w is T. Cook, Jr. Associate V ice President — Business Affairs C a ro lin e S h ero Controller FINAN CIAL IN FO RM A TIO N Ju d ith K apustin Katz Director C A R E E R PLANNING A ND PLA CEM EN T A LU M N I, D EVELO PM EN T, A ND PUBLIC RELA TIO N S E Q U A L O P PO R T U N IT Y IN FO RM A TIO N G EN ER A L IN FO RM A TIO N R obert A. Barr, Jr. Dean o f Admissions Kendall Landis V ice President Robin B. C ow ard Equal Opportunity O fficer M a ra ly n O rbison G ille sp ie Associate V ice President and Director o f Inform ation Services Swarthmore College does no t discriminate in education or employment on the basis o f sex, race, color, age, religion, national origin, or handicap. This policy is consistent with relevant governmental statutes and regulations, including those pursuant to T ide IX o f the federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and Section 5 0 4 o f the federal Rehabilitation Act o f 1973. The Swarthmore C ollege B ulletin (U SP S 5 3 0 -6 2 0 ), o f which this is Volume L X X V III, number 1, is published twice in November and once in September, December, February, May, and August by Swarthmore College, Swarth- more, PA 19081. Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA 19081 and additional mailing offices. Postmaster: send address changes to S warthmore C ollege B ulletin, Swarthmore, PA 19081. Printed in U .S.A . Table of Contents CA LEN D A R 5 INTRODUCTION 8 EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 10 ADMISSION 15 EXPENSES 18 FINANCIAL AID 20 III IV V COLLEGE LIFE 31 STUDENT COMMUNITY 35 EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 39 FACULTY REGULATIONS 50 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 54 AWARDS AND PRIZES 56 FELLOWSHIPS 58 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 60 A rt 6 2 Asian Studies 68 Astronomy 7 0 Biology 72 Black Studies 7 8 Chemistry 8 0 Classics 8 3 Econom ics 88 Education 9 4 Engineering 9 7 English Literature 104 History 113 International Relations 120 Linguistics 122 VI Literature 124 Mathematics 125 Medieval Studies 131 M odem Languages and Literatures 132 Music 144 Philosophy 149 Physical Education and Athletics 153 Physics 155 Political Science 160 Psychology 167 Public Policy 173 Religion 175 Sociology and Anthropology 180 THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 189 ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 193 THE FACULTY 196 ADMINISTRATION 211 VISITING EXAMINERS 219 DEGREES CONFERRED 221 AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 225 ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 228 PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 230 INDEX 232 DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 240 3 1980 1981 SEPTEMBER MAY SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 1 3 4 5 6 ? 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ;a $. 16 ~'I7. 11 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 g ilii OCTOBER SUN MON TUE WED THU ! 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 2 v3* 4 5 6 9 1 0 11 12 43 16 47 18 19 20 23 24 -;25 26 27 30 31’ 4 11 18 25 TUE W ED THU FRI 1 5 6 7 8 12 13 14 15 19 20 21 22 26 27 28 29 SUN MON TOE WED THU SAT 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 SUN MON TU E WED THU FRI 1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 7 16 17 18 19 14 15 23 24 25 26 21 22 28 29 30 SUN MON 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 SUN MON 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 6 13 20 27 SUN MON 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 FRI SAT 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 FEBRUARY FRI 1 2 3 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 31 SAT 6 13 20 27 FRI SAT 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 FRI SAT 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 mi SAT 7 14 21 28 l 8 15 22 29 4 SAT 7 14 21 28 SUN MON SUN MON TOE WED THU 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 SAT 4 11 18 25 FRI SAT 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 1 8 15 22 29 TUE WED THU . FRI SAT 1 8 15 22 29 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 SUN MON SAT 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 SUN MON 1 2 9 8 15 16 22 23 29 30 TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN MON 1 8 15 22 29 3 10 17 24 11 18 25 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 FRI SAT 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 APRIL SUN MON TU E WED THU 7 14 21 28 2 9 FRI SAT 3 10 17 24 31 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 7 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 16 23 30 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 18 25 2 9 16 23 30 TUE WED THU FRI FRI 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 24 25 26 27 TUE WED THU 4 U 18 25 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 1 8 15 22 29 7 14 21 28 MAY SAT 5 12 19 26 SUN MON TU E WED THU 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 JUNE FRI 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 TUE WED THU 3 10 17 24 31 S U N MON TOE WED THU SAT 3 10 17 24 31 6 13 20 27 7 14 21, 28 FRI 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 31 2 3 9 10 16 17 23 . 2 4 30 JULY SAT 7 14 21 28 SUN MON TO E WED THU 4 . '• 5 12 11 18 19 • 25: 26 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 AUGUST DECEMBER 4 4 U SUN MON TO E WED THU NOVEMBER FRI 3 10 17 24 31 TUE WED THU 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 3 10 17 24 APRIL TUE WED THU 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 7 14 21 28 MARCH SUN MON 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 6 13 20 27 6 13 20 27 2 9 16 23 30 5 12 19 26 OCTOBER SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 5 12 19 26 ■ SUN MON SAT I 8 15 22 29 FRI 1 8 15 22 SEPTEMBER TUE WED THU FRI 2 9 16 23 7 14 21 28 1981 JANUARY 7 14 21 28 SUN MON TOE WED THU AUGUST WED THU FRI SAT 6 3. 4 M 10 11 ■u 13 17 1 8 19 20 24 25 w 31 •• 6 13 20 27 MARCH TUE WED THU 7 14 21 28 5 12 19 26 FEBRUARY SAT JULY SAT 1 8 7 14 15 21 22 28 29 FRI DECEMBER SUN MON TUE A .<2 7 'Aè- 9 14 15 1 6 'j&l. •;28 'J29 30. 3 10 17 24 31 JUNE SAT 4 io 11 17 18 24 25 FRI NOVEMBER SUN MON TUE WED THU SUN MON 1982 JANUARY SAT 5 12 19 26 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 28 College Calendar Fall Sem ester 1980 September September September September September November December December December December December December December December December 3-7 5 6 8 26-27 21 1 5-6 5 8-12 12 6 15 19 20 Freshman placement days Meeting o f Honors candidates Registration Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Thanksgiving vacation begins, 6 :0 0 p.m. Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m. Annual meeting o f the Board o f Managers Enrollment for spring semester Reading period (at option o f instructor) Classes end Meeting o f Honors candidates Midyear examinations begin Seminars end Midyear examinations end 1981 Spring Sem ester January 18 February 27-28 March 6 March 16 April 27 - May 1 May 1 May i -2 May 4 May 7 May 7 May 16 May 18 May 19-20 May 21-23 May 29-30 May 31 June 1 June 6 Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Spring vacation begins, 6 :0 0 p.m. Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m. Reading period (at option o f instructor) Classes and Seminars end Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Enrollment for fall semester W ritten Honors examinations begin Course examinations begin Course examinations end W ritten Honors examinations end Senior comprehensive examinations O ral Honors examinations Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Baccalaureate Day Commencement Day Alumni Day 5 College Calendar (Tentative) Fall Sem ester 1981 September September September September September November November December December December December December December December December 2-6 4 5 8 25-26 20 30 4-5 4 7-11 11 5 14 ig ig 1982 January 18 February 26-27 March 5 March 15 April 26-30 April 30 April 30 - May 1 May 3 May 6 May 6 May 15 May 17 M ay 18-19 M ay 20-22 May 28-29 May 30 May 31 June 5 6 Freshman placement days Meeting o f Honors candidates Registration Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Thanksgiving vacation begins, 6 :0 0 p.m. Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m. Annual meeting o f the Board o f Managers Enrollment for spring semester Reading period (at option o f instructor) Classes end Meeting o f Honors candidates Midyear examinations begin Seminars end Midyear examinations end Spring Sem ester Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Spring vacation begins, 6 :0 0 p.m. Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m. Reading period (at option o f instructor) Classes and Seminars end Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Enrollm ent for fairsemester W ritten Honors examinations begin Course examinations begin Course examinations end W ritten Honors examinations end Senior comprehensive examinations O ral Honors examinations Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Baccalaureate Day Commencement Day Alumni Day E d u cation al R esou rces In tro d u ctio n to S w arth m ore C ollege — 7 Introduction to Swarthmore College Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by members o f the Religious Society o f Friends as a co-educational institution, occupies a campus o f more than 3 0 0 acres o f rolling wooded land in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarthmore in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small college by deliberate policy. Its present enrollment is about 1290 men and women students. The borough o f Swarthmore is a residential suburb within half an hour’s commuting distance o f Philadelphia. College students are able to enjoy both the advantages o f a semi-rural setting and the opportunities offered by Philadelphia. The College’s location also makes possible cooperation with three nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and the University o f Pennsylvania. OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES In accordance with the College’s Quaker tradition, Swarthmore students are expected to prepare themselves for full, balanced lives as individuals and as responsible citizens through exacting intellectual study supple­ mented by a varied program o f sports and other extra-curricular activities. The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to make its students more valuable human beings and more useful members o f society. W hile it shares this purpose with other educational institutions, each school, college, and univer­ sity seeks to realize that purpose in its own way. Each must select those tasks it can do best. By such selection it contributes to the diversity and richness o f educational oppor­ tunity which is part o f the American heritage. VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE Education is largely an individual matter, for no two students are exactly alike. Som e need detailed help, while others profit from considerable freedom. The Course and Exter­ nal Examination (H onors) Programs are designed to give recognition to this fact. They provide alternative systems o f instruction for students during their last two years. Both seek to evoke the maximum effort and development from each student, the choice o f method being determined by individual preference and capacity. The Honors Program, in which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an enriching and exciting intellectual experience. It has as its main ingredients close association with faculty members, often in small seminars, concentrated work in various fields o f study, and maximum latitude for the development o f individual responsibility. W ithin the Course Program, options for independent study and interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for exploration and development over a wide range o f individual goals. These opportunities typically include considerable flexibility of program choices from semester to semester, so that academic planning may be responsive to the emerging needs o f students. I I I | | I I I I I 1 ¡a THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION Swarthmore College was founded by members o f the Religious Society o f Friends, and it seeks to illuminate the life o f its students with the spiritual principles o f that Society. Although it has been non-sectarian in control since the beginning o f the present century, and although the children o f Friends compose a 8 minority o f the student body, the College 1 seeks to preserve the religious traditions out o f I which it grew. The essence o f Quakerism is the individual’s I responsibility for seeking truth and for I applying whatever truth he believes he has I found. As a way o f life, it emphasizes hard work, simple living, and generous giving; personal integrity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement o f disputes. The College does not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any other specific set o f convictions about the nature o f things and the duty o f man. It does, however, encourage ethical and religious concern about such questions, and continuing examination o f any view which may be held regarding them. TRADITION AND CHANGE A college draws strength from tradition, and energy from the necessity o f change. Its purposes and policies must respond to new conditions and new demands. By being open to change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its students, by means appropriate to the times, the standard o f excellence it has sought to maintain from its founding. 9 Educational Resources The primary educational resources o f any college are the quality o f its faculty and the spirit o f the institution. Financial as well as physical resources play an important supportive role, THE ENDOWMENT The educational resources at Swarthmore College have been provided by gifts and bequests from many alumni, foundations, corporations, parents and friends. In addition to unrestricted gifts for the operating budget, these donors have contributed funds for buildings, equipment, collections o f art and literature, and permanently endowed profes­ sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds and lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore have not only provided the physical plant, but also have created an endowment fund o f more than $ 9 0 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 at market value on June 30, 1980. Income from these funds during the academic year 1978-79 contributed approx­ imately $ 2 ,4 4 6 to meet the total expense o f educating each student, and thus accounted for 2 2 % o f the College’s educational and general income. The College’s ability to continue to offer a high quality o f education at a reasonable level o f tuition depends on continuing voluntary support. Swarthmore seeks additional gifts and bequests for its current operations, it permanent endowment, and its capital develop­ ment programs to maintain and strengthen its resources. The V ice President in charge o f development will be pleased to provide information about various forms o f gifts: bequests, outright gifts o f cash or-securities, real estate or other property, and deferred gifts through charitable remainder trusts and life income contracts in which the donor reserves the right to the annual income during his or her lifetime. PHYSICAL FACILITIES Laboratories, well equipped for undergraduate instruction and in some cases for research, exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psychology, astronomy, and in civil, mechan­ ical and electrical engineering. The Sproul Observatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center o f much fundamental research in multiple star systems. The Edward Martin Biological Laboratory provides facilities for work in zoology, botany, and pre-medical studies. The Pierre S. duPont Science Building provides accommodations for chemistry, math­ ematics, and physics. Beardsley and Hicks Halls contain the engineering laboratories, including a computer laboratory equipped with a DEC PDP 11/40 system with disc storage and laboratory peripherals. Papazian Hall provides facilities for work in psychology, and for the engineering shops. T he Arts Center contains the Paul M . Pearson Experimental Theatre and studios for various arts and crafts. 10 T he Florence W ilcox Gallery for art exhibitions is located in Commons on the second floor o f Parrish Hall. T he Eugene M. and Theresa Lang Music Building, opened in 1973, contains an auditor­ ium seating approximately 5 0 0 , the Daniel Underhill Music Library, classrooms, practice and rehearsal rooms, and an exhibition area. It is the central facility for the program o f the Music Department and for musical activities at the College. T he Computing Center, located in Beardsley Hall, is equipped with an IBM 1130 computer, several IBM 5100 portable computers with APL, and appropriate supporting equipment as well as terminals for either remote jo b entry or interactive computing in APL with an IBM 370/168 facility. A ll systems are available to students and faculty for instruction and research. T he Center for Social and Policy Studies in Beardsley Hall is closely related to the Computer Center. It is intended to encourage interacion and a common focus among departments, especially the social and natural sciences, engineering, and mathematics, in empirical work on social and policy issues. It facilitates student and faculty work and supports the concentration in Public Policy through its physical facilities, data archives, program o f events and by making available statistical consulting to students and faculty. T he Language Laboratory in Beardsley Hall, made possible by a contribution from the James Foundation o f New York, provides stations for 2 4 students and has the equipment for effective use in language teaching. T he Thomas B. and Jeannette E .L. M cC abe Library contains reading rooms, offices and the major portion o f the College library collection. Total College library holdings amount to 5 5 0 ,0 0 0 volumes. Som e 2 0 ,0 0 0 volumes are added annually. About 2 ,3 0 0 periodicals are received regularly. The general collection is housed in the library building, situated on the front campus. T he Science Libraries (DuPont, Martin and Observatory) house some 4 8 ,0 0 0 books and journals in chemistry, engineering, mathematics and physics. The Daniel Under­ hill Music Library contains about 12,000 books and scores, 7 ,5 0 0 recordings, and listening equipment. A small collection o f relevant material is housed in the Black Cultural Center. The library is definitely a collection o f books and journals for under­ graduate use. The demands o f reading for Honors, however, make necessary the provision o f large quantities o f source material not usually found in collections maintained for undergraduates. It is a point o f library policy to try to supply, either by purchase or through inter-library loan, the books needed by students or members o f the faculty for their individual research. SPECIAL COLLECTIONS The library contains certain special collections — the British Americana collection, the Wells W ordsworth and Thom son collections, the Auden collection, the Bathe collection o f the history o f technology and a collection o f the publications o f 6 5 0 private presses. A number o f special features enrich the academic background o f the College. Among these are the following: T he Friends Historical Library, founded in 1871 by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding collections in the United States o f manuscripts, books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the history o f the Society o f Friends. The library is a depository for records o f Friends Meetings belonging to Baltimore, Philadelphia, and other Yearly Meetings. M ore than 3 ,2 0 0 record books, dating from the 1680’s until the present, have been deposited. Additional records are available on microfilm. The W illiam W ade Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records lists material o f genealogical interest. Special collections include materials on various subjects o f Quaker concern such as abolition, Indian rights, utopian reform, and the history o f women’s rights. Notable among the other holdings are the W hittier Collection (first editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf W hittier, the Quaker poet), the M ott manuscripts (over 4 0 0 autographed letters o f Lucretia M ott, antislavery and women’s rights leader), and the Hicks manuscripts (m ore than 3 0 0 letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent Quaker minister). The library’s collection o f books and pamphlets by and about Friends numbers approximately 3 0 ,0 0 0 volumes. About 100 Quaker periodicals are currently received. There is also an extensive collection o f photographs o f meeting­ houses and pictures o f representative Friends, as well as a number o f oil paintings, including two versions o f "T h e Peaceable Kingdom” by Edward Hicks. It is hoped that Friends and others will consider the advantages o f giving to this library any books and family papers which may throw light on the history o f the Society o f Friends. T he Suiarthmore College Peace Collection is o f special interest to research students seeking the records o f the peace movement. The 11 Educational Resources personal papers o f Jane Addams o f HullHouse, Chicago, (approximately 10,000 items) formed the original nucleus o f the Collection (1 9 3 0 ). Over the years other major collections have been added including the papers o f Devere Allen, Emily Greene Balch, Julien Cornell, Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A .J. Muste, Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre, W illiam Sollmann, E. Raymond W ilson, and others, as well as the records o f the American Peace Society, A Quaker Action Group, Business Executives Move, Fellowship o f Reconciliation, Friends Committee on National Legislation, Lake M ohonk Conferences on International Arbitration, National Interreligious Service Board for Conscientious O bjec­ tors, National Council for Prevention o f War, National Council to Repeal the Draft, SANE, W ar Resisters League, W om en’s International League for Peace and Freedom, W om en Strike for Peace, W orld Conference o f Religion for Peace, and many others. T he Peace Collection serves as the official repository for the archives o f many o f these organizations, incorporated here in 6 ,4 0 0 document boxes. The Collection includes a library o f 6 ,6 6 0 volumes and files o f 1,500 peace periodicals published in the United States and abroad over the past 150 years; approximately 3 0 6 periodicals in eleven languages are currently received from twenty-three countries. A more nearly complete description o f the Collection will be found in the new Guide to the Swarthmore College Peace Collection, to be published by the College in the spring o f 1981. T he Potter Collection o f Recorded Literature, established in 1950 with accumulated income from the W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund, includes a wide variety o f recorded poetry, drama and prose. Among the 8 8 0 titles on disc and tape are contemporary writers reading from and discussing their works; full length versions o f Shakespearean plays and other dramatic repertoire; the literature o f earlier periods read both in modern English and in the pronunciation o f the time; British and American ballads; lyrical verse in musical settings; and recordings o f literary programs held at Swarthmore. These materials are used as adjuncts to the study o f literature. The collection is housed in the M cC abe Library. T he Betty Dougherty Spock M emorial Fund, established through the generosity o f friends o f the late member o f the Class o f 1952, provides income for the purchase o f dramatic recordings. These are kept with the Potter Collection. SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS T he W illiam J . Cooper Foundation provides a varied program o f lectures and concerts which enriches the academic work o f the College. The Foundation was established by W illiam J. Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College, whose wife, Emma M cllvain Cooper, served as a member o f the Board o f Managers from 1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the College the sum o f $ 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 and provided that the income should be used "in bringing to the college from time to time eminent citizens o f this and other countries who are leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences, learned professions and business, in order that the faculty, students and the college community may be broadened by a closer acquaintance with matters o f world interest.” Admission to all programs is without charge. 12 1The Cooper Foundation Committee works rwith the departments and with student corganizations in arranging single lectures and 1.0, D - = 0 .6 7 ). Grades o f Credit/No Credit and grades on the record for work not taken at Swarthmore College are not included in computing this average. 54 research. Detailed language requirements will be indicated in the announcements o f departments which admit candidates for the degree. The tuition fee for graduate students who are candidates for the Master’s degree is $ 5 ,4 0 0 per year, and the general fee for- these students is $ 5 0 per semester. 55 Awards and Prizes T he Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year to the man o f the graduating class who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and contributions to the College community. It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded Junior majoring in Chemistry who, in the opinion o f the Department, gives promise o f excellence and dedication in the field. T he O a k L e a f Award is made by the Faculty each year to the woman o f the graduating class who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and contributions to the College community. T he Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand Blanshard, Professor o f Philosophy at Swarth­ more from 1925 to 1945, has been established by David H. Scull, o f the Class o f 1936. The award o f $10 0 is presented annually to the student who, in the opinion o f the Department, submits the best essay on any philosophical topic. T he Scott Award at Swarthmore. A scholarship established by the Scott Paper C o. o f Chester, Pa., in honor o f its former president, Arthur Hoyt Scott o f the Class o f 1895. Given for the first time in 1953, it is awarded annually to an outstanding sophomore who plans to enter business after graduation and who demonstrates the qualities o f scholarship, character, personality, leadership, and physical vigor. The award provides the recipient with $ 2,000 for each o f his last two years in college, regardless o f financial need. T he F lack Achievement Award, presented by the Flack Foundation, one o f whose founders is Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class o f 1938, is made to a deserving student who, during the first two years at Swarthmore College, has demonstrated a good record o f achievements in both academic and extracur­ ricular activities while showing leadership potential as a constructive member o f the College. The donor hopes these awards will go to students o f demonstrated achievement and high potential who are dedicated to the basic principles o f American democracy and o f academic freedom. The awards are not related to need. T he Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship, founded by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is awarded to the member o f the Junior Class who is judged by the faculty to have had, since entering College, the best record for scholar­ ship, character, and influence. T h e M cC abe Engineering Award, founded by Thomas B. M cCabe, 1915, is presented each year to the outstanding engineering student in the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a comm ittee o f the faculty o f the department o f Engineering. T he Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry is endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson *65 by his parents, June and George Adamson. 56 T he Heinrich W. Brinkmann Mathematics Prize, honoring Hienrich Brinkmann, Professor o f Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be presented annually to a Course student and Honors candidate who, in the opinion o f the Mathematics Department, have demonstrated excellence in Mathematics. T he Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award, bequeathed by V ictor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife, Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a student o f Swarthmore College who, in the opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the best paper on the subject dealing with a literature o f a foreign language. The prize o f about $10 0 is awarded in the spring semester. Awarding o f the prize will be under the direction o f the Literature Committee. T he Philip M. Hicks Prizes are endowed by friends o f Philip M . Hicks, former Professor o f English and Chairman o f the Department o f English Literature. One is awarded to the senior English m ajor who in the opinion o f the Department writes the best senior essay or thesis; one is awarded to the student who in the opinion o f the Department submits the best critical essay on any topic in the field o f literature. T he Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion o f $100, donated by Eleanor S . Clarke o f the Class o f 1918 and named in honor o f Jesse Holmes, Professor o f History o f Religion and Philos­ ophy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is awarded to the student who, in the opinion o f the Department o f Religion, submits the best essay on any topic in the field o f religion. The Drew Pearson Prize o f $100 is awarded by the editors o f T he Phoenix at the end o f each academic year to a member o f T he Phoenix staff for excellence in journalism. The prize was established by the directors o f The Drew Pearson Foundation in memory o f Drew Pearson, Class o f 1919. T he W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund, established in 1927, in addition to providing funds for the collection o f recorded literature described on page 14, sponsors awards for the best student short stories, and is a major source o f funds for campus appearances by poets and writers. T he Lois Morrell Poetry Award, given by her parents in memory o f Lois M orrel o f the Class o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the opinion o f the faculty, submits the best original poem in the annual competition for the award. The award o f $100 is made in the spring o f the year. T he John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered for the best original poem or for a translation from any language. income for a poetry reading contest as well as funds for visiting poets and writers. T he Academy o f American Poets awards $100 each year for the prize poem (or group o f poems) submitted in a competition under the direction o f the Department o f English Literature. T he A . Edward Newton Library Prize o f $ 50 , endowed by A. Edward Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established by W.W. Thayer, is awarded annually to that undergraduate who, in the opinion o f the Committee o f Award, shows the best and most intelligently chosen collection o f books upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid not merely upon the size o f the collection but also upon the skill with which the books are selected and upon the owner’s knowledge o f their subject-matter. T he A lice L. Crossley Prize in Asian Studies o f $10 0 is awarded to the student who, in the opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee, submits the best essay on any topic in Asian Studies. The E lla Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide FACULTY AWARD T he F lack Faculty Award is given for excellence in teaching and promise in scholarly activity to a member o f the Swarthmore Faculty, to help meet the expenses o f a full year o f leave devoted to research and self-improvement. This award acknowledges the particularly strong link that exists at Swarthmore between teaching and original scholarly work. The award itself is to be made by the President upon the recommendation o f the Provost and the candidate’s academic department. This award is made possible by an endowment established by James M . Flack and Hertha Eisenmenger Flack ’38. 57 Fellowships Three fellowships (the Leedom , Lippincott, and Lockwood Fellowships — see below) are awarded annually by the Faculty, and two fellowships (the Mott and Tyson Fellowships — see below) are awarded by the Somerville Literary Society, to seniors or graduates o f the College for the pursuit o f advanced work. These awards are made on recommendation o f the Comm ittee on Fellowships and Prizes for a proposed program o f study which has the approval o f the Faculty. Applications must be in the hands o f the Committee by March 31. The Committee considers applicants for all o f these fellowships for which they are eligible and makes recommendations which overall do not discriminate on the basis o f sex. These fellowships are: T he H annah A. Leedom Fellowship founded by the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom. T he Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by Howard W . Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875, in memory o f his father. T he John Lockwood M emorial Fellowship, founded by the bequest o f Lydia A . Lockwood, New York, in memory o f her brother, John Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor that the fellowship be awarded to a member o f the Society o f Friends. T he Lucretia Mott Fellowship, founded by the Somerville Literary Society and sustained by the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman senior who is to pursue advanced study in an institution approved by the Committee. The M artha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by the Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and sustained by the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman senior or graduate who plans to enter elementary or secondary school work. The recipient o f the award is to pursue a course o f study in an institution approved by the Committee. Four other fellowships are awarded under the conditions described below: T he Thom as B. M cC abe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley M cC abe M emorial Fellowship. This Fellowship, awarded annually to a graduate o f the College, provides a grant toward the first year o f study at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time residents o f Cambridge, Massachusetts, and Mr. McCabe received the M .B.A . from Harvard and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting the recipient, the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes follows the standards that determine the M cCabe Achievement Awards, giving special consideration to appli­ cants who have demonstrated superior qualities o f leadership. Young alumni and graduating seniors are eligible to apply. The J. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship in Public A ffairs. The Fellowship, endowed by friends o f Professor J. Roland Pennock at his retirement in 1976 and in recognition o f his many years o f distinguished teaching of Political Science at Swarthmore, provides a grant for as much as $ 2 ,5 0 0 to support a substantial research project (which could include inquiry through responsible participa­ tion) in public affairs. The Fellowship, for Swarthmore undergraduates, would normally be held off-campus during the summer. Preference is given to applicants from the Junior Class. Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to honor the memory o f Dean Emerita Susan P. Cobbs, is awarded at the discretion o f the Classics Department to a student majoring in Classics for study in Greece or Italy. Phi Beta K appa Fellowship. The Swarthmore Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon of Pennsylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate study to a senior who has been elected to Phi Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a program o f advanced study in some branch of the liberal arts. The Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellowship. All Eugene M . Lang senior Scholars who have completed their Opportun­ ity Project (see Financial Aid) and who have academic achievement at Swarthmore suffi­ cient to earn D istinction or Honors may apply for these fellowships. Applicants should submit to the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes a plan o f graduate study with high potential for service to society. This fellowship is made possible by the gift o f Eugene M . Lang ’3 8. FACULTY FELLOWSHIP The Eugene M . Lang Faculty Fellowship is designed to enhance the educational program o f Swarthmore College by contributing to faculty development, by promoting original or innovative scholarly achievement o f faculty members, and by encouraging the use o f such achievements to stimulate intellectual exchange among scholars. The Fellowship will provide financial support for faculty leaves through a grant o f about one half the recipient’s salary during the grant year. Upon recommendation o f the Selection Committee, there may be a small additional grant for travel and project expenses and for library book purchases. The Selection Committee shall consist o f the Provost, three Divisional Chairmen, and three other persons selected by the President, o f whom at least two must be Swarthmore alumni. Any faculty member eligible for leave may apply, and up to two may be chosen. Fellows will be expected to prepare a paper or papers resulting from the work o f their leave year, presented publicly for the College and wider community. The Selection Committee may support wholly or in part the cost o f publishing any o f these papers. These fellowships are made possible by an endowment established by Eugene M. Lang ’38. 59 V C o u rses o f In stru ction 60 The course (semester course) is the unit o f credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually given for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two courses. A few courses are given for half­ course credit. Courses are numbered as follows: 1 to 10 — introductory courses 11 to 9 9 — other courses (Som e o f these courses are not open to freshmen and sophomores.) 100 to 1 99 — seminars for Honors candi­ dates and graduate students. Year courses, the number o f which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2) must be continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first semester’s work only, nor is credit given for the first semester if the student fails the second semester. The course listings in this catalogue may be offered at the times indicated, and are intended to facilitate planning by representing probable offerings over a two year period. Those courses actually offered each semester are listed in the schedule o f classes available before enrollment for that semester. 61 Art T. KAORI KITAO, Professor and Chairperson ALISON M . KETTERING, Associate Professor^ KIT-YIN TIENG SNYDER, Associate Professor (part-tim e) MICHAEL COTHREN, Assistant Professor CONSTANCE CAIN HUNGERFORD, Assistant Professor MICHAEL KNUTSON, Assistant Professor RRIAN A. MEUNIER, Instructor SARAH PHELPS SMITH, Lecturer** The Department o f A rt offers historical, critical, and practical instruction in the visual arts. Courses in art history consider questions having to do with the forms, traditions, meaning, and historical context o f works o f art and architecture; studio arts courses explore problems o f methods, processes, and personal resources which arise in the actual creation o f objects in various media. W ilcox Gallery: The Florence W ilcox A rt Gallery in Comm ons, Parrish Hall, provides seven to nine exhibitions a year, which are an integral part o f the Studio A rts Program. The works o f nationally known artists as well as those o f younger artists, in various media, are exhibited in group and one-person shows. Michael Knutson is in charge o f the Gallery. Heilm an Artist: Each year the Department o f A rt, in cooperation with the majors in art, selects an artist to be invited to spend a few days at the College to serve as a visiting artist and critic under the M arjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Program. The work o f the invited artist is exhibited in the W ilcox A rt Gallery in Comm ons; he or she gives critiques in the studios and also meets and talks with students, both m ajors and non-majors, on an informal basis. Lee Frank Lecture: See p. LL_ Benjamin West Lecture: See p. 13. Study A broad: Swarthmore is one o f the institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies in Rom e, which provides facilities also for the study o f Art History. A rt majors, recommended by the Department, are eligible to study at the Center during their junior year, for one semester or two. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Prerequisites: A rt History 1 or 2 is the prerequisite for all other art history courses in the Department, unless otherwise noted. It is strongly recommended that the appropriate segment o f Introduction be taken before an advanced course in a particular subject. Studio A rt 1 is the usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it may be waived by presenting a portfolio. A ll majors and minors must take A rt History 1 and 2 ; in addition, m ajors in the Honors and Course Programs alike must take one studio course. It is strongly recommended that these requirements be fulfilled before the ^ A bsent on leave, 1980-81. 62 junior year. Students are also advised that graduate work in art history requires a reading knowledge o f at least German and French. Course Majors in Art History: T he program consists o f at least eight courses in A rt History (including A RTH 1 and 2 ), plus one Studio Arts course and Senior Seminar (A R T H 97, required for graduation). Contingent on departmental approval, a two-credit thesis in the fall semester o f the senior year may be substituted for Senior Seminar.The Course major in A rt History is required to take at * * Fall semester, 1980. least one course (at Swarthmore) from each o f the three core groups: (a) Ancient and Medieval A rt — courses 1 2 ,1 3 ,1 6 , and 17; (b ) Renaissance and Baroque A rt — courses 20, 25, 2 6 , 2 8 , and 2 9 ; and (c) Modern A rt — courses 3 0 (only if preceded by A RTH 1 or 2), 32, and 3 5 . Course majors may take Seminars with the consent o f the instructor. Course M ajors in A rt: T he combined program of the Course M ajor in A rt consists o f a minimum o f five semester courses in Art History, including A R T H 1 and 2, and at least one course in a period before 1800; and a minimum o f five semester courses in Studio A rts which must include at least one course in Drawing and one in any three-dimensional medium. There is no Senior Seminar for the M ajor in A rt; but the Comprehensive is a requirement for graduation. M ajors an d M inors in T he External Exam ination Program : In addition to A RTH 1 and 2 (and one studio course for m ajors), majors in the Honors Program should take four seminars in the Department; minors should take two. A corresponding course with an attachment may be substituted for a seminar if that seminar will not be offered during the period o f the student’s Honors preparation. A rt H istory 1. Introduction to A r t H istory, I. A critical and historical study o f architecture, sculpture and painting from Ancient Egypt up to and including the Renaissance. Two lectures and one hour conference section per week. F all semester. Cothren and Smith. 2. Introduction to A rt History, II. A survey o f art and architecture in the W est from the Renaissance to the present. A rt History I is not required for 2 but is strongly recommended. Two lectures and one hour conference section per week. Spring Semester. Kitao and Hungerford. 6. P ic a sso . An introduction to problems and methods in art history through examination o f Picasso and his place in modern art. Symbolism, Cubism, and Surrealism will be emphasized. No prerequisite. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Hungerford. 12. Greek A rt and Archaeology. The art, architecture and archaeology o f ancient Greece from the Minoan period through the Hellenistic age, with emphasis on die Classical period. Major stylistic movements, the oeuvres o f individual artists, important iconographical themes o f the art and literature, and principle monuments are all set within their historical and cultural context. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Kettering. 13. Roman Art. A survey o f the art o f the Italian peninsula before the ascendancy o f the Roman imperium and the subsequent spread o f Rom an art throughout the empire to the establishment o f tetrarchic rule at the end o f the third century. Topics to be considered will include the significance o f the Greek and Etruscan heritage, art as a manifestation o f power, the art o f the middle class preserved at Pompeii, portraiture, architecture as theatre, provin­ cialism, and the celebration o f triumph. Special attention will be given to the relationship between the social order and artistic production. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Cothren. 15. Early C h ristia n and Byzantine A rt An examination o f the emergence o f a Christian form o f artistic expression from the heritage o f late antique art, followed by a survey o f its international development through the sixth century and its progression in the Byzantine empire centered in Constantinople until the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman Turks in 1453. Attention will be given to architecture, its monumental mosaic and fresco decoration, manuscript illumination, iconic devotional images, and the minor arts o f ivory carving, metalwork and enamels. F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81 . Cothren. 63 Art 16. Early M ed ieval A rt in the West. A survey o f the art and architecture o f W estern Europe from the migration o f the barbarian tribes through the establishment o f a mature Romanesque style in the twelfth century. The political implications o f the Carolingian revival o f the classical heritage, monasticism and art, the Book o f Kells and Celtic tradition, apocalyptic anxiety around the year 1000, and Romanesque sculpture as ecclesiastical propaganda. F all semester. Cothren. 17. Gothic Art. The formation o f G othic art in the Ile-deFrance around the year 1140, its development and codification in France during the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, and its expansion throughout western Europe. The role o f Suger’s Neoplatonism in the establishment o f a Gothic aesthetic; Saint Louis’ "co u rt style” as a statement o f political ideology; microarchitecture; the G othic figurai style in sculpture, manuscript illustration, stained glass and the minor arts; G othic humanism around the year 1200; and influences from Italy in fourteenth century Parisian painting. Spring semester. Cothren. 20. Northern R en a issa n ce Art. A rt in the Netherlands and Germany in the 15th and 16th centuries with special attention to Jan van Eyck, Rogier van der Weyden, Hugo van der Goes, Bosch, Bruegel and Durer. Such issues as the development o f realism, the influence o f patronage, and the impact o f Italian art on the North will be considered. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Kettering. 25. Italian R e n a issa n ce Art. Study o f the emergence o f a new style in Italy circa 1390 and its aftermath, with special emphasis on Leonardo da Vinci and the young Michelangelo. Topics discussed include hu­ manism in art, historicism, scientific method, secularization, and the artist’s role in society. Offered alternately with A R T H 26. Spring semester. O ffered 1981-82 . Kitao. 26. M ich elan g elo and H is T im es. Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and artistic theory in relation to his Quattrocento predecessors and High Renaissance contem­ poraries. Topics include classicism, art as problem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea 64 o f the canon in art, the rise o f art criticism, and Mannerism. F all semester. Kitao. 28. Baroque Art. European art o f the 17th century. Special problems considered include: the impact o f the Catholic Reform ation on art and artists, the question o f reality and illusion, the nature o f allegory and propaganda in art, the rise o f academies and the art market, and the spread o f the Baroque style through France, the Low Countries, and Spain. Artists considered include Caravaggio, Bernini, Velazquez, Poussin, Rubens and Rembrandt. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Kitao. 1 1 1 29. Dutch and Flem ish Painting. Dutch and Flemish painting o f the 17 th century in its cultural and historical Context, with special attention to Rembrandt, Rubens, Hals, Vermeer and van Dyck. Discussion of the impact o f the Counter Reform ation on art in the Southern Netherlands, o f Protestantism in the Dutch Republic, the development o f the genres, and the problem o f realism. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Kettering. 30. M odern A rch ite ctu re. Architecture in Europe and the United States from 1750 to the present. The prerequisite is waived for students in Engineering. F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81. Kitao. 32. Nineteenth Century Art. Developments in European painting, sculpture, and architecture from the late 18th century through the Post-Impressionist generation of Cézanne, van Gogh, and Gauguin. Relevant social, political, econom ic, and cultural con­ texts are considered. F all semester. Hungerford. 35. Twentieth Century Art. Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impres­ sionists to the present, considered in the context o f relevant social, political, economic, and cultural factors. The course focuses on art in W estern Europe through the outbreak of W orld W ar II and then turns to developments in the United States beginning c. 1940. Spring semester. Hungerford. 41. A m e ric a n Art. Painting and sculpture in the U nited States from the Colonial Period to the present, with 1 1 special attention to the relationship between developments in American art and those in W estern European art. Spring semester. Hungerford. ning, Penn’s idealism, the row house phenom­ enon, the Centennial Exhibition, urban re­ newal and historic preservation. Fall semester. N ot offered 1981-82 . Kitao. 43. M a s te r P rin t-M a kers. The development o f expression in woodcut, engraving, etching, aquatint, and lithography through the works o f Schongauer, Dürer, Rembrandt, Goya, Daumier, Toulouse-Lautrec, Picasso; extensive work with originals in thé Print Room o f the Philadelphia Museum and elsewhere. F all semester. Not offered 1980-81. Kettering. 65. C la ssica l Heritage in Architecture. Renaissance and Baroque architetcure, mostly churches and palaces, considering primarily the syntactics o f the Classical Order; topics include the serial and central systems, Michelangelesque subversion, Mannerist ambiguity, rhetoric o f the facade, Baroque geometry, cosmology and liturgy, and regional transfor­ mations. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Kitao. 46. A sia n Art. An introduction to the art o f Asia through the study o f selected periods in the artistic development o f China, India, and Japan. The course will begin with early archaeological material from China, will consider art in relationship to religious thought, and will conclude with Japanese pictorial arts in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Painting, ceramics, metalwork, prints, architecture, gardens, and sculpture will be examined. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Cothren. 48. Isla m ic Art. An introduction to the art and architecture o f the Islamic world. Emphasis will be on the development o f a characteristic Islamic form o f expression and its major regional and dynastic manifestations. Spring semester. Cothren. 54. The City. Analytical study o f visual and physical aspects o f the man-made environment: buildings as signs and the spaces between them. Topics include the anatomy o f space, urban icono­ graphy, dwelling and social behavior, cities and streets in history, theories o f design and planning, and preservation, with special emphasis on Rom e, London, Paris, and Philadelphia. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Kitao. 55. Philadelphia: City and A rch ite ctu re. Architecture and urban forms, focusing on Philadelphia, in relation to the Europe o f Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian London, Paris o f the Second Empire, the Chicago School, the International Style, and PostModernism; topics include orthogonal plan­ 74. H isto ry of Photography. Origins and development o f photography as a form o f artistic Expression and cultural communication, with emphasis on the 19th and early 20 th centuries. F all semester. Hungerford. 75. The Cinem a. Cinema as visual and narrative art; close analysis o f a few selected works (B lu e Angel, Rules o f the G am e, C itizen K ane) in the first half, followed by a historical survey and study o f principal critical theories (Eisenstein, Bazin and Metz). Screening, lectures, discussions, papers and filming exercises. The prerequisite o f A R T H 1 or 2 may be waived with the instructor’s consent; recommended to ad­ vanced students only; class limited to twenty. Spring semester. Kitao. 77. S p e c ia l Topic in The Cinem a. The topic treated is alternately Hollywood in the Thirties, and critical theories in the cinema. N ot offered 1980-81. Kitao. 91. S p e c ia l Topics. Staff. 93. D irected Reading. Staff. 97. S en io r Sem inar. For Course majors in A rt History only. As part o f this course the students will write a Senior Paper, which will serve as the Comprehensive Examination. The topic o f the paper, which may vary periodically, will be defined by the Department. Spring semester. Cothren. 65 Art 99. S e n io r T h e sis. Contingent on departmental approval, a twocredit thesis in the fall semester o f the senior year may be substituted for Senior Seminar. For Course majors in A rt History only, Staff. SEMINARS Seminars are open to all majors with the consent o f the instructor; for Honors candidates an appropriate course with an attachment may be substituted for a seminar in the event that seminar is not offered during the two years in which the student is eligible to take seminars. 125. Italian R e n a issa n ce Art. Spring semester, 1980-81 Kitao. 112. G reek A rt. Not offered 1980-81. Kettering. 135. Twentieth Century Art. F all semester. Hungerford. 117. Gothic Art. Not offered 1980-81 . Cothren. 148. Islam ic Painting. Not offered 1980-81 . Cothren. 120. N orthern R e n a issa n ce Art. F all semester. Not offered 1980-81 . Kettering. 191. S p e c ia l Topics. Staff. 121. M a s te r P rint M a k ers. F all semester. Not offered 1980-81. Kettering. 195. T h e sis. Staff. 128. Baroque Art. F all semester. O ffered 1982-83 . Kitao. 132. Nineteenth Century Art. Spring semester. O ffered 1981-82. Hungerford. Studio A rts Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in two three-hour sessions; all courses are for full course credit unless otherwise noted. 1. Introduction to Studio A rts. Explorations in the visual description and construction o f objects and ideas; problems in drawing, color, and three-dimensional form . A ttention will be given both to the theoretical aspects o f the work and to the development o f studio techniques. E ach semester. Meunier and Knutson. 2. Pottery. An introduction to the techniques o f potter. No credit. F all semester. Snyder. 3. D raw ing. Studio work from perception, with emphasis on perspective and the effects o f light and shadow in still life, landscape, and the human form. Weekly outside assignments and the final project. E ach semester. Knutson. 66 4. Scu lp tu re. Assemblage. Investigation o f three-dimension­ al forms through assemblage and construction; emphasis on contemporary methods and concepts, e.g., ready-mades and transformations. F all semester. Meunier. 5. C e ra m ic s. Techniques o f forming (wheel and handbuilt), glazing and firing (raku, low-fire, porcelain, stoneware and salt); understanding, mastery, and use o f these techniques towards a personal understanding and expression in the medium. Admission at the discretion o f the instructor and with the approval o f the Department. F all semester. Snyder. 6. Photography. Introduction to the technical processes and visual and theoretical concepts o f photography, both as a unique medium and as it relates to other forms o f non-photographic composition. E ach semester. Meunier. 7. Sculp ture: Figure M odelling. Exploration and creation o f three-dimensional forms through the plastic medium o f clay; emphasis on the techniques o f carving, modelling and casting, and the problems o f representation. Spring semester. Meunier. creations; uses o f Euclidian geometry, serial systems physical transformations, structural analysis, moiré and other optical phenomena, computer (optional) and cybernetics, and machines. Open to all students without prerequisite. Fall semester. Snyder. 8. Painting. Studio work ranges from basic studio practices (building stretchers and preparing the canvas support) to transforming oil paint into color perceived in still life, landscape, and figure motifs. E ach semester. Knutson. 13. A dvanced Drawing. E ach semester. Knutson. 9. Printm aking. Techniques o f intaglio, serigraph, woodcut, and the aesthetic possibilities o f these tech­ niques singly and in combination. Not offered 1980-81. Meunier. 16. A dvan ced Photography. E ach semester. Meunier. 10. A rt and S cien ce. Explorations into scientific and technological aspects o f art; applications o f mathematical, scientific and technological methods in artistic 14. A dvan ced Sculpture. E ach semester. Meunier. 15. A dvanced C e ra m ics. F all semester. Snyder. 18. A dvan ced Painting. E ach semester. Knutson. 19. A dvan ced G raphics. F all semester. Meunier. 20. S p e c ia l Studies. Staff. 67 Asian Studies Coordinator: ALFRED BLOOM The Asian Studies Program provides an opportunity for students to become familiar with the traditions and cultures o f East, South, and Southeast Asia. By fulfilling the require­ ments indicated below students may graduate with a Concentration in Asian Studies in addition to a regular major. A concentration may focus on East, South, or Southeast Asia. Alternatively, it may apply the approaches o f one or two disciplines to more than one o f these areas. The concentration is open to m ajors in all departments. A student intending to concentrate in Asian Studies should submit a program proposal for approval by a subcommittee o f the Asian Studies faculty by the end o f the Sophom ore year. T he proposal should be the result o f discussion with a member o f the Asian Studies faculty drawn, whenever possible, from the student’s major department. It will explain what the student intends to undertake and how the Asian Studies Concentration will relate to his or her departmental major. Insofar as possible the courses or seminars required for the major and those for the Concentration should be chosen in a way that will comprise a well integrated and focussed program. Each concentration must include at least five Asian Studies credits. A t least three o f them must be outside the major department and must be chosen from at least two other departments. In order to provide students with a common experience, a shared basis for identification and discussion, and a basic preparation for continuing study in the Asian area, each candidate in addition will normally be required to include in his or her program two o f the following courses: History 9 (Chinese Civilization), History 72 (Japanese Civilization), Religion 10 (The Hindu Tradi­ tion), Religion 11 (T h e Buddhist Tradition). Finally, in the senior year each student must either write a m ajor research paper on a topic approved by the Asian Studies Committee followed by an oral examination administered by the Committee, or take a comprehensive examination administered by the Committee on the program he or she has set out. A thesis or major paper written for another department may, with the approval o f the Committee, and with an oral examination administered by the Committee, be substituted for this requirement. Courses and seminars presently offered that count toward fulfillment o f the Asian Studies Concentration: Departm ent of A rt 4 6. Asian Art Departm ent of H istory 9. Chinese Civilization 72. Japanese Civilization 74. Modern China 75. Modern Japan 77. China: the Politics o f History 144. Modern East Asia Departm ent of P olitica l S cie n c e 19. Comparative Communist Politics 2 0 . Politics o f China 107. Comparative Communist Politics Departm ent of Religion 2. Patterns o f Asian Religions 10. The Hindu Tradition 11. The Buddhist Tradition 2 8. East Asian Classics in Translation 2 9. Self-cultivation in East Asian Religions 3 1. Indian Religious Literature 3 2. Religions in East Asia 104. Religion in Southeast Asia Any course in an A sian Language above the second year level (on e credit o f first or second year language may be counted toward the concentration). O ther courses and seminars which include Asian materials (see departmental listings for year offered): Departm ent of Eco n o m ics 11. Econom ic Development 3 1. Comparative Econom ic Systems 70. The Political Economy o f Communist Systems (Cross-listed as Political Science 70 ) 106. Comparative Econom ic Systems 109. Econom ic Development Departm ent of M odern Languages 1B-2B Introduction to Mandarin Chinese 68 \ Departm ent of P o litica l S c ie n c e 70. The Political Economy o f Communist Systems (Cross-listed as Economics 70 ) Departm ent of Religion 13. Comparative Religious Mysticism 101. Religious Perspectives East and W est Departm ent of S o cio log y and Anthropology 30. Religion as a Cultural Institution 107. Religion as a Cultural Institution In planning their programs, students may wish to consult one o f the following Asian Studies faculty members: Alfred Bloom (Linguistics), Michael Cothren (A rt), T. Kaori Kitao (A rt), Cecilia Lee (M odern Languages), Lillian M. Li (History), Kenneth Lieberthal (Political Sci­ ence), Linda Lim (Econom ics), K. Priscilla Pederson (Religion), Steven Piker (Sociology- Anthropology), or Donald K. Swearer (Relig­ ion). Students concentrating in Asian Studies should be aware o f the opportunities which exist outside o f Swarthmore for Asian language and Asian area studies: crossregistration at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and the University o f Pennsylvania during the regular academic year; study at institutes such as the Middlebury College Summer Language School during the summer; and overseas programs in India, Japan, Hongkong, and the Republic o f China (Taiwan). Overseas programs will normally be undertaken during the junior year and presuppose work in Asian Studies. Students who are interested in participating should plan well in advance so that they can take the necessary prior work as well as fulfill their other academic obligations while at Swarthmore. 69 Astronomy WULFF D. HEINTZ, Professor and Chairman SARAH LEE LIPPINCOTT, Professor and Director o f Sproul O bservatory§§§ HARRY j . a u g e n s e n , Lecturer JOHN L. HERSHEY, Research Associate, Sproul Observatory (part time) Astronomy deals with the nature o f the universe about us and the methods employed to derive the laws underlying the observed phenomena. The introductory courses present the problems in broad outlines, and trace the growth o f knowledge o f facts and development o f theories. The advanced courses and seminars consider some o f these areas in detail, with some emphasis on the depart­ mental research programs. The principal telescope o f the Sproul Obser­ vatory, the 61 cm refractor with a focal length o f 11 meters, has been in constant operation since 1912 and was renovated in 1966. It is used for photographic and visual observations leading to an accurate study o f the motions, distances, orbits, and masses o f the nearer stellar systems. The astrometric plate collection steadily grows, and is already the largest o f its kind to have come from a single instrument. A two-screw measuring machine installed in 1971 provides precise and fast measurements o f the photographs. The Sproul Observatory is open to visitors on the second Tuesday night each month during the college year (September through May, see monthly College calendar for open hours). A 15 cm refractor Snd a 20 cm reflector are available for student practical work. The library possesses a large collection o f research publications acquired through international exchange. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Prerequisites for an Astronomy major are Astronomy 5, 6 , advanced courses or seminars, combined with work in mathematics and physics, and a reading knowledge o f one foreign language, GRADUATE WORK In conform ity with the general regulations for work leading to the Master’s degree (page 81), this Department offers the possibility for graduate work. Candidates will normally take three or four Seminars, selected from math­ ematics, physics, and astronomy, and present a thesis. A reading knowledge o f two foreign languages is required. 1, 2. Introductory Astronom y. The courses survey the probing o f the universe by theory and observation, and include basic notions o f physics as needed in astronomical § § § O n half-time leave, 1980-81. 70 applications. Three class periods each week; practical work to be arranged. Recommended as a full-year course. Fall: Constellations and stars. Astronomical instruments and radiation. Properties, structure and evolution o f stars. Spring: The celestial sphere and orbital motions. The solar system. The Milky Way. Extragalactic systems, radio results, and largedistance studies. Heintz. 5, 6. General Astronom y. The courses introduce the methods and results o f astronomy and astrophysics, emphasizing some topical and mathematical aspects. (C on­ tents similar to 1 , 2 .) Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, or equivalent. Physics 3, 4 may be taken concurrently. Astronomy 1 or 5 is prerequisite for 6 . Augensen. 9. Introduction to M eteorology. Elements, observations, and predictions o f weather. The structure o f the atmosphere. F all term. Heintz. 51. Orbit Theory. Mechanics o f two- and three-body systems, applied to orbits, perturbation theory, satellite motions. Prerequisites: Astronomy 2 or 6 , Mathematics 5A. Spring term. Heintz. 64. G alactic Structure. Observational and theoretical results on the Milky Way Galaxy, including stellar popula­ tions, H-R diagram, luminosity function, stellar dynamics, spiral structure, and mass distribution. Projects will include computer use. Prerequisites: Astronomy 6 , Math 11 or equivalent. Spring term. Augensen. 93. Directed Reading. Subject area: Stellar models. Staff. 94. R esea rch Project. For qualifed students in collaboration with faculty members. Staff. 71 Biology ROBERT E. SAVAGE, Professor and Chairman JOHN B. JENKINS, Associate Professor MARGARET L. MIOVIC, Associate Professor TIMOTHY C. WILLIAMS, Associate Professor GREGORY L FLORANT, Assistant Professor SCOTT F. GILBERT, Assistant Professor M A R K JACO BS, Assistant Professor MARY BETH SAFFO, Assistant Professor JA CO B WEINER, Assistant Professor BARBARA Y. STEWART, Lecturer GLORIA U. ROSEN, Assistant JEA N L. TOMEZSKO, Assistant The student may be introduced to the study o f biology by taking Biology 1 and Biology 2. Either course may be taken first. A diversity o f advanced courses, some offered in alternate years, affords the student the opportunity o f building a broad biological background while concentrating, if he or she chooses, in some specialized area such as botany, zoology, cellular and developmental biology, physiology, genetics and evolution, ecology, or ethology. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Students electing a Course major in Biology should include the following supporting subjects in addition to the minimum o f eight courses composing the major: introductory chemistry, at least one semester o f organic chemistry, and two semesters o f college mathematics. These courses should be com ­ pleted before the senior year. Introductory physics is strongly recommended, and is prerequisite to some departmental offerings. Further, it should be noted that medical schools and graduate schools in biology require introductory physics for admission. Certain limitations may be made in the student’s freedom o f choice in selection o f biology courses due to heavy enrollment and space limitations. Seniors will have priority o f enrollment over juniors, and juniors over sophomores. However, upon completion o f eight courses in the Department the student assumes lowest priority irrespective o f class standing. Som e space in advanced courses will be reserved for non-majors. EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM Qualified students may prepare for External Examinations in animal behavior, cytology, developmental biology, ecology, evolution, genetics, microbiology, plant or animal physi­ ology via seminars or combinations o f courses. Admission to the Honors Program is based on academic record and completion o f prerequisites for the courses or seminars used in preparation for external examination. Departmental requirements in chemistry and mathematics must also be fulfilled. Students 72 majoring in Biology include Thesis, Biology 180, as part o f their program. 1. C ellu la r and M o le c u la r Biology. An introductory study o f phenomena funda­ mental to living systems illustrated by examples drawn from the fields o f m icro­ biology, cell biology, genetics, and develop­ mental biology. Emphasis is upon the means by which biologists have attempted to elucidate these phenomena rather than upon a survey o f them. One laboratory period per week. Enrollment limited to 144. F all semester. Staff. viral genetics and the regulation o f gene activity during development. O ne laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1. Spring semester. Jenkins. 2. O rganism al and Population Biology. An introduction to the study o f whole organisms, chiefly the higher plants and animals. Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f the morphology and physiology o f organisms, their development, behavior, ecology, and evolution. One laboratory period per week. Enrollment limited to 144. Spring semester. Staff. 21. Cell Biology. A study o f the ultrastructure and function o f cell components, including cell division and development, biosynthesis o f macromolecules, and intermediary metabolism. Laboratory exercises are designed to illustrate the variety o f approaches to findings in cell biology. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, and concurrent enrollment in Organic Chemistry. Enrollment limited to 4 0. Spring semester. Savage. 12. The Vertebrates. A consideration o f the anatomy o f vertebrate classes from an evolutionary viewpoint. Structure and function o f particular vertebrate organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises include dissection, physiological demonstra' tions, films, an introduction to basic histology, and when possible, radiographic presentations. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2. Enrollment limited to 4 0 . Spring semester. Florant. 17. S y ste m a tic Botany. Classification and identification o f vascular plants, with greatest emphasis on the family level. Stress is upon the flora o f the northeastern United States. The course is open to biology majors and interested non' majors. Two lecture'laboratory periods or field trips per week. Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent o f instruc' tor. Enrollment limited to 16 students. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Weiner. 20. Genetics. An examination o f the -transmission, structure, and function o f the genetic material. The course content includes the establishment o f Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inher­ itance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the identification, structure, and replication o f the genetic material; gene function; bacterial and 25. Field Studies in Anim al Behavior. Ethological studies o f animal behavior under natural conditions. Subjects o f study include primarily vertebrates and the social insects. Class work involves both lectures and seminar format. Laboratories consist o f field trips and small group projects in the local area. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 24. A lternate years, F all semester. N ot offered 197980. Williams. 26. Adaptational Plant Anatomy. An examination o f the anatomical adaptations o f vascular plants to environmental factors, principally light, water, temperature and biotic factors. Topics include the adaptive anatomy/ morphology o f hydrophytes, xerophytes, epiphytes, arctic and alpine plants, insectivorous plants, and plants’ flowers, fruits and seeds. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2. Enrollment limited to 20. A lternate years, Spring semester. Jacobs. 27. Plant Development. A study o f those processes responsible for the development o f multicellular plants. M orpho' genesis, cytodifferentiation, growth control 73 Biology and current theories for the generation o f pattern are discussed. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2. A lternate years, Spring semester. Jacobs. 32. Top ics in M o le c u la r Biology. This course deals with selected topics in molecular biology including membrane struc­ ture and function, lipid metabolism, energy transduction, transport systems and mechan­ isms for the control and regulation o f cellular activity. Students are required to present a major report on a selected area o f contempor­ ary research. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and concurrent enroll­ ment in Organic Chemistry. Not offered 1980-81 . Stewart. 36. Invertebrate Zoology. The evolution and adaptive biology o f invertebrate animals. Consideration is given to adaptive morphology, phylogeny, ecology, physiology, and comparative biochemistry o f invertebrates. One laboratory period per week. Occasional field trips. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. F all semester. Saffo. 37. Plant Physiology. The principal functions o f higher plants, including photosynthesis, gas exchange, water and nutrient transport, mineral metabolism, plant hormone action, and environmental responses. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and concurrent enrollment in Organic Chemistry. Enrollment limited to 20. F all semester. Jacobs. 38. M icrobiology. A study o f microorganisms with an emphasis on prokaryotes. Mechanisms o f energy gener­ ation, growth and metabolic regulation, and genetic exchange are studied with stress upon aspects unique to prokaryotes. Ecological diversity is considered with an emphasis on the indispensable role o f microorganisms to life on earth. Laboratory exercises are designed to teach techniques o f cultivating and identifying bacteria as well as to demonstrate the variety o f ways in which prokaryotes can 74 be used to study applied and theoretical questions. One laboratory period every week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, and concurrent registration in Organic Chemistry. Enrollment limited to 24. F all semester. Miovic. 40. Evolution. An introduction to the history and principles o f evolutionary biology. The course content includes a brief history o f evolutionary theory; population: structure and concept; the princi­ ple o f the equilibrium population; microevolutionary changes; the process o f speciation; and macroevolutionary changes that include selected evolutionary pathways. One laboratory/discussion period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. F all semester, blot offered 1980-81. Jenkins. 45. Field S tu d ies in Prim ate Behavior. An investigation o f primate ethology as studied in the animal’s natural environment. Particular emphasis is placed on those studies relating social behavior to habitat or population stress. The course includes both lecture and seminar format; although there is no scheduled laboratory, students will be expected to participate in at least one field trip. Prerequisites: Permission o f the instructor and Biology 2 or one introductory level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving an appropriate background in anthropology. Enrollment limited to 10. F all semester. Williams. 50. M a rin e Biology. Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including discussions o f physiological and structural adaptations o f marine animals, plants, and micro-organisms. One laboratory period per week; several all­ day field trips. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 16. F all semester. Saffo. 51. C e lls in Culture. An examination o f the biology o f plant and animal cells as revealed by their activities in vitro. The lectures focus on patterns o f cell growth, the findings derived from somatic cell hybridization studies, and cellular aspects o f cancer. In the laboratory, techniques o f animal and plant cell culture and o f somatic cell fusion are introduced. Students then undertake independent investigative projects. Continuing laboratory work. Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent o f instruc­ tor. Enrollment limited to 16. F all semester. Savage. 52. D evelopm ental Biology. An integration o f molecular and organismal aspects o f animal development. Topics include fertilization, embryonic cleavage and gene expression, the formation o f representative organs, cell migration in development, devel­ opmental genetics, and the roles o f the cell surface in development. Laboratory exercises investigate the developmental anatomy o f selected organisms in normal and manipulated conditions. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2. Enrollment limited to 12. Spring semester. Gilbert. 53. Virology. A study o f the molecular biology o f viruses, their modes o f gaining entrance to specific cells, their regulation o f macromolecular synthesis and assembly and their modes o f exit from and/or damage to host cells. Viruses as agents o f genetic exchange and the problems o f defining what is virus and what is cell are also considered. Laboratory exercises demonstrate basic techniques o f working with bacteriophage and mammalian viruses. One laboratory period every week. Prerequisites: Biology 3 8 or 21. Enrollment limited to 12. Spring semester. Miovic. 56. Human Genetics. An examination o f human inheritance patterns using techniques o f genetic analysis that are appropriate to humans. Research into the structure, function, organization and regulation' o f the human genome will be discussed, along with applications o f current research. Laboratory project. Prerequisites: Biology 1 or 2. Enrollment limited. Spring semester. Jenkins. 57. C o m parative A nim al Physiology. A comparison o f m ajor physiological systems among vertebrates. The endocrine, cardio­ vascular, renal, respiratory, and central nervous systems are studied in detail. Emphasis is also placed on physiological control processes involved in the various adaptations to unusual environments. Laboratory exercises include investigation o f physiological responses to different stimuli in various species, including humans. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, Vertebrate Mor­ phology or equivalent, Physics 2 or 4 , and Organic Chemistry. F all semester. Florant. 60. Biology of A nim al Com m unities. The study o f animals at the level o f populations with particular reference to social behavior as an adaptive trait. Topics covered include levels o f social organization, animal ecology, population biology and evolution, and physiological and behavioral regulation o f population numbers. About half the material is presented in lecture format; the remainder, a consideration o f relevant studies in sociobio­ logy, is discussed in seminar format (cf. Biology 2 5 ). One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other Biology course. Enrollment limited to 24. A lternate years, F all semester. Williams. 68. A dvanced M icrobiology. Physiological and biochemical diversity among microorganisms will be covered with the particular examples studied in depth, relying heavily on readings in current research journals. The course will be conducted as a seminar. Laboratory exercises will illustrate current techniques o f molecular biology and will include use o f radioactive isotopes. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 3 8. Enrollment limited to 12. Spring semester. Miovic. 69. Ecology. The scientific study o f the relationships that determine the distribution and abundance o f organisms. Topics covered include interactions between organisms and their environments, 75 Biology population dynamics^ species interactions, community ecology and nutrient cycles. One laboratory period or field trip per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 25. F all semester. Weiner. 70. Plant Ecology. An advanced course which considers plant individuals, populations and communities in their relationships with their physical and biological environments. Areas developed include climatology, soil science, plant popula­ tion biology, competition, herbivory, plant communities and ecosystem analysis. Labora­ tory and field work emphasize hypothesis formation and the collection, analysis and interpretation o f data. One laboratory period or field trip per week. All Saturdays during the first half o f the semester must be reserved for field work. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, concurrent enroll­ ment in Biology 6 9 and consent o f instructor. Enrollment limited to 12. F all semester. Weiner. 74. Advanced Topics in Developmental Biology I: Developm ental Genetics. An investigation o f the various mechanisms governing eukaryotic gene expression concen­ trating on gene activity in early development and on specific cases o f differential genetic regulation during vertebrate development. Seminar format. Prerequisites: Biology 21, 5 2 , or permission o f instructor. F all semester. Gilbert. 77. A dvanced T op ics in Plant P h ysio lo g y and Development. An in-depth consideration o f currently impor­ tant aspects o f plant physiology and develop­ ment, with particular emphasis on a critical study o f original sources. The topic will vary from year to year. One seminar meeting each week and continuing laboratory projects. Prerequisites: Biology 3 7 or 27, and Chemistry 28. Enrollment limited to 10. F all semester. Jacobs. 78. P h y sio lo g ica l M e c h a n ism s of Anim al Behavior. A consideration o f the mechanisms underlying animal behavior. Areas o f primary interest are neurophysiology, hormonal regulation o f be­ havior, sensory physiology, orientation, and biorhythms. Material is presented in both lecture and seminar format. Laboratory work consists o f small group research projects. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, at least one other Biology course, and Physics 2 or 4. Spring semester. Williams. 84. Biology of S ym b io sis. Intimate associations between taxonomically dissimilar organisms. Investigation of-relationships between animals, plants, and m icro­ organisms at biochemical, physiological, struc­ tural, and ecological levels. Lectures, discussions, and laboratory. A 2credit colloquium. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2, and one other Biology course. Spring semester. Saffo. 93. Directed Reading. W ith the permission o f a staff member who is willing to supervise it, a qualified student may undertake a program o f directed reading in an area o f biology not included jn the curriculum, or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses. F all or spring semester. Staff. 94. R esea rch Project. W ith the permission o f the Department, qualified students may elect to pursue a research program not included in the regular Course program. Staff. 95. S e n io r Paper. A senior paper is required o f all senior Course majors in Biology in satisfaction o f the requirement o f a comprehensive examination for graduation. However, students are not required to enroll in 9 5 while writing the paper. Does not count as a course for the major. SEMINARS 102. Cytology. An advanced study o f biological structure and function at a cellular level. Students carry out independent investigative laboratory projects. Prerequisite: Biology 21. F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81. Savage. 180. T h e sis. W ith the permission o f the Department, qualified students may elect to pursue a research problem not included in the regular offerings in the Honors Program. The thesis is submitted for evaluation by an Honors Examiner. Staff. 77 Black Studies Coordinators: C r a ig W illia m s o n , Fall semester Jerome H. Wood, Jr., Spring semester The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is (1) to introduce students to the history, culture, society, and political and economic conditions o f Black people in Africa, the Americas, and elsewhere in the world; and ( 2 ) to explore new approaches — in perspectives, analyses and interdisciplinary techniques — appropriate to the study o f the Black experience. Students in any department may add a Concentration in Black Studies to their departmental major by fulfilling the require­ ments stated below. Applications for admission to the Concentration should be made in the spring semester o f the sophomore year to the Coordinator o f the Program. All programs must be approved by the Committee on Black Studies. All Concentrators in Black Studies are required to take History 7, as early as feasible, and Black Studies 91, ordinarily in the last semester o f the senior year. They must take a minimum o f five courses in Black Studies. These must include at least three courses (which may include Black Studies 91) outside the departmental major, from at least two departments other than the major. Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black Studies, will take the form o f a one-credit tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in any one year) or a seminar (if there are four or more students), with all senior Concentrators participating. The topics selected for reading, class discussions, and the writing o f seminar papers will be drawn from a list o f representative works in Black Studies from a variety o f disciplines and perspectives and will depend on the interests and backgrounds o f the participants. The tutorial or seminar will normally be taken in the spring semester o f the senior year, and will culminate in a compre­ hensive examination administered by the Black Studies Committee. Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration are listed below. Courses o f independent study, special attachments on subjects relevant to Black Studies, and courses offered by 78 visiting faculty (those courses not regularly listed in the College Bulletin) may, at the discretion o f the Black Studies Committee, be included in the Program. Students who wish to pursue these possibilities should consult with the appropriate department and with the. Black Studies Committee. E co n o m ics 26. S o cia l Econom ics. Eco n o m ics 60. A fric a n Econom ic Development. English Literature 29. The Black A m e rica n Writer. English Literature 47. The C ontem porary B la ck W riter of the United States. English Literature 49. The A m erica n Autobiography. English Literature 55. The Black A fric a n Writer. English Literature 81. Colloquium : Wright, Ellison, Baldw in. H isto ry 7. A frica n -A m e rica n History. H isto ry 8. A frica . H istory 55. Traditions in Twentieth Century Black A m erica . H isto ry 56. Ex-Slave N arra tives. H istory 57. Oral History. H isto ry 58. The W orld of W.E.B. D uBois. H istory 63. South A frica . H istory 67. The A frica n in Latin A m erica . H isto ry 140. M odern A frica . H isto ry 141. South A frica . P olitica l S c ie n c e 21. P o litic s of Black A frica . Sociology-Anthropology 27. A fro -A m eric an Culture and Society. V Sociology-Anthropology 36. Peoples and Cu ltu res of A frica . Sociology-Anthropology 65. The S o cio log y of Race and Ethnicity. Sociology-Anthropology 42. C aribbean Society. Black S tu d ies 91. S p e c ia l Topics in B lack Studies. Chemistry EDWARD A. FEHNEL, Professor JA M E S H. H AM M ONS, Professor and Chairman PETER T. THOMPSON, Professor^ WILLIAM H. HÄTSCHELET, Assistant Professor JUDITH C. HEMPEL, Assistant Professor^ CAROL C. KAHLER, Assistant Professor JUDITH G. V0ET„ Assistant Professor EUGENE J . ROSENBAUM, Lecturer** URSULA M. DAVIS, Assistant MARGARET M. LEHMAN, Assistant NITA H. SICILIANO, Assistant The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to provide sound training in the fundamental principles and basic techniques o f the science rather than to deal with specialized branches o f the subject. The minimum requirement for a major in chemistry is eight courses in the Department including two courses each in organic and physical chemistry. Note that the prerequisites for physical chemistry include a year each o f college-level physics and mathematics. Those considering majoring in chemistry are strongly urged to complete the physics prerequisite by the end o f the sophomore year. Those students planning further professional work in chemistry should include in their programs a second year o f mathematics and two additional courses in chemistry. Students who intend to pursue a career in chemical industry should seek a degree accredited by the American Chemical Society, and should include both Chemistry 57 and 65 in their programs. Further, proficiency in reading scientific German, Russian or French is an asset to the practicing chemist. Research opportunities with individual staff members are available through Chemistry 9 4 . M ajors are encouraged to consult the staff about problems under investigation. In collaboration with the Department o f Biology, the Department o f Chemistry also offers a Special M ajor in Biochemistry. Interested students should consult the chairmen o f the two departments. L .Absent on leave, 1980-81. The normal route for entrance to the advanced level program is to take Chemistry 1, 2 followed by 2 8, 2 9. Students with especially strong pre-college background in science may be advised to begin with Chemistry 14 (or with Chemistry 2 8 , 29). Incoming students planning to elect Chemistry 14 (or Chemistry 2 8 , 2 9 ) will normally be asked to take a placement examination. Students seeking advanced placement credit in chemistry may also be required to take this examination. Consult with the Department chairman. 1, 2. Introduction to Chem istry. A study o f the central concepts and basic principles o f chemistry; the interpretation o f chemical properties and reactions through equilibrium constants, oxidation potentials, free energies, thermochemistry; the relation o f chemical properties to atomic and molecular structure and to the Periodic Table; rates and mechanisms o f chemical reactions. One laboratory period weekly. F all an d spring semester. Staff. | i 14. General Chem istry. A course intended for students with extensive preparation in the physical sciences. It will deal with topics o f current interest in chemistry at a level more advanced than Chemistry 1, 2. Admission to this course is based on consultation with the staff and, when appropriate, on a placement examination. One laboratory period weekly. Spring semester. * * Fall semester, 1980. 80 \ 28, 29. O rganic Chem istry. An introduction to the chemistry o f the more important classes o f organic compounds, with emphasis on nomenclature, structure, reac­ tions, and methods o f synthesis. Current theoretical concepts o f structure and mechan­ ism are applied throughout the course to the interpretation o f the properties and reactions o f a wide variety o f organic compounds. The laboratory work illustrates some o f the principles and reactions discussed in the classroom and provides practical experience in the techniques involved in synthesizing, isolating, purifying, and characterizing organic compounds. O ne laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 or 14, or permission o f the instructor. F all an d spring sem esters. Hammons, Fehnel 51, 52. P h y sic a l Chem istry. An introduction to some basic concepts o f physical chemistry with examples drawn from various areas, including biochemistry. Topics may include kinetic theory o f gases, elementary quantum theory, symmetry, molecular spec­ troscopy, chemical kinetics, elementary statis­ tical mechanics, thermodynamics with applica­ tions to physical and chemical equilibria, solutions, electrochemical cells, crystallography, surface phenomena, and transport properties o f ions and macromoleeules. O ne laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 or 14, the equival­ ent o f a year o f college-level calculus, and a year o f college physics. F all and spring sem esters. Staff. 56. O rganic Stru ctu re Determ ination. Classroom and laboratory study o f the principles and techniques involved in the elucidation o f the structures o f organic compounds. Emphasis is placed on the correlation o f structure and properties o f organic molecules and on the theoretical principles underlying various chemical and spectroscopic methods o f identification and structure determination. O ne four-hour laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 8, 29. F all semester. Fehnel. 57. Instrum ental C hem ical A n a ly sis. A study o f the principles and techniques o f modern instrumental analysis in chemistry. Elementary electronics with emphasis on digital logic and computer applications o f data collection and control in chemical analysis are studied. One four-hour laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101 or 51 (with concurrent enrollment in 52). Spring semester. Staff. 58. Bio lo gical Chem istry. An introduction to the chemistry o f living systems: protein conformation, principles o f biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter­ mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 (or 14) and 2 8, 29. F all semester. Voet. 63. Quantum Chem istry. Quantum theory is developed and applied throughout to a variety o f topics including: atomic structure, molecular and atomic spec­ troscopy, theories o f chemical bonding, and molecular structure determination. Symmetry and group theoretical arguments are developed and applied extensively. Prerequisites: Chemistry 51, 5 2 , or 101 and a second year o f mathematics including some linear algebra. Physics and engineering students may take Chemistry 6 3 without 51, 5 2 , with permission o f the instructor. F all semester. Staff. 65. A dvan ced Inorganic Chem istry. The major areas o f current interest in inorganic chemistry are discussed. Consider­ able emphasis is placed on coordination chemistry, including the occurrence and function o f metal complexes in organic and biological systems. Topics include: electronic structure o f inorganic molecules; elementary group theory; inorganic reaction mechanisms; organometallic chemistry; bioinorganic chem- ’ istry, including metalloenzymes, metallotheraphy, and metal ion toxicology. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101, or 51 with concurrent registration in 52. Spring semester. Staff. 67. A dvanced O rganic Chem istry. Selected topics in organic chemistry, including resonance and molecular orbital concepts, physical properties o f organic compounds, stereochemistry, mechanisms o f ionic reactions, free radicals, pericyclic reactions, photochem­ istry, and other topics o f current interest. A 81 Chemistry familiarity with physical chemistry is desirable. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 (o r 14) and 2 8, 29. Spring semester. Staff. 78. A dvanced B iological Chem istry. Reading and laboratory projects in a few important areas o f current biochemistry, such as enzyme structure and function, spectro­ scopic methods, nucleic acid conformation, mechanisms o f transcriptional and transla­ tional control in bacteriophage and in higher organisms, chromosomal organization in eu­ caryotes, immunochemistry, and membraneassociated phenomena. Biology 2 0 and/or 21 are Recommended. O ne discussion period weekly, laboratory to be arranged. Prerequisite: Chemistry 51 and 58 (or 101), or permission o f instructor. Spring semester. Voet. 94. R esea rch Project. This course provides the opportunity for qualified upperclass students to participate in research in collaboration with individual staff members. Weekly group meetings o f all participants will allow interchange o f ideas on research plans, progress, and results. Students who propose to take this course should consult with the staff during the preceding semester concerning problem areas under study. This course may be elected more than once. F all and spring sem esters. Staff. 98. S p e c ia l Sem inar. An intensive study o f the scientific writings o f a distinguished living chemist. Students will read the chemist’s publications, make oral presentations, and write a term paper reviewing a major area o f the person’s research. The chemist will visit the campus for one week, during which students will have the opportun­ ity for direct and extended discussions o f his/her work. Does not count as a course for the major. One-half credit. Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 (or 14) and 29, and permission o f the Department. E ach semester. O ffered only in 1980-81 . Staff. SEM IN A RS Before admission to the External Examination Program, the chemistry major should complete Chemistry 1, 2 (or 14) and 28, 29, two years o f mathematics and two semesters o f physics. In addition to selecting one o f the seminars below, students may prepare for External Examination papers in Biochemistry (Chemis­ try 5 8 , 7 8 ) and Advanced Physical Chemistry (Chemistry 6 3 , 6 5 ). Consult with the Depart­ ment Chairman. 101. P h y sic a l Chem istry. The gaseous liquid and solid states, solutions, elementary thermodynamics, chemical equi­ libria, electrochemistry, the kinetics o f chem­ ical reactions, elementary quantum theory and Statistical mechanics. Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 or 14; one year o f college level physics, and mathematics through 82 multi-variable calculus. One seminar and laboratory weekly. F all semester. Staff. 106. A dvanced O rganic Chem istry. An intensive study o f essentially the same material covered in Chemistry 67. A familiarity with physical chemistry is desirable. Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 (or 14) and 2 8, 29. Spring semester. Staff. 180. T h e sis. Honors candidates may write a thesis as preparation for one o f their papers. The thesis topic must be chosen in consultation with some member o f the staff and approved early in the semester preceding the one in which the work is to be done. Classics HELEN F. NORTH, Professor and Chairman MARTIN OSTWALD, Professor GILBERT P. ROSE, Associate Professor RICHARD P. SALLER, Assistant Professor The Department o f Classics offers instruction in the various fields which constitute the study o f Greek and Rom an culture. Courses numbered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the Greek and Latin languages and literatures. Courses numbered from 31 onwards presup­ pose no knowledge o f the Greek or Latin languages and are open (except for 4 2 and 4 4 ) without prerequisite to all students; they deal with the history, mythology, religion, archaeol­ ogy, and other aspects o f the ancient world and include the study o f classical literature in translation. Swarthmore College contributes to the Amer­ ican Academy in Rom e and the American School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its students have the privileges accorded to undergraduates from contributing institutions (use o f the library at both schools and consultation with the staff). Swarthmore is also one o f the institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies in Rom e, which provides facilities for the study o f Classics, Archaeology, and Ancient History. Classics majors, recommended by the Depart­ ment, are eligible to study at the Center, usually during their junior year, either for one semester or for two. Students o f the classics are eligible for the Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship and the Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see pp. 3 4 and 8 7 ). REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be offered as a major subject either in the Course Program or in the External Examination Program, and as a minor subject in the latter Program. A major in Greek or Latin in the External Examination (H onors) Program or in the Course Program should complete during the first two years either Intermediate Greek or Intermediate Latin. In the Honors Program, a m ajor in Greek is also expected to study Latin through the intermediate level and a m ajor in Latin is expected to study Greek through the inter­ mediate level before graduation. Minors in Greek or Latin in the Honors Program should complete during the first two years either Intermediate Greek or Intermediate Latin. A major in Greek or Latin in the Course Program will consist o f at least 8 courses in the appropriate language above the introductory level. M ajors in both the Honors Program and the Course Program are required to take for at least one semester a course in prose composi­ tion (Greek 9 , 10, or Latin 9, 10). In the Honors program, three or four papers constitute a major in Greek or in Latin. Normally all or all but one o f these will be prepared for by seminars. Either Directed Reading in a field in which a seminar is not given (course 9 3 ), a thesis, or a course supplemented by additional independent work (i.e., an "attachm ent” ) may be used to prepare for the remaining paper. A minimum o f two papers constitutes a minor in Greek or in Latin, at least one o f which must be prepared for by a seminar. A m ajor in Ancient History will consist o f (1) Classics 4 2 , with attachments, (2 ) Classics 4 4, with attachments, and (3 ) either or both o f thè 83 Classics following: Greek 113, Latin 102. The prerequi­ sites for Classics 4 2 and 4 4 are Classics 31 and 3 2 . For Greek 113 the prerequisite is one year o f Intermediate Greek, for Latin 102, one year o f Intermediate Latin. A m inor in Ancient History will consist o f (1) and ( 2 ) above, with the specified prerequisites. G reek I, 2. Intensive F irs t-y e a r Greek. Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge o f Ancient Greek grammar sufficient to equip the student to begin reading after one semester. It meets four days per week and carries VA credits. Greek 2 (spring) is an introduction to Greek literature. A major work o f the Classical period is read, usually a dialogue o f Plato. It meets four days per week and carries IVi credits. Year course. Rose. 9, 10. G reek P ro se Com position. Course meets one hour a week. A requirement for majors, this course is recommended in conjunction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student with grammatical and stylistic exercise. H a lf course, one sem ester each year. Rose. II. Interm ediate G reek Reading. A tragedy and some A ttic prose are read. F all semester. North. 12. Homer. Selections from either the Ilia d o r the Odyssey are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem is read in translation. Spring semester. Ostwald. inflection o f Greek and Latin words derivable from their comm on source, Proto-IndoEuropean. Students should have some know b edge o f both Classical languages, but no prior experience in linguistics is assumed. Given in alternate years. F all semester. Rose. 91. S p e c ia l Topics. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examinations. Spring semester. Staff. 93. D irected Reading. A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent o f the Department chairman. Staff. 95. Attachm ent. Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 68 (Form ats o f Instruction). Staff. ( 19. C o m p arative G ram m ar of Greek and Latin. A study o f the phonology, morphology, and Latin 1, 2. Intensive F irs t-y e a r Latin. An intensive course in the essentials o f Latin grammar aiming to provide sufficient knowl­ edge o f the language to make possible the study and appreciation o f Latin literature. Study o f the language is combined with additional meetings in which students are introduced to a wide range o f topics related to the study o f Latin. These include such subjects as Rom an art, archaeology, palaeography, religion, and (in translation) masterpieces o f Latin literature. These meetings will normally be conducted by specialists from the Swarthmore faculty and from neighboring colleges. 1 84 \ The course will have four one-hour meetings each week. It carries one and one-half course credits each semester. Year course. Sailer. 14. M ediaeval Latin. W orks chosen from the principal types o f mediaeval Latin literature (including religious and secular poetry, history and chronicles, saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and romances) are studied in this course. Spring semester. North. 9, 10. Latin P ro se Com position. The development o f Latin prose style is studied, with an analysis o f Latin texts and extensive translation o f English into Latin. A requirement for majors, it is recommended in conjunction with Latin 11 and Latin 12. The course meets one hour a week. H a lf course, on e sem ester each year. Rose. 91. S p e c ia l Topics. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examinations. Spring semester. Staff. 11. Interm ediate Latin: Catullus. A study o f the lyric, elegiac, and hexameter poetry o f Catullus. This course follows Latin 2 and is open to those with two or three years o f high school Latin. F all semester. Ostwald. 93. Directed Reading. A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent o f the Department chairman. Staff. 12. Interm ediate Latin: C ice ro . An oration and selected letters. This course is designed to introduce students to a great historical and literary figure o f the Roman Republic. It combines a study o f his major political and literary achievements with a careful analysis o f his prose style. Spring semester. Staff. 95. A tta ch m en t Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 66 (Formats o f Instruction). Staff. 13. Literatu re o f the A ugustan Age. Latin elegiac poetry: Ovid, Tibullus, Propertius. F all semester. North. A n cien t H istory and Civilization 31. H isto ry of G reece. The course is devoted to the study o f the political and social history o f the Greek states to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. Special attention is given to the 6 th and 5th centuries B .C . Considerable reading is done in the primary sources in translation. Classics 31 meets the distribution requirement for Group 3; it counts towards a m ajor in History. F all semester. Sailer. 32. The Roman Republic and Early Em pire. A study o f the Rom an world in the period 3 0 0 B.C .-A .D . 3 8 . The following subjects will be dealt with in detail: (1) The evolution o f the republican constitution, ( 2 ) R om e’s wars o f expansion and acquisition o f empire, ( 3 ) The Rom an Revolution, (4 ) The Augustan Principate, (5 ) The Julio-Claudian Dynasty, ( 6 ) Art, Literature, and Thought. Students will be required to read the pertinent original sources in translation as well as a selection o f m odem viewpoints. There is no prerequisite. Classics 32 meets the distribution requirement for Group 3, and counts towards a major in History. Spring semester. Sailer. 33. G reek Literature in Translation. The works studied in this course range in time from Homer to Plato and Aristotle and include selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and elegiac, and dramatic poetry, history and philosophy. Lectures on the historical and 85 Classics i cultural context supplement class discussion. N ot given in 1980-81 . Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent. Spring semester. N ot given in 1980-81. 35. Latin Literature in Translation — C la s s ic a l and M ediaeval. The works studied in this course range in time from the age o f the Rom an Republic to the twelfth century after Christ. They include the m ajor authors o f th e classical period, St. Jerom e and St. Augustine from the Latin Fathers, and from the Middle Ages, Boethius, Prudentius, the chief figures o f the Carolingian Renaissance, and the writers o f Mediaeval Latin hymns and secular poetry. The course is given in alternate years. N ot given in 1980-81. 44. The Roman Em pire. A detailed study, using primary sources, o f the political, economic, social, and cultural history o f the Rom an world from the death o f Nero in A .D . 68 to the death o f Constantine in A .D. 337. Classics 4 4 counts towards a major in History. Prerequisite: Classics 3 2 or its equivalent. Spring semester. Sailer. 36. C la s s ic a l M ythology in Literature and Art. A study o f selected myths in works o f Greek and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s Odyssey to the M etam orphoses o f Ovid and Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works o f art inspired by mythical figures and cycles, but also to ancient sites connected with them. F all semester. North. 38. G reek and Roman L iterary C riticism . A study o f ancient literary criticism from its beginnings in Presocratic philosophy and Old Comedy to its latest stages in the writings o f the Church Fathers, especially St. Augustine. Emphasis will be placed on such major critics as Plato, Aristotle, Dionysius o f Halicarnassus, Demetrius, ’Longinus’, Quintilian, Cicero, and Horace. Topics to be considered include the social and historical context o f ancient criticism in its principal stages, and the influence o f ancient theories on certain schools o f Mediaeval and Renaissance criticism. F all semester, N ot given 1980-81 . North. 42. G reece in the Fifth Century B.C. An intensive study, chiefly on the basis o f primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the end o f the Peloponnesian War. Special emphasis is placed on the political, social, and economic institutions o f the Athenian democ­ racy and on the problems o f the Delian League, both internal and in its relation to the Greek and non-Greek world. Classics 42 counts towards a m ajor in History. The course is normally given in alternate years. I I 45. G reek P olitica l Theory. A study o f Greek political concepts and institutions as a background to the political thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle, on which the major attention o f this course is focused. Spring semester. Ostwald. 46. An Introduction to Archaeology. This course imparts a knowledge o f techniques and procedures applicable to archaeological study in any part o f the world. Specific examples and problems are drawn in the main from classical archaeology, with emphasis on a particular period (e.g: Bronze Age, Hellenistic, Etruscan, etc.). Spring semester. Staff. I 81. The A ncient Theatre. A representative selection o f Greek and Rom an drama, both tragedy and comedy, will be read in translation, together with the Poetics o f Aristotle, and there will be a study o f anceint dramatic production and the physical remains o f Greek and Rom an theatres. Given in alternate years. F all semester. N ot given in 1980-81. North. 91. S p e c ia l Topics. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examination in Ancient History. Spring semester. Staff. J I I 93. D irected Reading. A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent o f the Department chairman. Staff. I 95. Attachm ent. Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for 86 \ an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 68 (Formats o f Instruction). Staff. SEMINARS 102. Roman H isto ria n s. This seminar combines a survey o f Latin historical writing to the end o f the Silver Age with intensive study o f selected books o f Livy and Tacitus, both as examples o f Roman historiography and as sources for Roman history. Spring semester. Sailer. 103. Latin Epic. Virgil’s A eneid against the background o f earlier and later Latin Epic poetry (Lucretius, Lucan). Spring semester. North. 104. S a tiric a l W riting in the F irs t Century A fte r Christ. A study o f the Satires o f Juvenal, selected epigrams o f Martial and the Salyricon o f Petronius. Special attention will be given to the writings o f these authors as illustrations o f the social structure and o f the literary and intellectual movements o f the early empire. Spring semester. Sailer. 105. C ice ro . A study o f the political and forensic speeches o f Cicero and o f his personal correspondence as sources for the political and constitutional history o f the final years o f the Roman Republic. Attention is also paid to Ciceronian prose style as exemplified in his letters and orations. F all semester. Sailer. 107. H orace: L y ric and H exam eter Poetry. The seminar emphasizes the O des and Epodes and their place in the tradition o f Greek and Rom an lyric poetry. Attention is also given to the Satires and E pistles, especially the Ars P oetica, and to their importance for the history o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s achievement in the context o f the Augustan Age. F all semester. North. 111. G reek P h ilo sop h ers. This seminar is devoted mainly to the study o f Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle and the Hellenistic schools. The orientation o f the seminar is primarily philosophical, although the literary merits o f the Greek philosophers receive consideration. F all semester. Ostwald. 112. Greek Epic. This seminar will study primarily Hom er’s Iliad . Selections from Hesiod and Apollonius will also be read, with some attention to the development o f Greek epic. Spring semester. Rose. 113. Greek H isto ria n s. This seminar is devoted to a study o f Herodotus and Thucydides, both as examples o f Greek historiography and as sources for Greek history.F all semester. Ostwald. 114. G reek Dram a. The whole body o f extant Greek tragedies and comedies is studied, with a careful reading in the original language o f one play by each o f the major dramatists. Spring semester. Rose. 115. G reek Elegiac and L y ric Poetry. The whole body o f extant Greek elegy and lyric is studied, with attention to the political and social background, and to the relation o f these literary types to epic and dramatic poetry. F all semester. North. 87 Economics ROBINSON G. HOLLISTER, JR., Professor (part-time) HOWARD PACK, Professor FREDERIC L. PRYOR, Professor (part-tim e) BERNARD SAFFRAN, Professor and Chairman GEORGE B. ASSAF, Visiting Assistant Professor M ARK KUPERBERG, Assistant Professor LINDA LIM, Assistant Professor^ DAVID L. MUETHING, Assistant Professor LAURENCE S. SEIDMAN, Assistant Professor RICHARD H. SPADY, Assistant P ro fesso rff CHARLES F. STONE, III, Assistant P rofessorff DAVID F. WEIMAN, Assistant Professor NOEL J .J . FARLEY, Visiting Lecturer** * § The courses in economics are designed: first, to acquaint the student with the institutions and processes through which the 'activity o f producing, exchanging, and distributing goods and services is organized and carried on; second, to train the student in the methods by which these institutions and processes may be analyzed; and third, to enable the student to arrive at informed judgments concerning relevant issues o f public policy. Econom ics 1-2 is a prerequisite to all other work in the Department except Econom ics 3 and Econom ics 4. All students intending to major in Econom ics are strongly advised to take Econom ics 4 or the equivalent statistics course in the Mathematics department in order to prepare for upper level courses and seminars; some seminars will assume a knowledge o f statistics. M ajors in Course are normally expected to take Econom ics 2 0 and 5 9 before their senior year. M ajors in the External Examination (H onors) program must take Econom ics 103 and are strongly advised to take in addition either Econom ics 102 or Econom ics 5 9 . Students intending advanced work in applied economics and those intending to go to law or business schools will find Econom ics 3 useful preparation. Knowledge o f the materials covered in an elementary calculus course is also required for a major in Economics. For students intending \ A bsent on leave, 1980-81. * * Fall semester, 1980. 88 to do graduate work in Economics, a strong background in mathematics is virtually essen­ tial. If at all possible, such students should take Mathematics 5 and 11 or the equivalent o f these courses. Mathematics 15 and 22 would also be useful for those intending to focus on the more technical aspects o f economics. 1, 2. Introduction to Econom ics. This course is designed both to afford the general student a comprehensive survey and to provide students doing further work with a foundation on which to build. The first semester course describes the organization o f the economic system and analyzes the allocation o f resources, the distribution o f income, and international economic relations. Students must take Econ­ om ics 2 to receive credit for Econom ics 1. The second semester course deals with the problems o f inflation, unemployment, monetary and fiscal policy, and the determination o f national priorities. 3. A ccounting. The purpose o f this course is to equip the student with the rudiments o f accounting needed for advanced work in business finance, banking, taxation, and public regulation. (This course does not satisfy the distribution § B ry n Mawr-Haverford-Swarthmore faculty exchange program. I I I I requirements as outlined previously in this catalogue.) Spring semester. Selected current topics in the economics o f financial markets. Spring semester. Muething. 4. S ta tis tic s fo r Econom ists. All Economics majors are strongly advised to take this course (preferably in their sophomore or junior year) to prepare them for advanced work in the discipline. The first half o f the course covers basic probability, random variables, sampling, estimation and hypothesis testing; the second half, simple and multiple regression. No mathematics prerequisite except high school algebra; the course includes a selfcontained introduction to calculus and matrix algebra. Course work will include some problem solving using the computer. Prerequisites: Economics 1 and 2. F all semester. Muething. 20. Econom ic Theory. M icroeconomic theory at an intermediate level. Determination o f prices in theory and in practice. Distribution o f income. Economic welfare aspects o f various market structures. O ther selected topics. F all semester. Muething and Pack. 5. Econom ic P o licy A n a ly sis. This course analyzes major policy issues: (1) The trade-off between efficiency and equality in a market economy; (2 ) Policies to raise low incomes (the negative income tax; capital formation); ( 3 ) National health insurance; (4 ) Environment, energy, and resource conserva­ tion; ( 5 ) Inflation and unemployment. Prerequisites: Econom ics 1 and 2. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Seidman. 11. Econom ic Development. Requisites for the economic development o f underdeveloped countries. Obstacles to devel­ opment. Strategy and tactics o f development policy. Spring semester. Pack. I I I I 12. Econom etrics. A survey o f fundamental econometric methods emphasizing application. Som e empirical work will be required. Prerequisite: Economics 4. Spring semester. Staff. 14. Financial M a rk e ts and Institutions. Econom ic theory o f the stock and bond markets. Evaluation o f investments and portfolio decisions from the viewpoint o f the individual. Investment and financial decisions from the viewpoint o f the corporation. Function and regulation o f various financial intermediaries. Impact o f government regulation and taxation on financial markets. 21. Industrial O rganization and Public Policy. Optimality and the price system; theories o f the firm; market structure; the causes o f market failure and alternative policy responses; antitrust, regulation and public enterprise. F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81. 22. P u blic Finance. Analysis o f the effects o f tax policies and government expenditure programs on the distribution o f income and economic efficiency. Special topics will include tax reform and capital formation, consumption vs. income taxes, social insurance (social security, national health insurance, unemployment compensa­ tion), general equilibrium tax incidence, public goods, externalities (environmental pollution), tax policy and inflation, and optimal taxation. F all semester. Seidman. 24. Top ics in the Econom ics of Industry. Quite similar to Economics 21, but placing more stress on governmental policies toward the firm and the subsequent reactions on firm decision-making. F all semester. Assaf. 25. Labor P rob lem s and M anpow er Policy. The structure and behavior o f labor markets, issues in labor relations, the development o f manpower, the role o f unions, employers and government. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . 26. S o c ia l Econom ics. The extent, consequences, and causes o f poverty and economic inequality; an appraisal o f reforms in income support programs, medical care, education, housing, and rural Economics and ghetto development; the economics o f discrimination. Not offered 1980-81 . 27. Governm ent Regulation of Industry. The economics o f the "new ” regulation: occupational safety and health, affirmative action, pollution, auto insurance, consumer product safety, pension plans, restrictions on industrial location and mobility, etc. In each case the economic rationale for current and proposed regulation is examined in the context o f the theory o f market failure and evaluated in terms o f its effects upon economic efficiency and social equity. In certain cases, "optim al” schemes devised by economists which differ greatly from current policy will be considered. Throughout, the emphasis is on the theory o f government intervention and its implementation as opposed to current institutional failures. Not offered 1980-81 . 30. The International Economy. The course consists o f a brief introduction to the historical development and institutional structure o f the international economy and an introduction to the theory o f trade, commer­ cial policy, and balance o f payments adjustment. These tools are used to analyze contemporary international economic problems; tariffs and non-tariff barriers, common markets, multi­ national corporations, international oil, gold, inflation, and the future o f the international monetary system. F all semester. Pryor. 31. C om parative Econom ic S y ste m s. Analysis o f methods by which economic systems can be compared; studies o f empirical comparisons according to many criteria o f nations in East and W est; case studies o f the Soviet U nion, China, Yugoslavia and other nations. F all semester. Pryor. 41. Urban Econom ics. This course examines the economic structure and development o f American urban econ­ omics. Topics covered include housing, transportation, urban renewal, local govern­ ment finance, and pollution. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . 90 47. M a rx ist P olitica l Economy. A study o f Marxist economics and political theory with particular attention to general problems o f historical materialism. Primary emphasis in the reading is placed on the works o f Marx, Engels, and Lenin; however, some time is also devoted to the background o f Marxist thought as well as the development o f Marxist theory in the present era. Prerequisites include two semesters o f either Political Science or Economics. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. 49. A m e ric a n Econom ic History. (A lso listed as History 4 9 ). The course o f American economic growth, from the colonial era onwards, is examined; further, the sources o f that growth are explored with an attempt to weigh the contribution o f various causal factors which historians and economists have identified, including the changing composition o f inputs, methods o f production and the changing social and political environment. The evolving relationship o f growth to equity and efficiency will also be considered. F all semester. Weiman. 54. Energy P o licy Issues. (Cross-listed as Engineering 57.) An explor­ ation o f government policy toward energy resource development and implementation o f new energy technologies. Topics include O C S oil, leasing, western coal and oil shale development, energy price regulation, nuclear safety and safeguards, solar energy develop­ ment and end-use conservation. Enrollment by permission o f instructor; suggested preparation includes Economics 1 & 2, Political Science 2, and Engineering 3 or a mathematics course. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . 56. O perations R esearch. (A lso listed as Engineering 5 6 .) The principles o f operations research as applicable to defining optimum solutions o f engineering and financial problems as an aid to managerial decision making. Probability and probability distributions, reliability, random number simulation, queuing theory, linear program­ ming, dynamic programming, allocation and transportation theory. The working principles o f engineering economy are introduced and combined with operations research topics. Normally for junior and senior students. Spring semester. 58. Health Policy. (Also listed as Political Science 5 8 .) Analysis o f government policy toward health care and public health, its impact upon institutions and resource allocation, and major alternatives for action. Central topics are the organization o f health care delivery (roles and views o f physicians, nurses, administrators, patients and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and local governments, quasi-public authorities, and interest groups; technical and political aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs. Students wishing to take this course should consult in advance with the instructors. Prior work in at least two o f the following will be helpful: Economics 1-2, 4, 2 6; Political Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32. Spring semester. Hollister and Smith. 59. M a cro e co n o m ic Th eory and S tabilization Policy. The theory o f the determination o f the level and composition o f aggregate output, employ­ ment, prices and intrest rates. Analysis o f conflicting views o f the relationship between inflation and unemployment and o f the proper role o f government stabilization policy. Spring semester. Kuperberg. 62. Econom ics, J u s tic e , and Law. (Also listed as Political Science 6 2 .) Explor­ ation o f the premises behind the use o f utilitarian constructs in the analysis o f public policy issues. Examination o f the appropriate­ ness o f the utilization o f economic methodol­ ogy through an intensive study o f issues in law and distributive justice. F all semester. Kuperberg and Beitz. 67. S o cia l Insurance and W elfare Policy. (A lso listed as Political Science 67.) The principal American policies and programs dealing primarily with relief o f poverty and economic insecurity, and the prospects and options for reform in this field. Topics include: Social Security, national health insur­ ance, unemployment compensation and welfare reform. The various public objectives and methods o f income support and related social services, as well as certain contextual or alternative programs and regulatory policies. Conceptions o f "welfare” ; economic, social, political, and administrative or professional considerations in policy; historical and com ­ parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or double-credit seminar for students in the Public Policy Concentration and open for single credit to others who have taken appropriate Public Policy prerequisites, on which consult the Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one o f the instructors. Spring semester. Gilbert and Seidman. 71. M anagem ent of Non-Profit O rganizations. The course will examine the distinctive nature o f non-profit organizations: social and com­ munity agencies and higher education will be used as examples. Emphasis will be placed on management approaches in the general areas o f fiscal and personnel administration. Prerequisite: Accounting. F all semester. Landry. 73. H isto ry of Econom ic Thought. A critical evaluation o f the thought o f major economic thinkers o f modern times, within the context o f the changing economic systems in which they lived: the classical economists (Sm ith, Malthus, Mill and M arx); the neoclas­ sical economists (Marshall); the post-neoclassicals (Kalecki, Keynes, Steindl and Sraffa); the modern "orthod ox” school (Samuelson and others) and its challengers (the Cambridge School and the radical or neo-Marxian school). Spring semester. Weiman. 81. Econom ies of the M iddle East. Study o f selected Middle Eastern economies. Focus on different economic development strategies o f countries, some with limited and others with substantial natural resource bases. Investigation o f agricultural and industrial policies, issues in natural resource pricing, and technology absorption problems. F all semester. Pack. 82. Law and Econom ics. Related to Economics 6 2 but can be taken independently. Economic analysis o f property rights and the ways in which legal issues can be handled with economic analysis. Examination o f specific policy problems including liability 91 Economies laws, product safety legislation, workman’s compensation and work injuries, medical malpractice laws, drug safety legislation, crime control, and racial and sexual discrimination. Stning semester. Assaf. the congressional and administrative processes by which macroeconomic policy is formulated, approved, and implemented. Spring semester. Seidman and Rubin. 91. P o litica l Econom y of M a c ro e c o n ­ o m ic Policy. (A lso listed as Political Science 91.) Focus on SEMINARS 101. P u blic Finance. Analysis o f the effects o f tax policies and government expenditure programs on the distribution o f income and economic efficiency. Special topics will include tax reform and capital formation, consumption vs. income taxes, social insurance (social security, national health insurance, unemployment compensa­ tion), general equilibrium tax incidence, public goods, externalities (environmental pollution), tax policy and inflation, and optimal taxation. F all semester. Seidman. 102. Econom ic Stab ility and Growth. The theory o f cyclical fluctuations and secular growth. Money and banking. Monetary and fiscal policy. Wage-price pressures and the control o f inflation. Spring semester. Kuperberg. 103. Econom ic Theory. Contemporary theory: price determination, the functional distribution o f income, the level o f employment. Evaluation o f theory in the light o f simplifying assumptions and empirical evidence. The relevance o f theory to socio­ economic problems. Both sem esters. Saffran. 105. International Econom ics. Theory and policy o f international economic relations. The theory o f international trade and balance o f payments adjustment. Commer­ cial policy o f tariffs and non-tariff barriers. Comm on markets, customs unions, and regional economic integration. Multinational enterprise and economic imperialism. The world monetary system, international inflation, and the international economics o f oil. F all semester. Farley. 92 106. C o m parative Econom ic S y ste m s. Analysis o f methods by which economic systems can be compared; study o f resource allocation and growth in socialist, capitalist, and mixed economies; case studies o f the U .S .S .R ., Yugoslavia, China, France, and other nations; examination o f special problems in economic planning. F all semester. Pryor. 107. Labor and S o cia l Econom ics. Economic analysis o f the organization o f labor and labor markets; education, medical care, housing, discrimination. Determinants o f wages and income inequality, government policies with respect to labor relations, health, education and welfare. Spring semester. Hollister. 108. Econom etrics. Econometric theory and empirical studies. An empirical research paper is required. Prerequisites: Mathematics 11 and Economics 103. Spring semester. Staff 109. Econom ic Developm ent. An examination o f the problems o f economic development and growth in low-income countries, with attention to both historical experience and current issues o f development policy. Techniques o f economic planning and instruments o f policy will be studied. Emphasis will be placed upon case studies o f individual countries, and each student will prepare a research paper in considerable depth. Spring semester. Pack. 110. Urban Econom ics. This seminar will deal in depth with the structure and development o f American urban economies. Topics covered will include hous­ ing, transportation, urban renewal, local government finance, and pollution. M ethod­ ological as well as substantive issues will be discussed. Spring semester. Not offered 1980-81. 111. Industrial O rganization and Public Policy. Applications o f theoretical and empirical analysis to major issues in industrial economics: optimality and the price system; theories o f the firm; market structure; the causes o f market failure and alternative policy responses. Spring semester Not offered 1980-81. 112. M athem atical Econom ics. Review o f static optimization theory; theory of consumption and production from a dual point o f view; elementary approaches to the existence, stability, and optimality o f general equilibrium; additional topics o f student interest as time permits. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. 113. Issu es in Labor Econom ics. Econom ic analyses o f labor markets and labor organization; employment and unemployment; wage determination and income inequality; education; discrimination; women in the labor force; labor in multinational corporations; labor in underdeveloped countries; the labor process and labor productivity. O ther topics depending on student interest, such as U .S. labor history, labor market institutions and labor practices in other industrialized countries. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . 114. H istory o f Econom ic Thought. A critical evaluation o f the thought o f major economic thinkers o f modern times, within the context o f the changing economic systems in which they lived: the classical economists (Sm ith, Malthus, Mill and M arx); the neoclas­ sical economists (Marshall); the post-neoclassicals (Kalecki, Keynes, Steindl and Sraffa); the modem "orth od ox” school (Samuelson and others) and its challengers (the Cambridge School and the radical or neo-Marxian school). Spring semester. Weiman. 115. A m e rica n Econom ic History. Econom ic development o f the United States from the colonial period to the New Deal. Focus on the patterns o f economic growth, the quantitative expansion o f the economy, the changing institutional and social structure. Attention to the culminating economic and social crises o f each stage o f development and the economic roots o f these crises. Spring semester. Weiman. 93 Education EVA F. TRAVERS, Assistant Professor and Program Director ROBERT J . GROSS, Assistant Professor^ ANN RENNINGER, Lecturer The Program in Education has three purposes: to expose students to issues in education from a variety o f disciplinary perspectives, to provide a range o f field experiences for students who wish to explore their aptitude and interest in teaching, counseling or research in an educational setting, and to prepare students to be certified for entry into public school teaching. Substantive courses in the Program in Education are intended to be integral to the College’s academic offerings. The Program’s m ost important goal is to help students learn to think critically and creatively about the process o f education and the place o f education in society. To this end, both its introductory and upper level courses necessar­ ily draw on the distinctive approaches o f Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, Phil­ osophy and History. Because students major in one o f the traditional disciplines, courses in Education offer both an opportunity to apply the particular skills o f their chosen field to a new domain and to interact with others whose disciplinary approaches may differ significantly from their own. A competency-based program for preparing secondary teachers is offered for students who seek public school certification from the Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania. Competency is judged by an interdisciplinary committee o f the faculty whose members have established criteria for certification in Biology, Chemistry, English, French, German, Mathematics, Rus­ sian and Social Studies. Individual programs are developed in conjunction with departmen­ tal representatives and members o f the Education staff. There is no major in Education. All students seeking certification must meet Swarthmore College’s general requirements for course distribution and a major. REQUIREMENTS FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION Students planning to seek secondary certifica­ tion should take Introduction to Education, Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophom ore year and enroll for Practice Teaching and Seminar, Educ. 16 (a double credit course), no earlier than the Spring Semester o f their Junior year. In addition, they must complete the following sequence o f courses: ■ Introduction to Psychology, Psychology 3, or Educational Psychology, Educ. 21 (Edu­ cational Psychology required in place o f Introduction to Psychology for students in class o f ’8 2 and thereafter). ■ Child Development,Psychology 39; Adoles­ cence, Educ. 23; or Psychological Anthro­ pology, Sociology-Anthropology 104 (Psy­ chological Anthropology will not fulfill this \ Absent on leave, 1980-81. 94 requirement for students in the class o f ’82 and thereafter). ■ An additional course from the following: a. Educational Psychology, Educ. 21 b. Adolescence, Educ. 23 c. Counseling: Principles and Practices, Educ. 25 d. Education and Society, Educ. 47 e. Education in America, Educ. 52 f. Political Socialization and Schools, Educ. 61 g. Urban Education, Educ. 81 h. Special Topics, Educ. 91 Students preparing for certification must attain at least a grade point average o f C in courses in their major field o f certification and a grade o f C + or better in Introduction to Education in order to undertake Practice Teaching. In addition, students must be recommended by their major department and by their cooperating teacher in Introduction to Education. Placement o f students in schools for Practice Teaching is contingent on success­ ful interviews with members o f the Education Program staff and appropriate secondary school personnel. A t present Swarthmore College is not authorized by the Commonwealth o f Pennsyl­ vania to certify elementary teachers. However, students taking courses in the Education Program have an opportunity to concentrate their field work in an elementary setting and may do practice teaching for credit in an elementary school. Placements for students who do not desire certification are also available in a variety o f special education or counseling settings. 14. Introduction to Education. A survey o f issues in education within an interdisciplinary framework. In addition to considering the impact o f individuals such as Dewey, Skinner and Bruner, the course will explore some major economic, historical and sociological questions in American education and discuss alternative policies and programs. The course will give students an opportunity to determine their own interest in preparing to teach, as well as furnish them with first-hand experience in current elementary and secondary school practice. Field work is required. E ach semester. Staff. 16. P ra c tic e Teaching. Supervised teaching in either secondary or elementary schools, with an accompanying seminar for curriculum and methods. Double credit. (Single credit practice teaching may be arranged for individuals not seeking certifica­ tion.) Each semester. Travers and Renninger. 21. Educational Psychology. (also listed as Psychology 21). This course will focus on the psychological dimensions o f the learning process in the classroom. Specific issues will include: methods and styles o f learning; student motivation, social and emotional climate o f the classroom, role problems o f teachers, and individual diagnosis and assessment. F all semester. Renninger. 23. A d o lescen ce . (also listed as Psychology 2 3 ). This course will review recent studies o f adolescent develop­ ment as a basis for establishing a theoretical framework. These, in turn, will be brought to bear on adolescent behavior, especially in schools and other social institutions. There will be an emphasis on the relationship between adolescence as a stage o f development and the curriculum and programs o f the institutions serving adolescents. The course will include a component o f field observation and research. Spring semester. Renninger. 25. Counseling: P rin c ip le s and P ractice. An introductory course focusing on theories, techniques and issues in school and agency counseling. Field work, guest lectures, role playing and analysis o f case studies will provide practical information and experience. Recommended for students considering grad­ uate programs in educational counseling or those planning to teach or do youth work in an agency setting. Enrollment limited. N ot offered 1980-81 . Dickerson. 47. Education and Society. (also listed as Sociology and Anthropology 4 7 ). Classical views o f education and society including Dewey and Durkheim. Comparative study o f the functions o f schools from the perspective o f sociology and anthropology. Among the topics to be discussed are the relation o f educational institutions to other sectors o f society, and the question o f alternatives to schooling in both modernizing and "post-industrial” societies. F all semester. Staff. 48. S o cio lo g y of H igher Education. (also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 4 8 ). This course will explore the theory and practice o f higher education from a sociological point o f view. Students, faculty, curriculum, governance and decision-m aking, nontraditional ap­ proaches, and the college and university as key institutions in m odem industrial society will be the focus o f study. Field observation and 95 Education interviewing at one o f the many institutions in the Greater Philadelphia area will represent an important component o f the course. Staff. 52. Education in A m e rica . (also listed as History 5 2 ). A history o f primary, secondary and higher education in America from the European and colonial orgins to the present. The course will consider both theory and practice within the context o f American society and culture, and in relation to other agencies o f socialization. Prerequisite: Introductory level History course. Not offered 1980-81 . Bannister. 64. P olitica l S o cia liza tio n and Sch o ols. (also listed as Political Science 64 ). The course will consider the development o f political concepts, attitudes and behavior in students through the period o f formal education. The inter-related but often inconsistent influences o f family, school, peers, media and critical events in the socio-political system will be examined; special emphasis will be given to the 96 formal and informal messages o f schooling. Disillusionment and dissent, as responses to the events o f the past decade, will be explored. The course will include a component o f field research. Not offered 1980-81. Travers. 81. Urban Education. The course will focus on topics o f particular significance to urban educators, including desegregation, school finance, compensatory education, curricular innovation, community control, bilingual education, and unionization, The current situation in urban schools will be viewed in hisotrical and sociological perspective. Field work is required. Spring semester. Travers. 91. S p e c ia l Topics. W ith the permission qualified students may topic o f special interest, investigation will usually well as research. E ach semester. Staff. o f the instructor, choose to pursue a which for thorough require field work as Engineering CARL BARUS, Professor DAVID L. BOWLER, Professor H. SEARL DUNN, Professor and Chairman M. JOSEPH WILLIS Professor EDWARD N. KRESCH, Associate Professor NELSON A. MACKEN, Associate Professor^ MAURICE F. ABURDENE, Assistant Professor ARTHUR E. McGARITY, Assistant Professor FREDERICK L. ORTHLIEB, Assistant Professor The professional practice o f engineering requires skill and resourcefulness in applying scientific knowledge and mathematical methods to the solution o f technical problems o f ever­ growing complexity. In addition, the role o f engineering in our society demands that the engineer recognize and take into account the economic and social factors that bear upon all important technical problems. The successful engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough understanding o f social and economic forces, and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural and humanistic traditions o f our society. Our program supports these needs by offering the student the opportunity to acquire a broad technical and liberal education. The structure o f the Department’s curriculum permits engineering m ajors to take almost forty percent o f their course work at the College in the humanities and social sciences. W ith careful planning it is possible for a student to acquire a double m ajor with two degrees, the Bachelor o f Science in Engineering and the Bachelor o f Arts in a second academic area in a four-year course o f study. The Department’s physical facilities include a wide range o f laboratories for general instruc­ tion and individual student projects in the areas o f electronics, system control, commun­ ications, instrumentation, strength o f materials, solid and structural mechanics, fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, soil mechanics, and environ­ mental diagnostics. Supporting these labora­ tories with on-line data acquisition and graphical display is the Department’s computer laboratory which is equipped with a PDP 11/40 system as well as with smaller digital and analog computers. Excellent shop facilities for both metal- and woodworking are available for student use. The overall plan leading to the degree o f Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineering is accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. C ou rses A v a ila b le to N on -M ajors The Department offers courses in computer education for students throughout the College; courses numbered 2 1 through 2 6 serve this purpose. Although Mechanics ( 6 ) is primarily for prospective majors, other interested students, particularly those interested in preparing for a career in architecture, are encouraged to enroll. Problems in Technology ( 3 ,4 ) is designed chiefly for students not contemplating further work in engineering or the natural sciences. Public Technology Project (3 2 ) is a group study project intended for an interdisciplinary enrollment. Operations R e­ search (5 7 ), and Environmental Engineering (6 4 ) will also appeal to many students majoring in other departments. Students majoring in the physical sciences or mathemat­ ics frequently enroll in advanced engineering courses. Students may m inor in the External Examina­ tion (H onors) Program in the Engineering ( Absent on leave, 1980-81. 97 Engineering Department by taking appropriately related advanced engineering courses as preparation for external examinations. Generally the advanced engineering courses require one or more introductory courses as prerequisites, Program for Engineering Majors The general departmental requirements fall into three categories: successful completion o f at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii) four courses in the sciences including General Physics 3 and 4 , to be taken in the freshman year, and (iii) four courses in mathematics, including Math 5 and 11 to be taken in the freshman year and Math 2 2 , normally taken in the sophomore year. The two unspecified science courses in category (ii) and the mathematics course in category (iii) may be chosen to complement the student’s overall program o f study; in general, the Department recommends Introduction to Chemistry (1, 2 ) and Linear Algebra (1 2 ) or Mathematical Statistics (15) or Differential Equations (3 0 ). W ithin the Department, the following core courses are required o f all students: Mechanics, Physical Systems Analysis I and II, Experimen­ tation for Engineering Design, Thermofluid Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The first four courses are normally taken in the freshman and sophomore years: Mechanics in the second semester o f the freshman year, Physical Systems Analysis I in the first semester o f the sophomore year, and the remaining two in the second semester o f the sophomore year. In special circumstances, however, students with adequate preparation in mathematics and physics can begin the engineering curriculum as late as the second semester o f the sophomore year and still complete all o f the core requirements and elective work in the Department. The course Engineering Design, the culminating experience for engineering majors, is taken in the second semester o f the senior year. In consultation with his or her advisor, each student constructs a program o f advanced work in the Department. These programs, normally consisting o f six courses, are submitted to the Department when the student formally applies for a major in engineering during the spring semester o f the sophomore year. 98 The program constitutes the student’s elected field o f concentration which may or may not conform closely to the traditional areas o f engineering specialization, i.e. civil, electrical, mechanical, etc. For non-traditional plans for advanced work, the Department requires a coherent program that, in its judgment, meets the student’s educational objectives. Several follow: suggested fields o f concentration (1) General civil engineering: Mechanics o f Solids, Structural Theory and Design, Soil Mechnanics Theory and Design, Fluid Mechanics, and Operatioiis Re­ search. Students with a particular interest in environmental topics may replace several o f the above courses with Environ­ mental Engineering, Environmental Policy, or Solar Energy Systems. ( 2 ) General electrical engineering: Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II, Electromagnetic Theory, Communication Systems, and Control Theory and Design. Students having an interest in digital systems might replace one or more o f these courses with Digital Logic, Com ­ puter Organization, Computer Systems, or Microprocessor Laboratory Applica­ tions. ( 3 ) General mechanical engineering: Mechan­ ics o f Solids, Thermodynamics, Engineer­ ing Materials, Fluid Mechanics, Heat Transfer, and Control Theory and Design. Students with a special interest in the field o f energy may wish to include Solar Energy Systems or Energy Policy. ( 4 ) Computer engineering and general com ­ puter science: Digital Logic, Computer Organization, Digital Computers II, Com ­ puter Systems, and M icroprocessor Lab­ oratory Applications. Students with an interest in computer hardware may include Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II, or Control Theory and Design. Courses in mathematics can be used to broaden the theoretical foundation o f the program. ENGINEERING 3, 4. P ro b le m s in Technology, I and II. Designed primarily for those not planning to major in science or engineering, this course is intended to provide some depth o f under­ standing o f technology and its impact by examining in each semester a particular technology. Technical considerations under­ lying policy issues will be stressed. Examples o f semester topics are: aspects o f the energy problem, satellite communications, managing environmental hazards, and developments in data processing. A strong background in high school mathematics is assumed. Includes laboratory. Credit may be given for either semester, or both. 3 w ill be offered in 1980-81, but not 4 . Barus. 6. M ech a n ics. Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics. Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies including stress-strain relations, beam, torsion, and long column theory. Laboratory work is related to experiments on deformable bodies. Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent. Spring semester. Orthlieb. 11,12. P h y sic a l S y s te m s A n a ly s is I and II. These courses are devoted to the study o f physical phenomena which may be represented to a good degree o f approximation by a linear, lumped-parameter model. E ll (fall semester) is oriented mainly toward electrical devices and the development o f mathematical tech­ niques for the analysis o f their linear behavior. E12 (spring semester) is more concerned with mechanical, thermal and fluid systems, but emphasis throughout both courses will be placed upon the unity resulting from the common mathematical representation and analysis o f diverse physical systems. The content o f E l l is: Behavior o f electrical circuits; natural and forced transient response, steady-state harmonic excitation. Modeling o f active devices, operational amplifiers, and their use in circuit design. Introduction to the Fourier series and Laplace transform. Pole- zero concepts, notions o f stability, and energy considerations. E12 will be devoted to: multi­ degree o f freedom mechanical, electromechan­ ical, thermal and fluid systems. Transfer function and matrix descriptions o f compound systems, the eigen-value problem and state space techniques. Mechanical systems in two and three dimensions, energy methods, coupled modes o f motion. Transition from many degree o f freedom systems to continuous systems; the Fourier integral with applications to wave motion. Credit may be given for either semester, or both. Staff. 14. Experim entation fo r Engineering Design. Theories o f experimentation and measurement are presented and are related to engineering design and research projects. Lectures present probability theory and its applications in experimentation. Topics include random var­ iables, probability distributions, measurement errors, random noise, system reliability, statistical analysis o f experiments and simulated experiments, and decision making with experi­ mental results. T he laboratory section treats the analysis o f measurement systems and involves the experimental determination o f measurement system parameters. Prerequisites: E ll and E12 (taken concurrendy) Spring semester. McGarity. 21. Digital Logic. A n introduction to the theory and design o f digital logic circuits. Following a discussion o f number systems and Boolean algebra, minimi­ zation and realization techniques are studied for combinational systems. The latter part o f the course will be concerned with the treatment o f sequential systems. Switching devices will be characterized only as to their terminal behavior and no consideration will be given to the physical basis for their operation. The course is intended for students with a good background in basic mathematics through algebra. Includes laboratory. F all semester. Kresch, Bowler. 99 Engineering 22. Com puter O rganization. A study o f the ways in which the functional units o f a typical digital computer may be interconnected. Hardware implementation o f registers, counters, adders and the functional units themselves. Micro-programmed control. Characteristics o f the several types o f memory. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E21. Spring semester. Kresch, Bowler. 23. Digital Com puters I: P rogram m ing and A pp lica tion s. A n introduction to problem solving by computers. A high-level computer language will be taught with a brief introduction to an assembly language. Examples o f computer applications in education, industry, commerce, and government will be presented. Extensive use o f the Computing Center facilities. Prerequisite: None; intended for non-science and non-engineering majors. F all semester. Bowler, Aburdene. 24. Digital Com puters II: A dvanced Com puter A p p lication s. Advanced features o f programming languages; use o f tapes and disks, data structures, sorting and searching algorithms, file processing, operating systems, and introduction to simula­ tion languages and statistical packages. Prerequisite: E 2 3 , or equivalent. Intended for non-science and non-engineering majors. Spring semester. Aburdene. 25. C om puter S ystem s: O rganization and P rogram m ing. A n introduction to the organization and system design o f a small computer. Machine language, addressing techniques, assembly language, and macro instructions. Re-entrant and recursive programming techniques. Input/ output programming. Operating systems and system interrupts. Extensive use o f computer laboratory. Prerequisites: E 2 3 , or Mathematics 7 or equivalent. F all semester. Aburdene. 26. M ic r o p r o c e s s o r Laboratory A pp lica tion s. The study and selection o f microprocessor architecture, hardware modules, and interfaces for use in laboratory instrumentation. The laboratory exercises are designed for the 100 development o f a working microprocessorbased system. Prerequisite: E 25 or equivalent. Intended for engineering and science majors. Spring semester. Aburdene. 32. P u blic Technology P ro je c t An interdisciplinary group project. The class will be constituted as a study panel charged with assessing various aspects o f a particular public-service technology. The group will jointly prepare a report setting forth its findings and recommendations. Examples o f the type o f technology to be investigated are new energy systems, transportation systems, automated health care, waste management, applications o f communication satellites, water management in the west, etc. The .class will meet weekly in seminar format. Prerequisite: completion o f science require­ ment. O ffered in either sem ester when staffin g perm its. Barus. 36. S o la r Energy S y ste m s. Fundamental principles in the analysis and design o f systems which collect, store, and use the direct and indirect forms o f solar energy. Examples o f current solar technology are used as illustrations. Stochastic and deterministic mathematical models are used to describe the performance o f components and systems. C ost functions are developed for use in economic assessments. Techniques for system optimization are discussed. Prerequisites: Mathematics 5 , 11; Physics 3, 4. Spring semester. McGarity. 41. Therm ofluid M e ch a n ics. Introduction to macroscopic thermodynamics; first and second laws, properties o f pure substances, thermodynamics o f an ideal gas, applications using system and control volume formulation. Introduction to fluid mechanics; development o f conservation theorems, hy­ drostatics, dynamics o f one-dimensional fluid motion. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent background). F all semester. Macken, Orthlieb. 55. S y s te m s Theory. Mathematical analysis o f an assemblage o f interacting elements composing a generalized system. Fourier methods and the Laplace transform. State variables, the system state transition matrix and canonical forms. Proba­ bilistic systems analysis and decision theory. Response to random inputs. Correlation functions and spectral distribution. Some applications in the socio-econom ic and urban system domain. Prequisite: E12 or equivalent. F all semester. Dunn, Kresch. 57. O perations R esearch. (A lso listed as Economics 5 4 ). The principal mathematical tools for optimal decision making are presented and applied through case studies from the private and public sectors. Topics include assignment and transportation problems, linear and dynamic programming, decision making under uncertainty, game theory, stochastic processes, and queuing theory. Also, the working principles o f engineering economy are introduced and combined with operations research topics. This course may precede or follow Mathema­ tics 2 8 (Mathematical Programming) for a strong introduction to the theory and practice o f optimization. Normally for sophomore and junior students. F all semester. McGarity. 58. Control T h eo ry and Design. An introduction to the control o f engineering systems. Analysis and design o f linear control systems using root locus and frequency response techniques. Over-driven operation o f first- and second-order controlled systems. Digital control techniques, including analysis o f A /D and D/A converters, digital filters, and numerical control algorithms. Laboratory includes design o f both analog and digital controllers. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. Spring semester. Dunn. 59. M e c h a n ic s o f So lid s. This course deals with the internal stresses and changes o f form when forces act on solid bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength theories, stability, deflections, and photoelas­ ticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E 6 or equivalent. F all semester. W illis. 60. S tru ctu ra l Theory and Design. Principles o f structural systems and mechanics o f deformable bodies pertaining to deflection and stability. Structural mechanics o f space and plane framed structures including stress analysis, and deflections o f determinate and indeterminate structures. Includes elements o f design o f determinate structures. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E 59. Spring semester. W illis. 62. S o il M e c h a n ic s Theory and Design. Using the basic concepts o f physical geology as a unifying framework, the principles o f soil mechanics are studied. Subjects introduced include formation o f soils, clay mineralogy, transport and deposition o f soils, soil type identification, consolidation theory, flow through porous media, stresses in earth masses, and slope stability. These topics are applied to engineering design problems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E 59. Spring semester. W illis 64. Environm ental Engineering. An introduction to the fundamentals o f applied ecology in water resources engineering, with emphasis on pertinent areas o f hydrolgy, hydraulics, water quality, and energy consider­ ations. Fundamentals are related to stream quality management and planning for water resources and land use projects by means o f student design projects, including field studies, on a local drainage basin. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: Two semesters o f science or engineering. Spring semester. W illis. 66. Energy Policy. (A lso listed as Political Science 66 ). Presenta­ tion and exploration, in seminar form at, o f political, economic and technological issues affecting development o f energy policy, and investigation o f the influence o f energy policy on policymaking in other areas. Possible topics include: development o f the U .S . energy bureaucracy, international political/ economic decision-making and O PEC , devel­ opment and impact o f energy price decontrol, 101 Engineering economic and political aspects o f U .S . energy technology exports, economic and environ­ mental perspectives o f energy resource devel­ opment (renewable and otherwise). Enroll­ ment by permission o f instructors. Suggested preparation includes Econom ics 1-2 and Political Science 2 or 51. Fall' semester. (Does not satisfy distribution requirement.) 6 8 .'Environm ental Policy. (A lso listed as Political Science 68 .) A seminar exploring public policy issues related to the protection o f the natural environment. Inter­ actions among governmental agencies, private industries, and public interest groups are explored and related to the physical processes that are affected and the pollution control technologies that are available. Enrollm ent by permission o f the instructors; suggested preparation includes Econom ics 1 and 2, Political Science 2, a science course, and recent exposure to basic mathematics or statistics. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. 71. C irc u its and S y ste m s. Analysis and synthesis o f electric circuits and other dynamic systems. Properties o f linear systeim functions and their application to system design, active systems and stability, response to random signals, energy functions and ■theorems, digital filters, state variable analysis o f linear and non-linear systems, optimization. Application o f theory to engi­ neering design. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. F all iem ester. O ffered when dem and an d staffin g perm it. Barus. 73, 74. Ele ctro n ic C irc u it A n a ly s is and D esign I and II. This course begins with an introduction to the physics o f semiconductor devices and modern device technology. T he remainder o f the year is devoted to the study o f digital and analog circuits using both bipolar and field effect devices. T he material is covered in such a way that E 73 alone provides a working knowledge o f digital logic and operational amplifiers. U se o f a linear circuit analysis program for circuit simulation is encouraged. Laboratory work is oriented toward circuit design. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E 73 is a prerequisite for E74. Bowler. 75. Electro m ag n etic Theory. Engineering applications o f Maxwell’s equa­ tions. Macroscopic field treatment o f magnetic, dielectric and conducting materials. Forces, motion and energy storage. Field basis o f circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave­ guides, transmission lines, and antennas. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent; Mathematics 22. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Barus. 77. Com m unication S y ste m s. Theory and design principles o f analog and digital electronic communications. Such topics as information theory, coding, analog and digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, filter­ ing, and data transmission will be treated. Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and practical limitations and functional design. Application will be made to a variety o f practical systems such as television relay, facsimile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data communications. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. F all semester. Barus. 81. T herm odynam ics. Review o f first and second laws o f thermo­ dynamics. Irreversibility, availability, real gases and mixtures. Chemical and nuclear reactions. Application to power and refrigeration cycles. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E41. F all semester. Macken, Dunn. 82. Engineering M a teria ls. The integration o f the selection o f engineering materials into overall design is emphasized. Such a process blends a basic understanding o f material behavior, a knowledge o f the manner in which properties may be altered, and familiarity o f compatible manufacturing pro­ cesses, together with mechanical and thermal design to produce a successful functional product. In this course, the basic laws and concepts relating the structure o f solids to their physical and mechanical properties are emphasized. Both metals and non-metals including wood, concrete, plastic and compos­ ite materials, are included. Various means o f altering properties such as heat treatment and cold working are then discussed. Manufactur­ ing processes are studied in detail. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E 5 9 or permission o f instructor. Spring semester. Orthlieb. 83. Fluid M ech a n ics. Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case g ( continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid flow systems. Relevant equations for the conservation o f mass, momentum, and energy are derived. These are then applied to the study o f flows o f inviscid and viscous, incompressible and compressible fluids. In­ cludes laboratory. Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent. F all semester. Macken, Dunn. 84. H eal Transfer. A basic introduction to the physical phenom­ ena involved in heat transfer. Analytical techniques are presented together with empir­ ical results to develop tools for solving problems in heat transfer by conduction, forced and free convection, boiling, condensa­ tion, and radiation. Numerical techniques are discussed for the solution o f conduction problems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent. Spring semester. Macken. 90. Engineering Design. This project-oriented course serves as a final exercise for all engineering majors. Three concurrent sections, each comprised o f stu­ dents sharing a common disiplinary interest, meet separately to examine and synthesize a solution to a preselected design problem. The three sections also meet jointly to study general design methodology and to discuss the economic, social, and environmental aspects o f the overall design. Individual student contributions to the design project will be evaluated by both a written report and an oral presentation. Spring semester. Staff. 91. S p e c ia l Topics. Subject matter dependent on a group need or individual interest. Normally restricted to senior students and offered only when staff interests and availability make it practicable to do so. 93. D irected Reading. W ith the permission o f a staff member who is willing to supervise it, a qualified student may undertake a program o f directed reading in an area o f engineering as an extension o f one o f his or her courses. 96. T h e sis. W ith approval, a student may undertake a thesis project as a part o f his or her program in the senior year. The student is expected to submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem before the start o f the semester in which the thesis project is carried out. 103 English Literature THO M AS H. BLACKBURN, Professor and Dean§§ OAVID COWDEN, Professor LEE DEVIN, Professor and Director o f The Theatre HAROLD E. PAGLIARO, Professor SUSAN SNYDER, Professor^ CHARLES JA M E S , Associate Professor f LUCY McDIARMID, Associate Professor PHILIP M. WEINSTEIN, Associate Professor and Chairman CRAIG WILLIAMSON, Associate Professor CHARLES A. BALESTRI, Assistant Professor ERIC A.G. BINNIE, Assistant Professor and Technical Director o f The Theatre MARY L. POOVEY, Assistant Professor PETER J . SCHMIDT, Assistant Professor This Department offers courses in English literature, American literature, theatre, and some foreign literatures in translation. The departmental curriculum is planned to provide experience in several critical approaches to literature and play production, in the intensive study o f works o f major writers, the study o f literature o f limited periods, and the study o f the development o f literary types. The Department also provides instruction in the techniques o f writing, acting, and design for the theatre. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Any introductory course — English 2 through 10 — or its equivalent by departmental examination, is the prerequisite for all other courses in literature and theatre. (This prerequisite does not apply to seniors, nor is it required o f those who wish only to take studio courses.) Introductory courses are characterized by syllabi with less reading than in advanced courses, by frequent short papers, and by considerable attention to class discussion; they are viewed by the Department as particularly appropriate for freshmen. Enrollment will be limited to 2 5 students per course; priority is given to freshmen and sophomores. Students will not normally take a second introductory course unless approved by the instructor o f the first course. O nly one such course may be counted towards the major. The minimum requirement for admission as a major or as a minor in English is two semester-courses in the Department. f Absent on leave, Spring semester, 1980-81. 104 Students considering a major in English are strongly urged to take one or two additional courses during the sophomore year. M ajors and prospective majors should consult a member o f the English Departmènt for information about courses in other depart­ ments complementary to their work in English. Students who plan to do graduate work, to follow a course o f professional training, or to seek teacher certification in English, should see a member o f the Department for early help in planning their programs, as should students who plan to include work in English literature in a program with a m ajor in Literature or Medieval Studies. Students planning to qualify for teacher certification in English are reminded that a course in linguistics or the history o f the English language is required in addition to specified work in literature. Ij. Absent on leave, 1980-81. § § O n administrative leave, 1980-81. M ajor in the Course Program : T he work o f a major in Course consists o f a minimum o f eight semester courses in the Department, including Shakespeare (English 9 7 ), Senior Essay (English 9 8 ), and at least two other courses in literature written before 1800; such courses are marked with an asterisk ( * ) . M ajor in the External Exam ination (H onors) Program : M ajors in the Honors Program must prepare three or four papers in the Department, two o f which must be on subjects covered in seminars in Group 1 or on other early material decided upon after consultation with the Department. M inor in the Honors Program : M inors are ordinarily required to prepare two papers in the Department. T heatre Concentration: The work o f a m ajor in Course with a concentration in Theatre consists o f a minimum o f eight semester courses in the Department, including Shake­ speare (English 9 7 ), Senior Essay (English 9 8 ), Play Directing (English 7 8 ), Introduction to Design (English 76), and one other course in dramatic literature written before the modern period. The remaining work in Theatre may include studio courses to a maximum o f two credits. Students are urged to consult the announce­ ments o f other departments which offer courses appropriate to the concentration. It is useful for those anticipating a theatre concen­ tration to plan their programs early to avoid possible conflict with the twenty-course rule. IA. A n a ly tic Reading and Com position. Individual and group work as intensive preparation for further work and with applications to a variety o f fields. For students to whom the course is recommended. Does not meet the distribution requirements. May be taken in more than one semester, but for a maximum o f one and one half credits. E ach semester. IB. English fo r Foreign Students. Individual and group work on an advanced level for students with non-English back­ grounds. E ach semester. 2. The Tragic Vision. A n exploration o f traditional and modern conceptions o f the tragic experience, based on a close study o f narrative, dramatic, and lyric forms o f tragedy. The authors read will be Sophocles, Shakespeare, Flaubert, Faulkner, and Yeats. E ach semester. Balestri. 3. The Divided Self. A study o f internal conflict in works by Conrad, Hardy, Faulkner, Penn Warren, Updike, and selected poets. E ach semester. Cowden. 4. W riters and T h e ir Art. A study o f literary works with comic structures, including novels by Austen and W oolf, plays by Shakespeare, and poetry by Pope and Auden. The course will explore the ways in which private imagination is first indulged and then adjusted to the demands o f social reality; and the more tentative and ironic nature o f that adjustment in twentiethcentury writers. Each semester. McDiarmid. 5. Com ing of Age. This course will deal with' various treatments o f growing up in plays, lyrics, and novels from ancient Greece to contemporary America. W riters to be studied include Sophocles, Shakespeare, Wordsworth, Blake, Austen, Dickens, James, Joyce, and Toni Morrison. E ach semester. Poovey. 6. R ites of P assa ge. The course will focus on various rites o f passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial changes in the human psyche, as they are consciously depicted or unconsciously reflected in different literary modes, and will examine the shared literary experience itself as ritual process. Topics will include innocence and experience, transition and stasis, community and liminality, and the mediation o f the sacred and the profane. M ajor authors will include the B eow u lf poet, Blake, Shakespeare, Conrad and Lawrence. F all semester. W illiamson. 7. Quest R om ances in A m erica n Literature. The romance has always been a favorite form for American writers. This year we will use 105 English Literature two novels by Cooper and Hawthorne to define the form , then will trace its evolution in works by James, Fitzgerald, and Hurston. These patterns may also be found in poetry o f W hitm an, Dickinson, and Stevens, but with differences which will allow us to examine the distinct conceptions o f time and selfhood that lyrics and narratives have. E ach semester. Schmidt. 8. The Ironic Spirit. A critical approach to reading prose, verse, and drama focussing on the effectiveness o f the ironic spirit as a literary device. Selections will be drawn from English and American authors. Fa ll semester. James. 9. Four S e c u la r M en of the Spirit. A study o f iconoclastic authors — Blake, Shaw, Lawrence, and Heller — whose works attack orthodox ways and offer moral alternatives as necessary to human well-being. Spring semester. Pagliaro. 16. S u rv e y o f English Literature, I. A n historical and critical survey o f poetry, prose, and drama from B eow u lf to Milton. F all semester. Pagliaro. 17. S u rv ey of English Literature, II. A n historical and critical survey o f poetry, prose, and drama from Dryden to Lawrence. Spring semester. Pagliaro. 19. Introduction to Old English: Language, Literature, and Culture.* The course will be an introduction to Old English language, literature, and culture with an emphasis upon elegiac and heroic poetry. Initially, two days a week will be devoted to learning the language and to reading selected prose passages. O ne day a week will be spent on a cultural topic such as history, art, architecture, religion, or Germanic traditions. The latter part o f the course will be devoted entirely to the study o f Old English poetry. W ith the permission o f the instructor this course may be taken without the usual prerequisite course; however, it may no t serve in the place o f a prerequisite for other advanced courses. F all semester. W illiamson. 20. M ed iev al English Literature.* The course is a survey o f English literature, primarily poetry, from the 8 th through the 106 15th century. Readings will include: Old English riddles, elegies, and charms, Beow ulf, several o f Chaucer’s Canterbury T ales and Troilus an d Criseyde, selected mystery plays, Everyman, Sir G aw ain an d the Green Knight, P earl, portions o f Piers Plowm an, and Malory’s LeMorte Darthur. Selected lyrics and Canterbury Tales will be read in Middle English; other works in translation or modernized forms. No previous knowledge o f Middle English is required. Spring semester. W illiam son. 22. S atire. Examination o f satire as a literary genre. Not offered 1980-81. James. 23. S tu d ies in English Fiction., This course will study developments in fiction (mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot, and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce. Not offered 1980-81 . Weinstein. 25a, 25b. S h a kesp ea re. (for non-m ajors). Each course will be complete in itself, will aim at covering a wide range o f Shakespeare’s career, and will avoid duplicating material used in the other course. (Students may take both 25a and 2 5 b .) F all semester, 25a — Henry IV Parts 1 and 2 , Henry V, M idsum m er N ight’s D ream , Merchant o f V enice, A s You L ik e It, M easure fo r M easure, O thello, K ing Lear, C oriolanus, T h e Tempest. Balestri. Spring semester, 2 5 b — R ichard III, R ichard II, M uch A do about N othing, R om eo an d Ju liet, Tw elfth Night, Troilus and C ressida, H am let, M acbeth, Antony and C leopatra, Juliu s C aesar, T he W inter’s T ale. Devin and Weinstein. 27. T h eo ry of the N ovel. A study o f both the history o f the novel and prominent twentieth-century theories o f prose narrative. Critical approaches to be studied include Marxist, Freudian, and structuralist criticism. Novelists to be studied include Defoe, Sterne, Shelley, Dickens, Eliot, Conrad, and W oolf. F all semester. Poovey. 29. The B la ck A m e rica n Writer. A survey o f prose fiction and poetry written by black Americans during the 19th and 20th centuries: a literature by artists conscious o f their marginal place in a dynamic society attempting to square their subjective visions with their art. Emphasis may shift from time to time, but authors include Martin Delaney, Charles Chesnutt, Jean Toomer, Langston Hughes, Richard Wright, Ralph Ellison, Gwendolyn Brooks, and James Baldwin. Not offered 1980-81 . James. 31. Chaucer.* Reading in Middle English o f most o f Chaucer’s major poetry with emphasis on T he Canterbury Tales and Troilus and C riseyde. The course attempts to place the poetry in a variety o f critical and cultural contexts — both medieval and modern — which help to illuminate Chaucer’s art. Spring semester. W illiamson. 33. R e n a issa n ce Poetry.* Modes o f the lyric: the lyric speaker as lover, sinner, shepherd, reflective moralist, and selfconscious artist. W orks by Shakespeare, Donne, M ilton, Marvell, Herbert, Spenser, and Jonson. N ot o ffered 1980-81 . Snyder. 34. R e n a issa n ce Com parative Literature.* See C E L 3 4 . Selected major writers o f the Continental Renaissance studied in translation. N ot offered 1980-81. Snyder. 35. Tudor-Stuart Drama.* Development o f the English drama in the 16th and 17th centuries. The course focuses on the literary and theatrical values o f the drama o f Marlowe, Jonson, and Webster. N ot offered 1980-81. Balestri. 36. Milton.* Study o f M ilton’s poetry with particular emphasis on P aradise Lost. Spring semester. Balestri. 37. Eighteenth-Century Literature. A study o f English prose and poetry from 1660-1800, with attention given to the cultural and intellectual setting. Spring semester. Pagliaro. 38. Rom antic Poetry. A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with attention given to the ideas as well as to the form and structure o f their works. F all semester. Pagliaro. 39. im a g es o f Women in the Eighteenth-Century Novel. An examination o f selected eighteenth-century novels which focus on the maturation o f a young woman. W e will read novels by both men and women in an attempt to discover m ajor cultural stereotypes and the extent to which these stereotypes were internalized or resisted. W riters to be studied include Defoe, Richardson, Rousseau, Burney, Wollstonecraft, and Austen. F all semester. Poovey. 40. T o p ics in A m e rica n Literature. A survey o f several enduring issues in American literature, among them the myth of the self-made man or woman, the "plain style” in prose and poetry, and the concept o f manifest destiny in Puritan, Deist, and Rom antic historiography. The reading will include a variety o f texts, from autobiographies, histories, essays, diaries, and political tracts, to poems and fiction. Among the authors we will study this year are the Puritans Bradstreet, W inthrop, Taylor, and Edwards; the Deists Franklin, Jefferson, and Paine; and Douglass, Hawthorne, Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, Chopin, and Fitzgerald. Spring semester. Schmidt. 44b. Itoain, Faulkner, and Flannery O’Connor. Selected works. Topics will include the "confidence game,” relations between blacks and whites, and the ways in which the writer’s imagination confronts some o f the ideals and contradictions o f American life. F all semester. Weinstein. 45a. M odern P oetry (Am erican). Selected poems and prose by Williams, Pound, Stevens, and M oore, with special attention given to how each poet invents early, middle, and late styles. Spring semester. Schmidt. 45b. M odern P oetry (British). M ajor British poets o f the last hundred years. F all semester. McDiarmid. 47. The Contem porary B la ck W riter of the United States. An examination o f the ideology and the artistic sensibilities o f the contemporary black 107 English Literature writer as reflected in his prose and verse. Selections will be made from works written since the mid-fifties, including (but not limited to ) Baraka (Jones), Baldwin, Brooks, Bullins, Demby, Morrison, Reed, and Williams. Not offered 1980-81. James. 48. M odern Dram a. See C E L 4 8 . A n examination o f the range o f dramatic literature, theatre aesthetics, critical theories and production styles since Ibsen. Not offered 1980-81. Binnie. 49. The A m e rica n Autobiography. A n examination o f the creative impulse to order that is the key to the nature and form o f the American autobiography. The course will set up pairings o f black and white autobiog­ raphies that interrelate and interanimate each other. W riters include Benjamin Franklin, W .E.B. DuBois, Gertrude Stein, Mark Twain, Langston Hughes, and Richard Wright. Not offered 1980-81. James. 50. The M odern English Novel. Study o f the development o f the modern novel beginning with James and continuing to the present. Spring semester. Cowden. 54. P r o u s t J o y c e and Faulkner. Selections from Proust’s Rem em brance o f Things Pasty Joyce’s Portrait o f the A rtist and U lysses entire, and selected Faulkner novels. Emphasis on Actional autobiography, the writers’ preoccupation with time and the past, and the ideological and formal tenets o f modernism. Not offered 1980-81. Weinstein. 55. The B la ck A fric a n Writer. A n examination o f literary themes and modes employed by the black A frican to express his own life and culture and to objectivize his peculiar relation to European colonialism. Readings will be chosen from works written in English and in translation including (but not limited to) those o f Achebe, Armah, Clark, Mphahlele, Senghor, Ngugi, and Soyinka. Not o ffered 1980-81 . James. 56. Fictio n s o f A m e rica n Naturalism . A study o f the way scientific method, deistic faith, and biological discoveries converged in the imagination o f the American writer o f Action and led to tensions between hope and 108 despair, rebellion and apathy, defying and submitting to nature, and celebrating man’s impulses and trying to educate them. W riters will include Stephen Crane, Theodore Dreiser, Frank Norris, Sherwood Anderson, and Richard Wright. Not offered 1980-81 . James. 57. The Nineteenth-Century English Novel. A study o f the development o f the novel during the Rom antic and Victorian periods. The novelists discussed will include Austen, the Brontes, Dickens, Thackeray, Eliot, Trol­ lope, Meredith, and Hardy. F all semester. Cowden. 60. Fiction W riters’ W orkshop. The course is devoted to the analysis o f stories submitted by students. It meets once a week for three hours. In addition to receiving practical help from fellow writers, students have an opportunity to articulate and explore theoretical aspects o f Action writing. Students should submit one story for admission, at a time announced during the fall semester. Admission and credit are granted at the discretion o f the instructor. Not offered 1980-81. 61. P oetry W orkshop. A class, limited to twelve, in which students write, read, and talk about poetry. During the Arst half o f the term students pursue formal exercises such as a riddle poem, a dramatic monologue, and a meditation poem; during the last half, their own individual projects. The workshop ends with the writing o f a villanelle or sonnet. Students should submit 35 pages o f poetry for admission to the workshop. Admission and credit are granted at the discretion o f the instructor. Spring semester. W illiamson. 62. Theatre: P la yw ritin g W orkshop. Projects in playwriting. Discussion o f playscripts supported by some reading and analysis o f appropriate models. Students should submit a completed one-act play in the fall preceding the semester they wish to take the course. Admission and credit are granted at the discretion o f the instructor. Spring semester. Devin. I I I I 71. Theatre: Techniques o f Acting. Play and scene analysis for actors; rehearsal practices; exercises and warm-up. One-half semester course credit. (Studio course) F all semester. Devin. 72. Theatre: S ce n e Study. I A studio for intermediate and advanced I actors. Students use scripted material as the I occasion for work on specific acting problems. Prerequisite: English 71 or the instructor’s permission. This course may be repeated for credit, with the instructor’s permission. Onehalf semester course credit. Credit/No Credit grading. (Studio course) E ach semester. Devin. j 73. Theatre: Production W orkshop. Introduction to theatre technology: problems in lighting, costume, sound, and scene design. One-half semester course credit. This work­ shop may be repeated for credit with the instructor’s permission. N O TE: Two sections o f this course are offered each semester. Each section will be devoted to different aspects o f technology selected from those mentioned above. Interested students should consult with the instructor in choosing the section appro­ priate to their interests. (Studio course) E ach semester. Binnie. 74. Theatre: P la y A n a ly sis. Examination o f playwriting strategies and the solution o f problems in dramaturgy. Emphasis on Aristotle’s Poetics and other "architectural” criticism. Application o f critical principles to selected plays. N ot offered 1980-81. Devin. I 75a. Theatre: Ensem ble I. An intensive course in theatre technique consisting o f a rehearsal period o f five weeks, five nights a week, 8:00-11:00 p.m. A company o f 14 actors is selected at the beginning o f each semester through tryouts and interviews. One-half semester course credit. This course may be repeated for credit with the instructor’s permission. (Studio course) F all semester. Devin. 75b. Theatre: Ensem ble II. Study and rehearsal o f a full-length play. Tryouts as announced. O ne-half semester course credit. This course may be repeated with the instructor’s permission. course) Spring semester. Devin. (Studio 76. Theatre: Introduction to Design. The theoretical and historical foundations o f contemporary theatrical design. Lab work investigates theory through the practical application o f basic techniques. F all semester. Binnie. 77. Theatre: Design (Scenic). A n intensive study o f theatre/environment design with emphasis on design responses to dramatic literature. Development o f design presentation techniques through lab work. Prerequisite: English 7 6, or the instructor’s permission. Spring semester. Binnie. 78. Theatre: Play Directing. Analysis o f dramatic literature for production. Exploration o f performance and production possibilities. Lab sessions held jointly with Theatre: Design. Prerequisite: one credit o f studio course work in theatre, or the instructor’s permission. Spring semester. Devin. 81. Colloquium : Beowulf.* A close reading o f the oldest Englisc epic in the original Englisc. The course will combine the techniques o f close reading with a discussion o f the larger literary and cultural themes. Critical readings will range from Tolkien to Sutton Hoo. M odem literary responses to the poem such as Gardner’s G rendel may also be included. Not o ffered 1980-81 . W illiamson. 82. Colloquium : Wright, Ellison, Baldw in. Although the novels written by these AfroAmerican writers will be the central focus o f study, this course will also examine selections from the short stories, the essays, and the Baldwin plays. Single credit. F all semester. James. 83. Restoration and EighteenthCentury Drama. An examination o f the English theatre in search o f a new identity o f purpose, genre and style, following eighteen years o f Puritan suppression, focusing on plays by Dry den, 109 English Literature Wycherley, Congreve, Gay, Goldsmith and Sheridan, with appropriate attention to related developments in English opera and visual arts. F all semester. Binnie. 86. Fo lklore and Folklife S tudies. An introduction to the major forms o f folklore and selected forms o f folklife materials. The course includes the study o f myth, legend, folktales, proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts including folk music. It explores superstition, witchcraft, magic and popular beliefs; and considers the function o f folklore in highly industrialized modern societies as well as in traditional ones. Crosslisted as History 86 . Spring semester. Morgan. 93. D irected Reading. Students who plan directed reading must consult with the appropriate instructor and submit a prospectus to the Department by way o f application for such work before the beginning o f the semester during which the study is actually done. Deadlines for the receipt o f written applications are April 1 and November 13. Normally limited to juniors and seniors. 98, 99. S e n io r Essay, S en io r T h e sis. In the fall semester o f the senior year, Course majors in the Department pursue a literary project (English 9 8 ) o f their own choosing. The major part o f the semester is devoted to preparing an essay (or essays) under the supervision o f a member o f the Department. A brief prospectus for the project must be submitted for approval by the Department in April o f the junior year. Before submitting this prospectus, Course majors should consult with the Department Chairman and with the Department member who might supervise the project. | 1 I I w The project, culminating in an essay (or essays) o f 2 0 -2 5 pages, will be completed in December o f the senior year. Students who do well on this project and wish to develop it into a comprehensive thesis will take English 9 9 in the spring semester. The work on the thesis will normally deepen or expand work com- f ^ pleted during the fall; the relation o f the thesis to the fall essay (essays) will o f course vary according to the nature o f the student’s project. English 9 8 is required o f all Course majors. English 9 9 is optional, depending upon the student’s performance in 9 8 and interest in pursuing the project, and the Department’s j approval. -g - 97. Sha kesp ea re. (for Course m ajors only). Study o f the complete works o f Shakespeare, tracing the development o f his craftsmanship and ideas. Required o f Course majors in the Department, who meet weekly in small groups during the first semester o f the senior year. Students should read through the plays before beginning the course. Two credits. I F all semester. Staff. 59. Religion and Literature. 53. P ro u st and Jo y c e . SEMINARS Group 1 101. Sha kesp ea re. Study o f Shakespeare as dramatist and poet. The emphasis is on the major plays, with a more rapid reading o f the remainder o f the canon. Students are advised to read through all the plays before entering the seminar. E ach semester. Staff. 110 102. C h a u cer and M edieval Literature. A survey o f English literature, primarily poetry, from the 8 th through the 15th century with an emphasis upon Chaucer. Texts will include B eow u lf and other selected Old English I t ....... I 42. V ictoria n Literature. - Courses Projected for Subsequent Years: F ^ F poems, Sir G aw ain and the Green Knight, Chaucer’s Troilus an d C riseyde and a major portion o f T he Canterbury T ales, Piers Plowm an, P earl, Everyman, selected mystery plays, and portions o f M alory’s LeMorte Darthur. Back­ ground readings will include selections from Andreas Capellanus, Augustine, and Boethius. W orks in Chaucerian dialect will be read in Middle English; other works will be read in translation or in modernized versions. F all semester. W illiamson. 104. M ilton. Study o f M ilton’s works with special emphasis on P aradise Lost. Spring semester. Balestri. 105. Tudor-Stuart Dram a. The development o f English drama from medieval morality plays to Jacobean tragedy and comedy. Not offered 1980-81 . Balestri. 106. R e n a issa n ce Epic. The two major English epics o f the period, Spenser’s F aerie Q ueene and M ilton’s P aradise Lost, considered in the context o f the work o f each poet and in relation to two antecedents, Virgil’s A eneid and Tasso’s Jerusalem D elivered. N ot offered 1980-81 . Snyder. 108. R e n a issa n ce Poetry. Poetic modes and preoccupations o f the English Renaissance, with emphasis on Sidney, Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Herbert, and Marvell. Not offered 1980-81. Snyder. 109. Eighteenth-Century Literature. Examination o f the literary form s and critical values o f the age, with special attention given to the works o f Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Not o ffered 1980-81 . Pagliaro. Group 11 110. The Rom antic Poets. Examination o f the poetry o f Blake, W ords­ worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. F all semester. Pagliaro elegy, and epic) and then makes distinctive claims about the relation between the American poet and his or her audience. F all semester. Schmidt. 112. The N ineteenth-Century English Novel. Studies in four novelists: Austen, Dickens, Eliot, and Hardy. Spring semester. Cowden. 118. M odern Poetry. Study o f the modern tradition in English and American poetry. The seminar will concentrate on the work o f Yeats, Eliot and Auden. Spring semester. McDiarmid. 113. The M o d ern Novel. Studies in four novelists: James, Conrad, Joyce, and W oolf. Not offered 1980-81 . Cowden. 119. M odern Drama. The range o f dramatic literature since Ibsen. F all semester. Devin. 115. M odern C om parative Literature. Studies in fiction from Flaubert and Melville to the present. Students are advised to read U lysses before taking the seminar. E ach semester. Weinstein. 116. A m e ric a n Literature. A close look at m ajor works by W hitm an, Melville, W illiam s, and Faulkner. W ith Melville and Faulkner, discussion topics will include their use o f epic heroism, Biblical typology, manners, and mixed "high” and "lo w ” diction. W ith the poets, we will define how American Romanticism revises traditional poetic forms (including the eclogue, ode, 120. T h eo ry of C riticism . A course designed to provide a working knowledge o f the major schools o f contempor­ ary criticism. In addition to examining the basic assumptions o f these schools, we will also survey their relationship to literary modernism and post-modernism. Theories to be studied include New Criticism, Structural­ ism, Post-Structuralism, Sociological Criticism, Marxism, Post-Marxism, and Freudian Criti­ cism. Spring semester. Poovey. English Literature 180. T h e sis. A major in the Honors Program may elect to write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar. The student must select a topic and submit a plan for Department approval no later than the end o f the junior year. Normally, the student writes the thesis, under the direction o f a member o f the Department, during the fall o f the senior year. 112 183. Independent Study. Students may prepare for an Honors Examination in a field or major figure comparable in literary significance to those offered in the regular seminars. Independent study projects must be approved by the Department and supervised by a Department member. Deadlines for the receipt o f written applications are April 2 and November 13. History ROBERT C. BANNISTER, Professor and Chairman JA M E S A. FIELD, JR., Professor* ANNE DZAM BA SESSA , Visiting Professor (part-tim e)** BERNARD S. SMITH, Professor HARRISON M. WRIGHT, Professor and Provost§§ MARGARET ANDERSON, Associate Professor RICHARD R. BEEMAN, Visiting Associate Professor (part-tim e)** ROBERT S. DUPLESSIS, Associate Professori}. LILLIAN M. LI, Associate Professori}. KATHRYN L. MORGAN, Associate Professor JEROM E H. WOOD, JR., Associate Professor* EDWIN B. BONNER, Visiting L ectu rer§*** PETER P. GARRETSON, Lecturer The Department o f History attempts to give students a sense o f the past, an acquaintance with the cultural and institutional develop­ ments which have produced the world o f today, and an understanding o f the nature o f history as a discipline. The courses o f the Department emphasize less the accumulation o f data than the investigation, from various points o f view, o f those ideas and institutions — political, religious, social, economic — by which people have endeavored to order their world. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS P rerequisites: Any one o f the introductory history courses (those numbered 1 through 9), or its equivalent by Advanced Placement, is the prerequisite for advanced history courses open to students o f all classes (those numbered U through 8 9 ). In the sophomore and junior years, with the consent o f the instructor and o f the department chairman, an advanced course may be taken concurrently with an introductory course. In the senior year advanced courses may, with the consent o f the instructor, be taken without prerequisite. The prerequisite for admission to the Department as a major in the Course or External Examination (H onors) Program or as a minor in the Honors Program is at least two history courses taken at Swarthmore and a satisfactory standard o f work in all courses. * Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980. 1}. Absent on leave, 1980-81. * * F a ll semester, 1980. * * * Spring Semester, 1981. A dvanced Placem ent: The Department will grant one semester’s credit for incoming students who have achieved a score o f 3, 4 , or 5 in Advanced Placement history tests. This credit may be counted toward the number o f courses required for graduation. It may be used in partial fulfillment o f the college distribution requirements. It may serve as the prerequisite for advanced courses in history and as partial fulfillment o f the departmental distribution requirements listed below. M ajor in the Course Program : The work o f the major in Course consists o f at least eight (and normally no more than twelve) semester courses in the department, chosen so as to fulfill the following requirements: § Bryn Mawr-Haverford-Swarthmore faculty exchange program. § § O n administrative leave, 1980-81. 113 History (a) Course majors must fulfill certain depart­ mental distribution requirements. For purposes o f distribution the Department has divided its courses into four groups: (1) Ancient, Medieval, and Early Modern Europe; (2 ) M odem Europe; ( 3 ) the United States; and ( 4 ) Africa, Asia, and Latin America. Course majors must take at least two courses from any two o f these groups and either two courses from a third group or one course each from the third and fourth. Beyond that, majors are encouraged to concentrate informally in topics that are o f special interest to them. (b ) By the time o f graduation Course majors must have taken one o f the following: History 1, 2, or 3. (c) Course majors must take one o f the following options: (i) They may take Special Topics (History 91), which briefly considers the nature and method o f historical research and writing, but pri­ marily involves an extended research paper, or thesis. Students who take Special Topics will have a comprehensive examination based on that research paper and on three associated courses, (ii) O r they may take a course in historiography, o f limited enrollment, which considers general historiographical problems. Stu­ dents who take one o f these courses will have a written comprehensive examination based on all their history courses. The exact nature and subject matter o f the courses in historiography may change from year to year. For 1980-81, the two historiography courses involved are Medi­ eval European Historiography (History 15) and Making the American Past (History 59). Major an d m inor in the External Exam ination (H onors) Program : Candidates for Honors may elect history as a major or a minor in the Division o f Humanities, in the Division o f the Social Sciences, or in cross-divisional programs. M ajors in the Honors Program may take either three or four seminars in the Department. M inors in the Honors Program are ordinarily expected to take at least two seminars. G eneral: Students seriously considering a major in history should try to take more than two history courses during their freshman and 114 sophomore years. Those who intend to continue their studies after graduation should bear in mind that a reading knowledge o f one or two foreign languages (particularly French and German) is now generally assumed for admission to graduate school. 1. Early Europe. Europe from the rise o f Christianity to the end o f the Middle Ages. This course will stress the uses o f primary sources. F all sem ester. Smith. 2. Early M odern Europe. A topical survey o f Europe from the late Middle Ages to the mid-eighteenth century. Readings in primary sources and secondary works. Not offered 1980-81. DuPlessis. 3. M odern Europe. Europe from the Old Regime to the midtwentieth century. Spring sem ester. Anderson or DuPlessis. 4. Latin A m e rica . The development o f the Latin American area from preconquest times to the present. Emphasis is on the political, economic, and social development o f Brazil, Mexico, and Argentina, and on recent attempts at radical transformation. Spring sem ester. W ood. 5. The United S ta te s to 1877. The colonial experience; independence, a new society and a new government; transcontinen­ tal expansion and the struggle between North and South. F all sem ester. Beeman. 6. The United S ta te s s in c e 1877. Industrialism and its consequences; the United States as a great power; the problems o f a shrinking world. Spring sem ester. Bannister or Field. 7. A frica n -A m e rica n History. A survey o f the African-American experience from its African background to the present. Topics will include politics, economics, educa­ tion, philosophy, race relations, and selected forms o f expressive culture. F all sem ester. Morgan. 8. A frica . A survey o f African history, with an emphasis on tropical Africa in modern times. F all sem ester. Garretson. 9. C hinese Civilization . An historical introduction to various aspects o f traditional Chinese civilization and culture — language, literature, philosophy, art, imper­ ial and bureaucratic institutions. The impact o f Chinese civilization on other parts o f Asia will be examined briefly. Not offered 1980-81. Li. 10. Islam. A survey o f the Islamic W orld from the rise o f the Prophet Mohammed to the present. F all sem ester. Garretson. C la s s ic s 31. H istory o f G reece. (See listing under Department o f Classics.) C la s s ic s 32. The Roman Republic. (See listing under Department o f Classics.) C la s s ic s 42. G reece in the Fifth Century R.C. (See listing under Department o f Classics.) C la s s ic s 44. The Roman Em pire. (See listing under Department o f Classics.) 11. Early M ed iev al Europe. The history o f western Europe from the accession o f Diocletian to the last Carolingians. F all sem ester. Smith. 12. Later M ed iev al Europe. The history o f western Europe from the tenth to the fifteenth century, with emphasis on the role o f the Papacy. N ot offered 1980-81. Smith. 13. England to 1509. The political, cultural, and religious history o f England from the Rom an occupation to the accession o f Henry VIII. Spring sem ester. Smith. 14. M ed iev al European Intellectual H istory. The history o f ideas in western Europe from the fifth to the fourteenth century, with roughly equal attention being paid to the development o f political theory, theology, philosophy, education, and science. Not offered 1980-81. Smith. 15. M ed ieval European H istoriography. Writings on history, from Augustine to Froissart, and the Middle Ages, from the fifteenth century to the present, will be studied. The course’s purpose is to identify changes in each period’s conception o f the Middle Ages. Spring sem ester. Smith. 16. The Twelfth Century. A study o f the m ost rapid period o f change in the Middle Ages, seen through the careers o f six representative figures: Abelard, Bernard, Henry Plantagenet, Barbarossa, Louis V II, and Pope Alexander III. Not offered 1980-81. Smith. 19. The R en aissan ce. The Italian Renaissance from the fourteenth to the early sixteenth centuries; its spread and manifestations throughout Europe. Not offered 1980-81. DuPlessis. 22. The R ise of W estern Europe. The development o f the early modern state, society, and economy during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Not offered 1980-81. DuPlessis. 23. Tudor and S tu art England. From the Reform ation through the Glorious Revolution. Not offered 1980-81 . DuPlessis. 24. S tu d ies in European Econom ic and S o c ia l History. Patterns o f agrarian transformation, commer­ cial expansion, and industrial development in Europe from the fourteenth to the early nineteenth centuries. Not offered 1980-81. DuPlessis. 29. V ictorian England. England from the 1830’s to the end o f the nineteenth century. Topics will include landed and industrial society, the poor, and reform; piety and morality; liberalism and its aesthetic and moral critics; Ireland; Splendid Isolation and Empire; and representative figures o f the age. F all sem ester. Anderson. / History 32. Europe of the D ictators, 1914-1945. The assault o f radical politics, left and right, on the social and political fabric o f Europe; the interaction o f domestic and international conflict; the crisis o f industrial capitalism; nationalism, militarism, racism; the first effective experiments in the use o f ideology, technology, and terror as means o f social control. Spring sem ester. Anderson. 36. M odern Germany. Germany’s development from Bismarck to Schmidt. F all sem ester. Anderson. 37. M odern Russia. The course begins with the reign o f Peter and gives half its time to the twentieth century. Spring semester. 41. The A m erica n Colonies. The foundations o f American civilization, 1607-1763. Topics treated include: the develop­ ment o f representative government; denominationalism and religious toleration; the emer­ gence o f a new social structure; racism and ethnic relations; and England’s imperial policy. Not offered 1980-81. W ood. 42. The A m e rica n Revolution. The conflict between intensive self-government in the colonies and English ideas and projects for empire; the revolt against colonial status and the elaboration o f a "republican” ethos and "republican” institutions, 1763-1789. Not offered 1980-81 . W ood. 43. Je ffe rso n ia n ism and the A m e rica n Experience. An interdisciplinary course which focuses intensively on contrasts between the Jefferson­ ian view o f man and America and other perspectives in American politics, constitu­ tional law, social theory, religion, literature, and architecture. Limited enrollment. Prerequisite: A t least one course in United States history, or the permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1980-81 . W ood. 45. A m e rica n Intellectual H isto ry to 1865. Puritanism, the Protestant Ethic, and national character; Enlightenment, Revolution, and the 116 liberal tradition; revivalism, Romanticism, and reform; Transcendentalism and the New England Renaissance; racism, nationalism, and the Civil War. Not open to freshman. Not offered 1980-81 . W ood. 46. A m e rica n Intellectual H istory s in c e 1865. Liberalism from the "gospel o f wealth” to the new industrial state; the "revolt against formalism” in philosophy, law, and the social sciences; literature and society; DuBois, Garvey, and Black Power; the Old Left and the New; culture and conservatism. Not open to freshman. Spring semester. Bannister. 47. A m e ric a and the World: to 1900. The American role in world affairs from the Revolution through the W ar with Spain; independence and westward expansion; ideo­ logical and economic interaction with Europe and the outer world; the growth o f industrial power and the problem o f "imperialism.” N ot offered 1980-81 . Field. 48. A m e ric a and the World: s in c e 1900. New responsibilities in the Caribbean and the Far East; the expansion o f American economic and cultural influence; two world wars and the effort to prevent a third; the American "challenge” and the American "empire.” Spring semester. Field. 49. A m e rica n Econom ic History. (A lso listed as Econom ics 4 9 .) Econom ic development from the colonial period to the New Deal with emphasis on patterns o f growth, the quantitative expansion o f the economy, changing institutional and social structure, and the culminating economic and social crises o f each stage o f development. F all semester. Weiman (Department o f Econ­ om ics). 51. A m e ric a in the P ro g re s s iv e Era, 1896-1920. Public policy, social problems, and the "New Liberalism.” Topics include politics and gov­ ernmental reform; trust busting; labor and socialism; poverty and "social control” ; the urban crisis; women’s liberation; war and reform. F all semester. Bannister. 52. Education in A m e rica . (A lso listed as Education 5 2 .) A history o f primary, secondary, and higher education in America from the European and colonial origins to the present. The course will consider both theory and practice within the context o f American society and culture, and in relation to other agencies o f socialization. Prerequisite: The usual exemption for seniors is extended to juniors in the Program in Education. Not offered 1980-81. Bannister. 54. Women and the Fam ily in A m e rica n History. A consideration o f ideas about women, children, education, and the family from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. Topics covered are child-rearing practices, marriage customs, attitudes towards sex, the women’s movement and changes in family life brought about by political, economic, and social change. Not offered 1980-81 . Frost (Department o f Religion). 55. Traditions in Tw entieth-Century B la ck A m e rica . W hile the course will consider the traditional element in the overall scheme o f black culture throughout the African diaspora, major emphasis will be placed on the role o f tradition in Black America since 1900. Prerequisite: History 6 , 7, or 8 , or the permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Morgan. 56. Ex-Slave N arra tiv es. An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis is placed on the relationship o f the narratives to the understanding o f the black experience in the United States. Prerequisite: History 6 , 7, or 8 , or the permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Morgan. 57. O ral History. By examining the living past this course seeks to emphasize the relevance o f history to modem life with special emphasis on American subject matter. Students will be taught the skills requisite for the completion o f an original research project that involves the collection, classification, and analysis o f data selected from both written and oral sources. General discussion topics include folk religion, the role o f the family, local and personal history, and old ways in the new world. Som e work will be done o ff campus. F all semester. Morgan. 58. The W orld of W.E.B. DuBois. A study o f DuBois’ thought on important issues as reflected in a selection o f his creative writings, speeches, addresses, and major historical works. Topics include DuBois’ views on the econom ic and political position o f blacks in the United States, on Pan Africanism, and on imperialism. Prerequisite: History 6 , 7, or 8 , or the permission o f the instructor. Fa ll semester. Morgan. 59. M aking the A m e rica n P a s t An analysis o f the nature o f historical enquiry and o f selected historians and "schools” o f interpretation instrumental in shaping our understanding o f the American past. Limited enrollment. Open to majors with some American history and, with the permission o f the instructor, to non-majors. Spring semester. W ood. Religion 17. H isto ry o f Religion in A m erica . (See listing under Department o f Religion.) Religion 18. Q uakerism . (See listing under Department o f Religion.) 61. Islam: the M odern World. Topics in Modern Islamic History. Emphasis will be given to the growth o f nationalism and to four Middle Eastern countries, including Egypt and Iran. Spring semester. Garretson. 63. South A frica . A survey o f South African history with an emphasis on Black-W hite relations and on the development o f contemporary problems. Not offered 1980-81. Wright. 67. The A fric a n in Latin A m e rica . The history o f black people in French, Portuguese, and Spanish America: slavery, emancipation, the contemporary scene. Special 117 History attention will be given to the impact o f African civilization on Latin countries, as well as to comparative analysis o f the experience o f blacks in that region and in the United States. Not offered 1980-81. W ood. 72. Ja p a n e se C iv iliza tio n . Japan’s history from its origins to the early nineteenth century tracing its dominant political, intellectual, religious, and cultural patterns. Not offered 1980-81 . Li. 74. M odern China. The history o f China since the early nineteenth century. Topics include the impact o f the west, reform and revolution, nationalism, and the development o f the communist movement. Not offered 1980-81. Li. 75. M odern Japan. The transformation o f Japan into a modern nation-state, from the early nineteenth century until the present. Not offered 1980-81. Li. 77. China: The P o litic s o f History. This course will examine, with particular emphasis on political influences, the historiog­ raphy o f China from three perspectives: 1) the relationship o f the traditional Chinese view o f the past to the Confucian state; 2 ) major ideological controversies from the late nine­ teenth century to the present; 3 ) the changing views o f W estern observers and historians, both popular and scholarly. Limited enroll­ ment. Prerequisite: History 9 , History 74, or the permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1980-81. Li. 86. Folklore and Folklife Studies. (A lso listed as English 86 .) An introduction to the major forms o f folklore and selected forms o f folklife materials. The course includes the study o f myth, legend, folktales, proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts including folk music. It explores superstition, witchcraft, magic, and popular beliefs; and considers the function o f folklore in highly industrialized modem societies as well as in traditional ones. Spring semester. Morgan. 87. P rob lem s in H istoriography. Readings and discussion centering on the nature o f historical writing, on the relationship o f historians to their times, and on historical method and its problems. Limited enrollment. Open to majors and, with the permission o f the instructor, to non-majors. Not offered 1980-81 . 91. S p e c ia l T op ics (thesis). A consideration o f the nature and methods o f historical research and writing, normally for seniors in the Department who choose the thesis option. Individual and group meetings focus on preparation o f an extended research paper. Open to non-majors with the consent o f the chairman and instructor. Spring semester. Members o f the Department. 93. D irected Reading. Individual or group study in fields o f special interest to the student not dealt with in the regular course offerings. The consent o f the chairman and o f the instructor is required. History 9 3 may be taken for one-half credit as History 93A . Members o f the Department. SEMINARS The following seminars are offered by the Department, when possible, to juniors and seniors who are preparing to be examined for a degree with Honors. They may be taken without regard to chronological order. Som e preliminary reading or other preparation may be required for seminars on subjects in which no work has previously been done. 118 111. M ed ieval Europe. W estern Europe from the Papal-Frankish alliance o f the eighth century to about 1300. Fall semester, 1980; Spring semester, 1982. Smith. 116. The R en a issa n ce. M ajor topics in W estern European history from the fourteenth to the early sixteenth century, with concentration on the emergence o f early modern society and culture in Italy and their adoption by the rest o f Europe. Not offered 1980-81 . DuPlessis. 117. Europe in the 16th and 17th C enturies. A topical study o f W estern Europe from the Reform ation to the crisis o f the seventeenth century. Not offered 1980-81. DuPlessis. 118. Tudor and Stuart England. Religious reform, political revolution, and socio-econom ic transformation during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Not offered 1980-81 : DuPlessis. 122. Europe 1760 to 1870. The revolutionary transformation o f the old regime; the rise o f liberalism and its critics. F all semester. Sessa. 124. England, 1815-1914. England in the liberal age. The rise o f the first modern industrial state and its social, political, and cultural problems and achievements. F all semester. Anderson. 125. F a s c is t Europe. Italy, Spain, Hungary, Rumania, and Germany in the early twentieth century. Spring semester. Anderson. 128. Eastern Europe. The origins and consequences o f the Russian Revolution and the development o f the nations o f East Central Europe. Spring semester. 130. Early A m e rica n H istory. Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects o f the period from the explorations to the early National era. Spring semester. W ood. 134. A m e rica n D iplom atic History. A study o f the evolution since 1776 o f American relations with the outer world with emphasis on ideological, economic, and strategic developments. Spring semester. Field. 136. A m e ric a n Intellectual History. Political, social, and literary culture from the late eighteenth century through W orld W ar I. Spring semester. Bannisterr 140. M odern A fric a . ~ Studies in sub-Saharan African history with emphasis on the period since 1800. Spring semester. Garretson. 141. South A fric a . South Africa from the seventeenth century to the present. Not offered 1980-81 , Wright. 144. M odern East A sia . Political, social, and intellectual change in China and Japan since the early nineteenth century, comparing the different responses to western imperialism and the different ap­ proaches to modernization. Not offered 1980-81 . Li. 148. Latin A m e rica . Selected topics in Latin American history. Fall sem ester 1981. W ood. 180. T h e sis. W ith the permission o f the Department, Honors candidates may write a theses for either single or double course credit. Double­ credit theses will normally be written in the fall semester o f the senior year for submission as papers to the visiting examiners. Honors candidates wishing to write a thesis for single (non-H onors) credit should elect History 91. 132. T h e United S tates s in c e 1787. Selected topics in the history o f the United States. E ach semester. Bannister, Field, or Wood. 119 International Relations Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field o f international relations should include in their programs, during the first two years, introductory courses in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate course in one or more m odem languages. Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in the programs o f students who do thejr major work in economics, history, political science, or modern language. Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this examination should take eight or m ore courses from among those listed below, including all o f those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more in Group III. T he examination is administered by a committee appointed by the chairmen o f the Departments o f Economics, History, and Political Science, under the chairmanship o f the Department o f Political Science. These students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their Senior Group 1 P o litic a l S c ie n c e 4. International Politics P o litica l S c ie n c e 14. American Foreign Policy Eco n o m ics 30. The International Economy Group II H isto ry 4. Latin America H isto ry 8. Africa H isto ry 10. History o f Islam H isto ry 37. Modern Russia H isto ry 47. America and the W orld: to 1900 H isto ry 48. America and the W orld: since 1900 H isto ry 74. Modern China H isto ry 75. M odem Japan Group III Eco n o m ics 11. Econom ic Development E co n o m ics 31. Comparative Econom ic Systems P o litic a l S c ie n c e 3. Comparative Politics P o litica l S c ie n c e 5. Politics o f the Third W orld P o litica l S c ie n c e 13. International Organizations in W orld Politics P o litica l S c ie n c e 18. Political Development P o litica l S c ie n c e 19. Comparative Communist Politics 120 P o litica l S c ie n c e 20. Politics o f China P o litica l S c ie n c e 21. Politics o f Black Africa P olitica l S c ie n c e 22. Latin American Politics P o litica l S c ie n c e 55. Modern Political Theory P o litica l S c ie n c e 63. Advanced International Politics P o litica l S c ie n c e 70. (also listed as Economics 7 0 ) The Political Econom y o f Communist Systems Students who plan to enter the External Examination (H onors) Program will find it possible to select a similar combination o f courses and seminars in the field o f interna- tional relations. In planning such programs, they should consult with the chairman o f their prospective m ajor department, 121 Linguistics ALFRED BLOOM, Associate Professor and Program D irector* Linguistics is the study o f language. O n the most general level it deals with the internal structure o f languages, the history o f their development and the role they play in influencing the entire spectrum o f human activity. D escriptive linguistics involves an attempt to arrive at an adequate description o f the phonological, syntactic and semantic components o f language, differentiating those elements which are generic to all languages from those which are particular to any given language or family o f languages. D iachronic or historical linguistics looks at the evolution o f these components over time. Sociolinguistics centers on the link between language and the social context in which it is spoken; m athem au ical linguistics on the formal analysis o f linguistic structures; and psycholinguistics on the interplay between language and the processes o f perception and cognition. Futhermore, linguistic variables influence interaction at the individual and societal levels, play a central role in shaping the form and meaning o f literary expression and constitute a significant area o f philosophical inquiry. Special m ajors bridging linguistics and the humanities or the social sciences are encouraged for Course students. All such programs are designed on an individual basis to suit the interests o f the student, but it is highly recommended that Linguistics 108 be included at some point in the course sequence. The Honors M ajor o f Linguistics consists o f a minimum o f three external examination preparations. Honors candidates in addition are required to include in their programs at least one seminar in theoretical linguistics and to have developed competence in at least one foreign language beyond the intermediate level through an advanced course or an introductory literature course. 1. Language — An Introduction. A n introduction to language and its multifaceted interaction with human thought and behavior. The first part o f the course will * Join t appointment with Psychology. 122 concentrate on the description o f the internal structure o f language, providing a grounding in the principles o f structural linguistics, transformational grammar and semantic theory. The second part will turn from a description o f internal structure to brief explorations into the role played by linguistic variables in psychological processes and development, philosophical inquiry, socio-political interac­ tion and artistic creation. Spring semester. Bloom. 9. Language, Culture, and Society. (See Sociology 9). 27. Philosophy of Language. (See Philosophy 2 6 .) 34. The P sych o lo g y o f Language. An exploration into the interplay o f language and psychological functioning with special emphasis on the psychological implications o f contemporary modes o f linguistic description and on the role played by linguistic variables in the development o f cognitive processes and in the shaping o f world view. Prerequisite: Linguistics 1, Psychology 3 or permission o f the instructor. F all semester. Bloom. 52. D ia ch ron ic Lin g u istics. An introduction to historical linguistics: the reconstruction o f prehistoric linguistic stages, the establishment o f language families and their interrelationships, and the examination o f processes o f linguistic change on all levels, phonological, morphological, syntactic and semantic. 56. Cognitive P attern s in M o ral, Lin g u istic and P o litica l Behavior. (Crosslisted as Psychology 5 6 .) An investiga­ tion into the role played by cognitive dimensions in influencing linguistic, moral and political behavior, with emphasis on adolescence and beyond. A n attempt will be made to place the investigation within a framework provided by current trends in cognitive psychology, existential philosophy and linguistics and to draw on the implications o f these dimensions with respect to the relationship o f the individual to the nation­ state and the international system. Spring semester. Bloom. 93. D irected Reading o r R esearch. Students may conduct a reading or research program in consultation with the instructor (permission o f the instructor required). Either semester. Bloom. 96. S e n io r Paper. Either semester. Bloom. O ther courses o f particular interest to students o f Linguistics: C h in ese IB-26. Introduction to M andarin Chinese. R ussian 16. H isto ry of the R ussian Language. French 20. H isto ry of the French Language. C re e k 19. Com parative G ram m ar of G reek and Latin. SEMINARS 104. P sy c h o lo g ic a l Anthropology. (see Sociology 104). 107. Language and Thought. An intensive investigation o f selected linguis­ tic, psychological and philosophical approaches to the elusive interaction o f language and thought. Emphasis will be placed on develop­ mental and cross-cultural perspectives, and students will be encouraged to undertake independent research projects in their specific areas o f interest. Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission o f instructor. F all semester. Bloom. 108. Contem porary A p p ro a ch e s to D escrip tive Linguistics. A comparison o f models o f linguistic descrip­ tion with emphasis on recent developments in transformational grammar and generative semantics. Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission o f the instructor. Spring 1982. 180. T h e sis Literature ROBERT ROZA, Coordinator The Literature m ajor is administered by a Literature Committee representing the Departments o f Classics, English Literature, and M odem Languages and Literatures. The basic requirement for a major in Literature is work in two or more literatures in the original language. A student who intends to major in Literature will submit to the Literature Committee a proposed program o f integrated work which sets forth the courses or seminars to be taken and the principle o f coherence upon which the selection is based. The Committee will review the proposal and advise the student. Subject to the requirement o f serious study o f at least two literatures in the original language, one o f which may be English, work in translation is encouraged, especially as it consists o f thematic or comparative courses. In lieu o f a regular course, the Literature Committee will consider proposals for an individual or cooperative project, for one or more research papers written as course attachments, or for the substitution o f a thesis for course credit when these projects have as their purpose either the integration o f work within the m ajor or the relating o f work outside the major to some portion o f the major. For a m ajor in the Course requirem ents are as follow s: Program the 1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more literature departments, including a substantial concentration o f work — normally not fewer than five courses — in one o f the departments. Only xourses numbered 11 or above in Classics and Modem Languages and Literatures are counted as constituents o f the Literature major. O f English courses numbered 2 through 10 , only one may be counted for the major. 2. A senior essay planned early in the first semester o f the senior year. The senior essay counts for at least one credit, usually for two credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable scope or intensiveness in which a theme or result o f the student’s individual program o f work is developed. In some cases the Committee may require that the essay be written in whole or in part in a language other than English. I I I 3. A comprehensive examination taken in the second semester o f the senior year. For a m ajor in the External Exam ination (H onors) Program the requirem ents are as follow s: Not fewer than five papers in Literature, including at least three in one department and significant work done in a foreign language, ancient or modern. Literature majors in the Honors Program are encouraged to include in their program a thesis with the purpose o f integrating the work o f the major in accord with the principle o f coherence on which the program is based. Prospective majors in Literature are urged to make their plans early so as to acquire the necessary linguistic competence by the junior year. a 124 Mathematics JA M E S W. ENGLAND, Professor and Chairman GUDMUND R. IVERSEN, Professor o f Statistics EUGENE A. KLOTZ, Professor DAVID ROSEN, Professorf J . EDWARD SKEATH, Professor STEPHEN R. MAURER, Associate Professor HELENE SHAPIRO, Assistant Professor Mathematics is one o f the most powerful tools available to the physical, biological, and social sciences, and to engineering. It is the aim o f the Swarthmore Mathematics Department to enable those who so wish, to study mathemat­ ics as a discipline in its own right, while providing the skills and structural insights necessary to those in need o f its power. W e live in a time when mathematics is cutting across more and m ore disciplines; there now exist such specialties as mathematical econ­ omics, mathematical linguistics, mathematical sociology, mathematical psychology, and math­ ematical biology, along with more traditional areas such as mathematical physics. Computer Science and Operations Research are disciplines which rely heavily on both mathematics and engineering. In recognition o f all this, the Mathematics Department is interested in facilitating the creation o f joint majors, and also in developing carefully worked out programs which involve concentration in mathematics and some other discipline. M athem atics courses av ailab le to first sem ester freshm en include Math I (Statistics for Obser­ vational Data), Math 2 (Statistics for Experi­ mental Data), Math 3 (Basic Mathematics), Math 5A or 5 B (Calculus), Math 7 (Introduc­ tion to Computer Science), Math 9 (Discrete Mathematics), all with only normal high school preparation. Students may take Math­ ematics 11A by passing the Calculus I placement exam, Mathematics 12 by passing departmental Calculus II placement exam, or Mathematics 12H by passing the departmental Calculus II and Calculus III placement exams. All freshmen planning to enroll in Mathematics 3, 5A or 5B , 11A, 12 or 12H are required to take the appropriate departmental placement exams given during freshman orientation. Programs fo r prem edical students: M ost medical schools require a year o f college mathematics. Many require that one semester be calculus, and a few require the full year to be calculus. For a semester o f calculus most premedical students should consider Math 4 or 5. In addition, premedical students should consider the precalculus courses 2 and 3, the second semester calculus course 1 1 , the discrete mathematics course 9 , and the post-calculus statistics course 15. Sometimes medical schools will give credit for calculus taken in high school, but only if it is acknowledged on the college transcript, as an AP or placement exam credit. Programs fo r social science m ajors: M ost leading graduate departments in the social sciences regard it as a definite plus if an applicant has had calculus, statistics, and computer experi­ ence. Econom ics graduate departments often go further, requiring a year o f calculus and hoping for much more: multivariate calculus, linear algebra, differential equations, probabil­ ity, operations research. Mathematics courses o f particular interest to social science students included: Elementary, 1, 3 , 4, 6 ; Intermediate, 5, 7, 9 , 11, 12, 14, 15, 21, 2 2; Advanced, 2 5 , 2 6 , 2 8 , 3 0. Programs fo r students in Chemistry an d Engineer­ ing: Students interested in Chemistry and Engineering might plan to take a minimum o f Mathematics 5 ,1 1 , 2 2, and 3 0 , or (with proper Advanced Placement), Mathematics 12, 22, and 3 0. O ther courses o f general interest to students in these areas include Mathematics 14, 15, 34, 51, and 5 2. Special interest courses t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1981. 125 Mathematics include Mathematics 2 4, 3 4 , 41, 4 2 , 57, or equivalent seminars. Students who want a seminar in statistics can take Math 111. Programs fo r physics m ajors: See Physics section for basic requirements. Other useful courses are Math 12, 14, 2 4 , 2 5 , 3 4 , 41, 4 2 , and 57. Appropriate seminars include Math 101, 102, 104, and 105. Com puter Science: The Departments o f Math­ ematics and Engineering are working together on a curriculum in computer science. This curriculum will be available by the fall o f 1980, and will include the courses Math 7 and Math 9. M athem atics m ajors: The normal preparation for a major in mathematics consists o f the sequence o f Mathematics 5 , 11, 12, and 22 (or with Advanced Placement 12 or 22 ). A student who wishes to major in mathematics in Course must complete six advanced courses and the Senior Conference or the departmental comprehensive examination, in addition to the normal sequence o f four courses just listed. An Honors candidate with a major in mathematics will normally take Math 101 and 102 in the junior year, and two other mathematics seminars in the senior year. Mathematics majors are urged to study in some depth a discipline which makes serious use o f mathematics. All mathematics students are urged to acquire some facility with the computer. Students bound for graduate school in mathematics should obtain a reading knowledge o f French, German, or Russian. Secondary accreditation : A Course or Honors major in mathematics will normally qualify a student for secondary school certification in mathematics. In view o f the impact o f computers on mathematics, the department urges prospective teachers to obtain a facility in the use o f computers. A student who is not a mathematics major can achieve certification by taking the following courses: Math 5 and 11 and four advanced courses such as 12, 2 2, 23, and 24. All persons asking for certification should register for a directed reading with the department in order to become familiar with mathematics texts that will be helpful in their teaching career. Statistics: Students who do not know calculus can take Math 1 or 2, with the choice determined by their intended major. Both courses lead to Math 6 on multivariate statistical analysis. Students who know calculus should take Math 15 and students with a strong background in mathematics can take the more theoretical Math 2 5. Both courses lead to Math 21 on multivariate analysis. 126 1. S ta tis tic s fo r O bservational Data. Data for one variable are examined through averages and measures o f variation. Relation­ ships between variables are studied using methods such as chi-square, rank correlation and regression analysis. The main examples are taken from sample surveys and govern­ mental data, and the course is intended for students in political science, sociology, and related disciplines making use o f observational data. The course does not satisfy any mathematics prerequisite, except for Math 6, nor can it be counted toward a m ajor or minor in the Department. Spring semester. Iversen. 2. S ta tis tic s fo r Experim ental Data. Data for one variable are examined through averages and measures o f variation. Relation­ ships between variables are studied using methods such as chi-square, rank correlation, analysis o f variance and regression analysis. The main examples are taken from experi­ mental research, and the course is intended for students in biology, psychology and related disciplines making use o f experimental data. The course does not satisfy any mathematics prerequisite, except for Math 6 , not can it be counted toward a major or minor in the Department. Spring semester. Iversen. 3. B a sic M athem atics. This course focuses on two objectives (1) review and remedial work, and (2 ) preparation for calculus. Some special attention will be given to those whose previous experience with mathematics has not been entirely prosperous. Prospective students should take the Basic Skills Test during Orientation Week, preferably at the Math Exam time. (The results will be used to help determine both classroom topics and individual strengths and weaknesses.) Subject matter will be taken from logic, algebra, trigonometry and geometry. F all semester. Klotz. 4. C a lcu lu s C oncepts. This course, which covers the basic concepts o f one variable calculus, is particularly useful for biology and social science majors. Topics to be included are sequences, series, differ­ entiation, integration, transcendental functions, and extremal problems. Spring semester. Klotz. 5A, 11A. C a lcu lu s I and II. The first semester will cover topics in differentiation and integration o f functions o f one variable with some applications. The second semester is a continuation o f the first. Topics covered in the second semester include series, improper integrals, differential equations and techniques o f integration. Math 11A may be taken in the fall semester by passing the departmental Calculus I placement exam. All students planning to enroll in 5A or 11A in the fall semester are required to pass the appropriate departmental placement exam. Staff. 5B, 11B. C a lcu lu s and M a tric e s in APL This is an introductory mathematics course which presupposes the same high school preparation as 5A. Among the topics covered will be differentiation and integration o f functions o f one variable with applications, introductory approximation theory, selected topics in matrices and linear algebra. The notation will be A PL and use will be made o f the computer. Year course. England. 6. M u ltivaria te S ta tistica l A n a ly sis. Given as a continuation o f Math 1 or 2, the course deals mainly with the study o f relationships among three or more variables. Included are such topics as multiple regression analysis, with multitude and partial correlation, several variable analysis o f variance and the analysis o f multidimensional contingency tables. The course ends with an introduction to Bayesian methods. The course does not satisfy any mathematics prerequisite nor can it be counted toward a major or minor in the Department. Prerequisite: Math 1 or 2 or 15 o r 25 or Econ 4 or Psych 13. Fall semester. Iversen. 7. Introduction to Com puter S cien ce. This course includes a brief survey o f the computer science field, with detailed attention to algorithms and the structuring o f programs. The approach will stress problem solving in general with programming implemented in a high level language (A PL in 1980). This course is intended to form the normal introduction to computer science for students interested in this discipline and also to offer an introduction to the computer for students in the natural sciences, engineering, and mathematics. F all Semester. Klotz. 9. D iscre te M athem atics. An introduction to noncontinuous methods in mathematics, this course is o f special value to students interested in computer science or applications o f mathematics to the social and management sciences. Topics include sets, functions, number systems, induction, and an introduction to logic, counting methods, difference equations, finite probability, graph theory, and the algorithmic way o f thinking. This course will be taught at a level of sophistication similar to Math 5 and 11, and may be taken before, during, or after calculus. F all semester. Maurer. 12. Lin ear Algebra. The subject matter o f this course consists o f vector spaces, matrices and linear transforma­ tion with applications to solutions o f systems o f linear equations, determinants and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math II or a passing grade on the departmental Calculus II placement exam. 12H. Lin ear A lgebra H onors Course. This honors version o f Mathematics 12 will be more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its standard counterpart (the subject matter will be equally as valuable in applied situations, but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is intended for students with exceptionally strong mathematical skills, and primarily for students who enter with BC Advanced Placement calculus courses. Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math II or a passing grade on the departmental Calculus II placement exam. F all semester. Rosen. 127 Mathematics 14. Probability. This course deals with the mathematical theory and concepts o f probability including an introduction to stochastic processes. Prerequisite: Math 5, 2 2, or permission. F all semester. Skeath. 15. S ta tistics. This calculus-based introduction to statistics covers most o f the same methods examined in Math 1 and 2, but the course is taught on a higher mathematical level. The course is intended for anyone who wants an introduction to the application o f statistical methods. Prerequisite: Math 5. F all semester. Iversen. 21. M u ltivariate S ta tistic s. Given as a continuation o f Math 15 or 25, the course deals mainly with statistical models for relationships between variables. The general linear model, which includes regression, variance, and covariance analysis, is examined in detail. The course concludes with nonparametric statistics, sampling theory and Bayesian statistics. Prerequisite: Math 15 or 25. Not offered 1980-81 . 22. S e v e ra l Variable C a lcu lu s. This course considers differentiation and integration o f functions o f several variables with special emphasis on two and three dimensions. It is the normal sequel to Math 11 and is a prerequisite for several other mathematics courses. Prerequisite: Math 11, or 12. E ach semester. 22H. S e v e ra l Variable C a lcu lu s H onors Course. This honors version o f Mathematics 2 2 will be more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its standard counterpart (the subject matter will be equally as valuable in applied situations, but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is intended for students with exceptionally strong mathematical skills, and primarily for students who have successfully completed Math 12H. Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math 12H or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Skeath. 23. H igher Geometry. Synthetic and analytic projective geometry 128 will be considered axiomatically. Affine and Euclidean geometry will be developed as special cases. Spring semester. Rosen. 24. Introduction to M odern A lgebra. The course will survey some o f the important topics o f modern algebra, such as groups, integral domains, rings, and fields. Prerequisite: Math 12 or permission o f the instructor. 25. M athem atical S ta tistic s. Based on probility theory, this course examines the statistical theory for the estimation o f parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both small and large sample properties o f the estimators are studied. The course concludes with the study o f models dealing with relationships between variables including chi-square and regression analysis. Prerequisites: Math 12 and 22. Not o ffered 1980-81. 26. M odeling. A n introduction to the methods and attitudes o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in natural science and engineering is already taught in courses in those disciplines, applica­ tions in this course will be primarily to social and biological sciences. Various standard methods used in modeling will be introduced: differential equations, Markov chains, game theory, graph theory, computer simulation. However, the emphasis will be on how to apply these subjects to specific modeling problems, not on their systematic theory. The format o f the course will include projects as well as lectures and problem sets. Prerequisites: Math 12 and 22, or instructor’s permission. Spring Semester. Maurer. 28. M athem atical Program m ing. Linear Programming and its extensions: the simplex method, duality, assignment problems, network flows, two-person game theory, and an introduction to non-linear programming. Numerous algorithms are discussed, and there will be opportunities for computer implemen­ tation. A different perspective on mathematical programming is available in Engineering/ Econom ics 57, Operations Research. In comparison, Mathematics 2 8 is more advanced mathematically in that there is more emphasis on theory, and linear algebra is used to present it. However. Engineering 5 7 is more extensive in that engineering economics and probabilistic decision models are also covered, and case studies are involved. A student may take both courses; together they form a strong introduc­ tion to the theory and practice o f optimization. Prerequisites for Math 28: Math 12 and 2 2 , or instructor’s permission. N ot offered 1980-81. 30. D ifferential Equations. A n introduction to differential equations that includes such topics as: first order equations, linear differential equations, approximative methods, some partial differential equations. Prerequisite: Math 11 or 12. Spring semester. 33. Foundations o f Real A n a ly sis. This course is designed to give the student an understanding o f basic theorems o f calculus. The student is also expected to learn how to construct a mathematical proof. This course is recommended for students majoring in math­ ematics in course and for students planning to m ajor in mathematics in honors. Spring semester. 34. N u m erical M ethods. This course will deal with the numerical solution o f various mathematical problems, pure and applied. The computer will be used extensively. A lso listed as Engineering 24. Prerequisite: Math 11, and E 23 or equivalent. Spring semester. 35. Data S tru ctu res. Trees, lists, arrays, stacks, queues, sorting and searching, garbage collection, applications o f use in doing algorithms in computer science (parsing, efficient storage and use o f sparse matrices, etc.) F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. 37. N um ber Theory. The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts, and the theory o f multiplicative number theory will be developed. Potential secondary school teachers should find this course valuable. Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor. F all semester. Shapiro. 39. A lgorithm s. The construction, analysis, and theory o f algorithms for solving mathematical problems. Algorithms for constructing all or random combinatorial objects, e.g., subsets, permuta­ tions, partitions. Algorithms on graphs, e.g., graph coloring and shortest paths. Complexity o f algorithms and the theory o f NP-Completeness. Overlap with Mathematics 2 8 , Math­ ematical Programming, and Mathematics 35, Data Structures, will be minimized by avoiding lengthy discussion o f algorithms studies in those courses. Prerequisite: Math 9 and/or further courses in mathematics and computing. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. 41. G roups and Representations. An introduction to some o f the applicable portions o f the theory o f groups and their representations. O f potential interest to students in chemistry, physics and engineering, as well as mathematics. This course may be combined with Math 6 5 , Functional Analysis with Applications, to comprise an Honors paper in mathematics. Spring semester. N ot offered 1979-80. 51. A pplied A n a ly s is I. Analytic functions, integration and Cauchy’s Theorem , power series, residue calculus, conformal mapping, and harmonic functions. The emphasis o f this course is on applications to the physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 22. F all semester. Rosen. 52. A pplied A n a ly s is II. Fourier series, the Fourier transform, ortho­ gonal functions, introduction to Hilbert space and operators. The motivation for these topics - will be in partial differential equations arising in the physical sciences. Prerequisites: Math 3 0; Math 51, or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Rosen. 57. D ifferential Geometry. An introduction that will include surfaces, manifolds, curvature, Riemannian geometry. The algebra o f tensors and differential forms will be developed as needed. Prerequisite: Math 2 2. F all semester. England. 65. Functional A n a ly s is with A pp lication s. Basic theorems on Banach and Hilbert spaces, 129 Mathematics and spectral analysis o f self-adjoint operators, will be the main topics covered in this course. The emphasis o f the course will be on applications o f the material to quantum theory, and thus a certain amount o f the subject matter will be presented informally. This course may be combined with Math 41, Groups and Representations, to comprise an Honors paper in mathematics. Prerequisite: Math 51 or permission o f instructor. 93. D irected Reading. 96. T h e sis. 97. S en io r C onference. This half course is designed to give students an overview o f all o f their mathematics courses by solving a variety o f mathematical problems. W hen offered, this course replaces the departmental comprehensive examination. H alf course credit. Spring semester. SEMINARS 101. Real A n a ly sis. This seminar concentrates on the careful study o f the principles underlying the calculus o f real valued functions o f real variables. F all semester. Skeath. 102. M odern A lgebra. This seminar deals with the theoretical properties o f such formal systems as groups, rings, fields and vector spaces. W hile these concepts will be illustrated by many concrete examples, the emphasis will be on the abstract nature o f the subject. Spring semester. 103. Com plex A n a ly sis. A brief study o f the geometry o f complex numbers is followed by a detailed treatment o f the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions o f a complex variable. Various applications are given and some special classes o f functions, such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass are also discussed. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. 104. Topology. The subject matter o f this seminar will include such topics as point set topology with some application, piecewise linear topology, hom ol­ ogy and homotopy theory. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . 105. Probability. The purpose o f this seminar is to give the mathematical background necessary for an understanding o f the mathematical analysis o f statistical data. In addition, the modern 130 development o f this subject provides a valuable application o f the concepts and techniques acquired in the study o f advanced calculus. The topics treated may include: the axiomatic approach, the use o f Stieltjes integrals, correlation and regression, some special distributions, sampling theory, and a short introduction to the theory o f statistical estimation. Spring semester. 106. C o m b in a to rics, Optim ization and A lgorith m s. A selection, in seminar format and at a higher level o f sophistication, o f topics related to Math 9 , 2 8, 3 5 , and 3 9 . The emphasis will depend on student interest. Possible topics are: advanced enumeration, combinatorial structures (e.g., graphs, matroids, designs), optimization, game theory, social choice theory, theory o f computational complexity. If slanted towards com binatorics and theory o f algorithms, this seminar will be o f special interest to those studying computer science. If slanted towards the other topics, it will be o f special interest to those studying mathematical economics. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. 111. M athem atical S ta tistic s. Properties o f random variables are studied together with ways o f inferring about param­ eters in statistical models. Special emphasis is put on the study o f models for relationships between random variables. F all semester. Ivefsen. Medieval Studies Coordinator: BERNARD S. SMITH This program offers an opportunity for a comprehensive study o f European and Medi­ terranean civilization from the fourth century to the fifteenth. The period, which has a critical importance for the understanding o f W estern culture, can be approached best through a combination o f several disciplines. Hence eight Departments (A rt, Classics, English Literature, History, M odem Languages, Music, Religion, and Philosophy) cooperate to provide a course o f study which may be offered as a major in either the course Program or the External Examination (Honors) Program. For a major in the Course Program the requirements are as follows: 1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin 1 course in Medieval History (History 11 or 12) Either Religion History 14 36/Philosophy 19 or The prerequisites for the courses listed above are: Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory history course; Philosophy 1. 2. Five other courses chosen from three o f the following fields: A rt (15, 16, 17). History (11, 12, 13, 14, 15). Religion (3 5 , 3 6 ). Literature (Classics 3 5 ; English 19, 20, 31, 81; C E L 13, French 2 0 and 3 0 ; Spanish 3 0 ). Music (15). O ther courses appropriate to Medieval Studies that are from time to time included in departmental offerings. Directed readings in medieval subjects. 3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute for a course during the first semester o f the senior year. 4. The student must pass a comprehensive examination in the senior year based on courses taken in the medieval field. The examination includes a section o f Latin translation. For a major in the Honors Program the requirements are as follows: 1. T he student must satisfy the language and distribution requirements o f the program, as listed above, by appropriate courses or seminars. Som e work in one or more o f the fields, included in the program must be done before admission to the Program. 2. Seminars may be chosen from the following: Philosophy 110 (Medieval Philosophy), History 111 (Medieval Europe), A rt 117 (G othic A rt), English 102 (Chaucer and Medieval Literature) or French 100 (Lit­ térature du Moyen-Age). 3. By attachments to the courses listed above, and by writing a thesis, the student may expand the possibilty o f work in the Honors Program beyond these five sem­ inars. The minor program should be planned with the coordinator so as to insure a close relation to the major. No minor in Honors is offered. Students wishing to minor in subjects included in this field should take them as minors in the department in which they are normally offered. 131 Modern Languages and Literatures GEORGE C. AVERY (Germ an), Professor GEORGE KRUGOVOY (Russian), Professor PHILIP METZIDAKIS (Spanish), Professor* JEAN ASHM EAD PERKINS (French), Professor and Chairman, 1 9 8 3 -8 6 )) ROBERT ROZA (French), P ro fe ss o r))) FRANCIS P. TAFOYA (French and Spanish), Professor and Chairman, 1980-83 EUGENE WEBER (Germ an), Professor THOMPSON BRADLEY (Russian), Associate Professor) JOHN J . H ASSETT (Spanish), Associate Professor SIMONE VOISIN SMITH (French), Associate Professor) TATIANA M . COSM AN (Russian), Assistant Professor (part-tim e) and Director o f the Language Laboratory MARION J . FABER (Germ an), Assistant Professor GEORGE M 0 S K 0 S (French), Assistant Professor CONCHITA ALBORG DAY, Lecturer** JA N E K. FRANCIS, Lecturer MARY K. KENNEY (Spanish), Lecturer CECILIA CHIN LEE (Chinese), Lecturer ELKE PLAXTON (Germ an), Lecturer PATRICE TERRONE, Assistant The purpose o f the m ajor is to acquaint students with the important periods and principal figures o f the literatures taught in the Department, to develop an appreciation o f literary values, to provide training in critical analysis, and to foster an understanding o f the relationship between literary phenomena and the historical and cultural forces underlying the various literary traditions. In addition to demonstrated competence in the language, a foreign literature major will normally complete seven credits in literature courses or seminars, take Special Topics, and pass the comprehen­ sive examination. Students whose interests lie primarily in language or civilization are advised to consider the possibility o f a Special Major in combination with Linguistics, History, or some other appropriate department. Stu­ dents interested in studying literature in more than one language are encouraged to consider a Literature major. * Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980. * * Fall semester, 1980. f Absent on leave, spring semester 1981 Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily designed to help students acquire the linguistic competence necessary to pursue literary studies in a foreign language through work with the language and selected literary texts. For a detailed description o f the orientation in these courses see the Explanatory Note on language courses below. Courses numbered 11 or above emphasize the study o f literature as a humanistic discipline as well as competence in the spoken and written language. Students who plan to major in a foreign language and its literature are advised to present sufficient credits on admission to enable them to enroll in courses numbered 11 and 12 in their freshman year. Students who enter with no previous knowledge o f the language and are interested in majoring in a foreign literature should register for the intensive language courses (1B -2B ) in the f t Program Coordinator, Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, fall semester, 1980. f f f Program Coordinator, Swarthmore Program in G renoble, spring semester, 1981. freshman year. Language courses numbered IB through 5 (8 in German) do not count toward the minimum o f eight credits required for the major. Students who wish to continue a language begun elsewhere will be placed at the course level where they will profit best according to their score in the College Entrance Examination or placement tests administered by the Department in the fell. Prerequisites for majors are noted under the listing o f each o f the literatures taught. Exceptions to course requirements are made for those who show competence in the language o f specialization. Students who speak French, German, Russian or Spanish fluently should consult with the Department before electing courses. M ajors are urged to elect supporting courses in other literatures, in history, philosophy, linguistics, or art history. The Department also recommends participation for a minimum o f a summer and a semester in an academic program abroad. Linguistically qualified stu­ dents may apply to the Swarthmore Program at the University o f Grenoble, for one or two semesters in the sophmore or junior year. This program is particularly suited for majors in the humanities and the social sciences. Students competent in Spanish should consider the Hamilton College Program in Madrid, Spain, which is cooperatively sponsored by Swarth­ more. Beginning in the academic year 1980-81 students may apply scholarship monies to designated programs o f study abroad, in addition to the Hamilton College Program in Madrid and the Swarthmore Program in Grenoble (see Education Abroad, p. x). Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certificate in French, German, Russian or Spanish should plan on taking the regular program o f language and literature courses required for the m ajor or show p ro of o f the equivalent. In addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a course in the history o f the language offered in the Department Appropri­ ate supporting courses which broaden knowl­ edge and understanding o f the foreign culture being studied are also recommended. Prospec­ tive teachers o f a foreign language should plan to include a minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad in their academic program. Students planning to do graduate work are reminded that, in addition to the language o f specialization, a reading knowledge o f other languages is often required for admission to advanced studies. C on tin en tal E u ro p ean and Spanish A m erican L iteratu res (in tran slation ) Students acquainted with a particular foreign language are urged to elect an appropriate literature course taught in the original language. CEL/SA L courses provide the opportunity to study literature which cannot be read in the original. These courses may be used to satisfy the distribution requirements, but cannot be substituted for the 11 or 12 level courses to satisfy the departmental prerequi­ sites for a m ajor or m inor in the original languages. In some cases CEL/SA L courses may form an appropriate part o f supporting upper-level work, part o f a Literature Major, or they may serve as the basis o f preparation for an Honors paper. Students planning programs where such considerations might apply should consult with the Department. Normally, at least one C EL or SA L course is offered each semester; these courses are announced before fall and spring registration. Other, cross-listed courses in foreign literature in translation are listed after SA L 50. 133 Modern Languages and Literatures 12R. R u ssian Thought and Literature in the Q uest fo r Truth. The development o f Russian intellectual tradition as reflected in Russian philosophy and literature from the 18th century to the present. B rief consideration o f Russian medi­ eval literature and thought. Eighteenth century: secularization o f culture. Nineteenth and twentieth centuries: philosophical and literary polemics within the framework o f current secular ideologies and religious thought. Russia and the W est and the dream o f a Perfect W orld. Not offered 198081 . Krugovoy. 50G. S tu d ies in M odern Germ an Literature. Under this course title topics will be offered from year to year that reflect the richness and variety o f literature in German-speaking countries, against the background o f this century’s dominant social and cultural crises. Courses to be offered in subsequent years include: The Novels o f Thomas Mann; Modern German Criticism from Nietzsche to Benjamin; W om en in Modern German Liter­ ature; German Expressionism, Austrian W rit­ ers o f the 20th Century. In the fall, 1980, the topic will be: 13R. The R u ssian Novel. See Russian 13. Literature an d Film in W eim ar Germany. An examination o f German culture from 1919-33, this course will consider examples o f the rich and diversified literature o f the period as well as masterpieces o f the German Expressionist cinema. In addition to aesthetic principles, the intellectual and political trends and sociolog­ ical realities mirrored in this art will also be o f central interest. As necessary, there will be an extra class meeting bi-weekly for film viewing. F all semester. Faber. 13. M ed iaeval Com parative Literature. The tension between ideals and their realization as reflected in the literature o f the Middle Ages, especially the epic (R olan d, C id, N ibelungen) and the romance (Tristan, Yvain, T he G rail). N ot offered 198081 . Perkins. 20G. The Germ an Novel S in c e 1945. A study o f intellectual, literary, and sociolgical currents in East and W est Germany, Austria, and Switzerland since the end o f W orld War II as they appear in representative works o f prose fiction. Authors include T h. Mann, Boll, Gunter Grass, Max Frisch, Uwe Johnson, Peter Handke and Christa W olf. Lectures and discussions in English. German majors will be required to read some o f the works in German. N ot offered 198081 . Avery. 25R. R u ssian Folklore and R ussian Culture. A study o f folk poetry in its cultural and artistic aspects. Folklore and the genesis o f literature and civilization. Survivals o f myth and ritual in Russian folk poetry and their significance for the understanding o f the collective psychological dominants in Russian cultural outlook will be discussed. Special attention will be given to ritual poetry, tales, heroic epic and lyric poetry with extensive use o f comparative evidence from non-Russian folk traditions. Representative texts will be analyzed in class with active participation by students. N ot offered 1980-81. Krugovoy. 134 50R. R u ssian Literature and Revolutionary Thought. A study o f continuity and change; the relationship between the major political and social movements and the writers before and after 1917. Special attention will be given to the post-revolutionary literary and political struggle in the 1920*s and the literary revival o f the 1960’s. N ot offered 1980-81. 50S. S pan ish Thought and Literature of the Twentieth Century. The struggle between traditionalism and liberalism, its background and manifestations in Spanish thought and letters from the turn o f the century through the Civil W ar to the present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega y Gasset, Federico García, Lorca, Cam ilo Jose Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo. N ot offered 1980-81 . S A L 50. Contem porary S panishA m e rica n Literature. A consideration o f intellectual and social themes and artistic innovations which mark the coming into the mainstream o f SpanishAmerican fiction. Representative authors from the various national literatures. A RG EN TIN A : Borges, Cortázar; PER U : Var­ gas Llosa; C O LO M BIA : G arda Márquez; G U A TEM A LA : Asturias; M E X IC O : Fuentes, Rulfo, Pedro; C U BA : Carpentier. Not o ffered 1980-81 . Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be discussed in conjunction with sociological patterns in contemporary Spanish America. See Sociology-Anthropology 6 0. Not offered 1980-81. Hassett and Munoz. SA L 60. S p an ish A m erica n S o ciety Through Its Novel. This course will explore the relationship between society and the novel in Spanish America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel García Márquez, 34. * Ren aissance Com parative Literature. See English Literature 34. 48. *Modern Orama. See English Literature 48. EXPLANATORY NOTE OF FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR LANGUAGE COURSES: A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for students who begin their study o f the language in college and whose primary interest is the acquisition o f reading skills: 1-2 combines the presentation o f grammar with readings from the humanities (including literature), social sciences and sciences. Classes meet three times per week and are conducted in English. May be used to prepare for fulfilling the reading requirement o f graduate schools but does not prepare students for intermediate or advanced courses in literature taught in the original language. B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B carry one and one-half credits per semester. Three semesters in this sequence are equivalent to two years o f work at the college level. Designed to impart an active command o f the language and combine the study or review o f grammar essentials and readings o f varied texts with intensive practice to develop the ability to speak the language. Recommended for students who want to progress rapidly and especially for those with no previous knowledge o f the language and who are interested in preparing for intermediate or advanced courses in literature taught in the original language. Students who start in this orientation can m ajor in a foreign language and literature not studied previously. These courses (a) meet as one section for grammar presentation and in small groups for oral practice with a native speaker o f the language, and (b ) may require periodic work in the language laboratory. C hinese IB, 2B. introduction to M andarin Chinese. An intensive introduction to written and spoken Mandarin Chinese. Specifically de­ signed to prepare students for continuing study in Taiwan, Hong Kong, or Middlebury Summer Language School. Lee. 3, 4. S e co n d -y e a r M andarin Chinese. A two-semester course designed for students who have mastered over five hundred characters (8 0 0 words) and basic grammar. The course combines the study o f grammar and oral practice with writing and readings in modern Chinese literary and expository prose. Not offered every year. Lee. 135 Modem Languages and Literatures F ren ch French may be offered as a major in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (H onors) Program. Prerequisites for both Course students and Honors candidates are as follows: French 6 and 12 , the equivalent, or evidence o f special competence. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. M ajors in the Course and Honors Programs, as well as minors in the Honors Program are expected to be sufficiently proficient in spoken and written French to do all o f their work in French, i.e., discussions and papers in courses and seminars, and all oral and written examinations, including comprehensive and Honors examinations. Course majors are required to do Special Topics. COURSES N O TE: Not all advanced courses are offered every year. Students wishing to major or minor in French should plan their program in consultation with the Department. IB, 2B, 3B. Intensive French. For students who begin French in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. Prepares for intermediate and advanced courses in literature taught in the original language. Recommended for students who wish to acquire minimal linguistic competence for study abroad in the Swarthmore Program in France. See the explanatory note on language courses above as well as the description o f the Swarthmore program at the University o f Grenoble under Education A broad. Normally followed by 5. 5, 5A. C om position and Diction. Emphasis on oral fluency and writing proficiency. May be taken for single credit (5 ), or one and one-half credits with additional discussion sessions (5A ). Prepares for French 6 and 12. Recommended for students who wish to study abroad at the university level. Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent. E ach semester. 12. Introduction to Lite ra ry S tudies. A n analytical approach to French literature through the study o f particular genres or specific modes o f expression. Selected works from M olière to Balzac. Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 67 5 on the 136 College Entrance Examination, or the equiv­ alent with special permission. E ach semester. 15. Freshm en Sem inar. For freshmen only. Limited enrollment. Prerequisite: a score o f 7 0 0 or above in French, and special permission o f the instruc­ tor. F all semester. M oskos. 16. S tu d ies in S ty lis tic s . (formerly listed as 6 ) For m ajors or those who wish an advanced course to develop selfexpression in the written and oral language. Original compositions are based on a stylistic study o f texts by representative French authors from the 17th century to the present. Prerequisite: French 5, 12, or the equivalent with special permission. E ach semester. F all semester, Smith. 20. H isto ry of the French Language. The development o f the French language from its Latin origins to its current forms. Emphasis will be placed more on general patterns than on philological details. Texts o f the various periods will be analyzed intensively. The course will be given in English; students must have a reading knowledge o f French. This course will satisfy the linguistics require­ ment for teacher certification and may be used for a Medieval Studies major. Spring semester. Perkins. 25. L’A n cie n Régime. A social history o f the 17th and 18th centuries, treating such topics as education, political institutions, life at the court, Parisian culture and the development o f social classes. Open to students with the equivalent o f French 5. Spring semester. Perkins. arising from socio-political changes in 19th century France. Based primarily on the novels o f Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, and Zola. Moskos. 28. La Fra n ce Contem poraine. A study o f events and ideas which have shaped French society from the 19th century to the present. Selected French works in history, political science, sociology and literature. F all semester. Smith. 61. Rom antism e. 82. Colloquium . W om en W riters and their Specific Contribu­ tions. F all semester. Moskos. 91. S p e c ia l Topics. (for senior m ajors). Study o f individual authors, selected themes, or critical problems. Spring semester. 93. D irected Reading. 94. T h e sis. Courses to be offered in subsequent years: 30. Littérature du M oyen-Age. 35. L’H um anism e de la R en a issa n ce. 42. Le C la s s ic is m e . 43. Le Théâtre. Representative works from the Middle Ages to the Rom antic period included. Smith. 50. Le Roman avant la Révolution. 65. B audelaire, Rimbaud, M allarm é, A ppolinaire. A study o f Symbolism through its major poets. Roza. 70. T h éâ tre M oderne. M ajor trends in 20th century drama from Anouilh, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco. Roza. 71. P o é sie Contem poraine. From Apollinaire and Surrealism to Char and Saint John-Perse. Roza. 72. Gide, P roust, Céline. 73. Littéra teu rs Engagés. A study o f the literature o f commitment before and after W orld W ar II. Principally an examination o f the literary manifestations o f French Existentialism. Includes works by Malraux, Sartre, de Beauvoir, Camus, and Frantz Fanon or others. Tafoya. 74. Le Nouveau Roman. 75. P ro u st and Jo y c e . 51. L e s P h ilo sop h es. 60. Le Roman du 19e S iè c le . A study o f innovations in techniques and form as well as the examination o f moral problems SEMINARS All seminars to be offered in a particular year will be announced in advance. Preparation o f topics for External Examinations (H onors) may be done by appropriate courses plus attachments only when seminars are not available. Students preparing for External Examinations should consult with the Depart­ ment on the suitability and availability o f attachments. 100. Littérature du M oyen-Age. Old French readings in lyric poetry, theatre and romance. Perkins. 101. La R en aissan ce. Prose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de Navarre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations from M arot through the Pléiade. Smith. 137 Modem Languages and Literatures 102. Le Th éâtre C la ssiq u e. 1. Aristotle, Corneille and Racine: a study o f “the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy. 2. Molière. Smith. 103. L’A g e d e s Lu m ières. Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau. Perkins. 104. Stendhal et Flaubert* Moskos. 106. P o é sie Sym b o liste. From Baudelaire to Apollinaire. Roza. 108. Le Roman du 20e S iè c le . M ajor innovations in form and theme from Gide and Proust to the New Novel. F all semester. Roza. 109. Le Rom antism e. Spring semester. Moskos. 180. T h e sis . 105. P roust. Style and vision in L a R echerche du Temps perdu. Roza. G erm an German may be offered as a major in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (H onors) Program. Prerequisites for both Course students and Honors candidates are as follows: Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent work. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. W ith minor exceptions, the language o f instruction in courses numbered 11 and above is German. Students are expected to have a sufficient command o f the language to be able to participate im class discussions and do written work in German. Course m ajors are required to do Special Topics. COURSES N O TE: Not all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students wishing to m ajor or minor in German should plan their program in consultation with the Department. All courses listed under Groups I and II are open to students after either German 11 or 12. The courses listed under Group II are offered on a regular two-year sequence. M ajors in Course are required to select a minimum o f four courses from Group II. 1, 2. Germ an Reading and Translation. For students who wish to acquire the fundamentals o f German grammar and a reading knowledge o f the language. This twosemester course is a terminal sequence. See the explanatory note on language courses above. IB, 2B, 3B. Intensive German. For students who begin German in college. 138 Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. See the explanatory note on language courses above. Normally followed by 8 , 11 or 12. 4. Interm ediate German. For entering students with high school language training equivalent to 3B. Review o f grammar, literary readings o f moderately difficult texts, such as Brecht’s G edichte, Diirrenmatt’s D ie Physiker, Stifter’s Brigitta. Regular written assisgnments. Normally fol­ lowed by German 8 , 11, or 12. Admission contingent upon departmental testing or permission o f the instructor. F all semester. Faber. 8. W riting and Speaking Germ an. Oral discussions and writing practice based on general and literary topics o f contemporary interest. For students who want to consolidate their skills o f expression. Recommended for German majors. Can be taken concurrently with German 11 or 12. Prerequisite: German 3B , 4 , or by depart­ mental placement test. Spring semester. Avery. GROUP I 11. Introduction to G erm an Literature (ea rly 20th century). An introductory course which emphasizes critical and analytical reading o f literature. Representative poetry, drama, and fiction from the beginning o f the 20 th century, including works by Rilke, Lasker-Schiiler, Kafka, Brecht, and Schnitzler. Prerequisite: German 3B , 4, 8 or equivalent work. Spring semester. Avery. 12. Introduction to Germ an Literature (the A ge of Goethe). An introduction to German literature through close reading o f selections from the second half o f the 18th and the early part o f the 19th century. Representative works o f Goethe, Schiller, the Romantics. F all semester. Faber. 63. Goethe’s Faust. An intensive study o f Faust I and II. N ot offered 1980*81. Weber. 83. K afka and Brecht. A study o f the principle works o f each author with emphasis on the emergence o f major themes and the examinations o f literary craftsmanship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals and Brecht’s journals and critical writings will be considered in the context o f the authors’ cultural and social environment. Not offered 1980-81. Avery. 91. S p e c ia l T op ics (for se n io r m ajors). Study o f individual authors, selected themes, or critical problems. Open to qualified upperlevel students. Spring semester. 50. Die D eutsche Lyrik. Readings in the m ajor German poets. N ot offered 1980-81 . GROUP II 60. A u fklaerung und Sturm und Drang. The German Enlightenment and various reactions to it. Authors read include Gellert, Lessing, Klopstock, W ieland, Herder, the early G oethe and the early Schiller. Not offered 1980-81 . Weber. 80. K la s s ik e r d e r M oderne. A study o f German literature from the beginnings o f Modernism through W orld War I. Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George, Schnitzler, Trakl, Sternheim, and Thomas Mann. N ot o ffered 1980-81. Avery. 62. W eim arer K la ssik . M ajor writings o f the authors associated with the W eimar Court from the time o f G oethe’s arrival in 1775. An investigation in the main o f the works and concerns o f the later Goethe, Schiller, and Herder. F all semester. Weber. 82. Literatu r d e s zw a n zig ste n Jahrhunderts. German literature from the twenties to the present with emphasis on the continuity o f the m odem tradition under the impact o f political exile and W orld War II. Authors include 70. Die D eutsche Rom antik. See German 105 below. 139 Modern Languages and Literatures Brecht, Thom as Mann, and post-World W ar II writing in Austria, Switzerland, East and W est Germany. Spring semester. Avery. Courses to be offer in subsequent years: 52. 72. Literatur des neunzehnten Ja h rh u n derts. German literature from the end o f Rom anti­ cism to the beginnings o f Modernism. 84. Rilke, Hofm annsthal, George. Das D eutsche Dram a. SEMINARS All seminars to be offered in a particular year will be announced in advance. Preparation o f topics for External Examinations (Honors) may be done by appropriate courses plus attachments only when seminars are not available. Students preparing for External Examinations should consult with the Depart­ ment on the suitability and availability o f attachments. 104. Goethe. A study o f G oethe’s major works in the context o f his life and times. (The seminar does not include F aust.) To b e offered 1981-82 . Weber. 105. Die Deutsche Romantik. Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature, thought, and the arts in the first third o f the 19th century. Authors include Tieck, Novalis, Hölderlin, Kleist, Brenanto, Eichendorff, the early Buchner, and Heine. Also offered as a course. See 70. Spring semester. Faber. 107. M oderne P rosa. The development o f German prose narrative since 1900 as reflected in works by Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, Döblin, Karl Kraus and R . Walser. F all semester. Avery. R ussian Russian may be offered as a m ajor in the Course Program or as a major or m inor in the External Examination (H onors) Program. Prerequisites for both Course students and Honors candidates are: Russian 6 , 11, 12, and 13, or equivalent work. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory department statement. above. Normally followed by 6 , 11, and 12. N O TE: Not all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students wishing to major or m inor in Russian should plan their program in consultation with the Department. Course m ajors are required to do Special Topics. 11. Introduction to R ussian Literature. Old Russian literature and its place within European literature. 18th century: Classicism and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Rom anti­ cism and Golden Age o f Russian poetry. Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and discussions in Russian. F all semester. Krugovoy. 1R, 2B, 3B. Intensive R ussian . For students who begin Russian in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. See the explanatory note on language courses 140 6. A dvan ced R ussian. For majors and those primarily interested in perfecting their command o f language. Ad­ vanced conversation, composition, translation, and stylistics. Readings include short stories and newspapers. Conducted in Russian. Spring semester. Krugovoy. 12. Introduction to R ussian Literature. 19th and 20th century Russian literature to 1918, and its place within European literature. Realism and literary tendencies in the first two decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely. Silver Age o f Russian poetry. Lectures and discussions in Russian. Spring semester. Krugovoy. o f the Russian language and its place among the other modem Indo-European and Slavic languages. The uses o f philology and linguistics for the ideological and stylistic analysis o f literary texts. 13. The R ussian Novel. Continuity and change in the development o f the novel in the 19th century and in the postrevolutionary period. Lectures and readings in English. Russian majors will be required to read a part o f the material in Russian. F all semester. Bradley. Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher certification. The course will be offered in response to manifest student interest. Krugovoy. 16. H isto ry o f the R u ssian Language. An introductory course. A study o f the origin 91. S p e c ia l Topics. (For senior m ajors.) Study o f individual authors, selected themes or critical problems. 93. D irected Reading. SEMINARS 101. Tolstoy. 105. Literature of the S o vie t Period. 102. R u ssian Short Story. 106. R u ssian Drama. 103. P ushkin and Lermontov. 107. R u ssian L y ric a l Poetry. 104. D ostoevsky. 108. M odern R u ssian Poetry. Spanish Spanish may be offered as a m ajor in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (H onors) Program. Prerequisites for both Course students and Honors candidates are as follows: Required: Spanish 11, 13, or equivalent work. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. M ajors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in courses and seminars in the language and to pass all oral comprehensive or oral Honors examinations in Spanish. Course majors are required to do Special Topics. COURSES N O TE: Not all advanced courses are offered every year. Students wishing to m ajor or minor in Spanish should plan their program in consultation with the Department. IB, 2B, 3B. Intensive Span ish . For students who begin Spanish in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. See the explanatory note on language courses above. Normally followed by 5, 11, or 13. 5. C om position and Diction. For m ajors and others who wish advanced courses in which the emphasis is not primarily literary. An effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and to improve both oral and written self-expression in the language. E ach semester. Hassett. 141 Modern Languages and Literatures 11. Introduction to Spanish Literature. A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry, and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries (works by authors such as Espronceda, Zorrilla, Bécquer, Pérez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja, Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers. Prerequisite: Spanish 3B , the equivalent, or special permission. Fall semester. Day. 74. Literatura Española de posquerra. Spanish prose fiction and poetry o f the last forty years. Novels by Cela, Delibes, Goytisolo, Martin Santos, Benet, García Hortelano and Fernández Santos. The poetry o f Bias de O tero, José Hierro, Gabriel Celaya, Luis Rosales and Dionisio Ridruejo. The theater o f Buero Vallejo and Alfonso Sastre. Spring semester. Metzidakis. 13. Introduction to S panish A m e rica n Literature. A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries (works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Marti, Silva, Dario, Lugones, Sánchez, Lillo, Neruda, Vallejó, Huidobro, Rulfó, Garcia Marquez). Discussions, papers. Spring semester. Hassett. 75. Teatro h ispanoam ericano contem poráneo. After a brief introduction to the origins o f Spanish American theatre this course will focus principally on representative works by some o f the most important figures o f twentieth century Spanish American Theatre. O ur selection o f dramatists will include Horencio Sánchez, R odolfo Usigli, René Marqués, Egon W olff, Emilio Carballido, Carlos Solórzano and Enrique Solary Swayne. F all semester. Hassett. N O TE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the courses in literature that follow. 30. La Literatura M edieval. From the Poem a del C id to L a C elestina. Also included are works by Gonzola de Berceo, Don Juan Manuel, el Arcipreste de Hita, and Jorge Manrique. Spring semester. 1982. Metzidakis. 40. El Teatro del Renacim iento y del S ig lo de Oro. Special emphasis will be placed on the outstanding dramatists o f the Golden Century (Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alacón, Cadéron, etc.) F all semester. 1981. Metzidakis. 44. Cervantes. The works o f Cervantes with special emphasis on the Q uijote. Spring semester. Metzidakis. 60. La N ovela en el Sig lo XIX. Realism and Naturalism in 19th century prose fiction. W orks by Alarcón, Valera, Pérez Galdós, Pardo Bazán, Clarín, Blasco Ibáñez and others. Spring semester. 1982. Metzidakis 70. La C e n era ció n del 98. Studies in the works o f Valle-Inclán, Azorín, Baroja, Unam uno, Benavente and Antonio Machado. F all semester. Day. 142 76. La P oesía H ispanoam ericana en el S ig lo XX. A study o f the poetry o f Mistral, Agustini, Ibarboutou, Storni, Vallejo, Huidorbro, Cor­ os tiza, Paz, Nicholás Guillén, Neruda, Borges, and others. F all semester. 1981. Staff. 79. El cuento hispanoam ericano. The Spanish American short story from the early 19th century to the present. Represent­ ative authors include Echevarría, Carrasquilla, Payró, Lillo, Portillo y Rojas, Roa Bastos, Borges, Bioy Basares, Rulfo Cortázar, and others. Spring semester. Hassett. 91. S p e c ia l Topics. Study o f individual authors, selected themes or critical problems. Topic in Spanish American literature to be announced. Spring semester. 1982. Staff. Courses to be offered in subsequent years: 7. Fonética Española. 42. La P oesía del R enacim iento y del S ig lo de Oro. 71. Literatura Española Contem poránea. 72. La N ovela Española de la P osguerra. 78. La Novela M ex ican a S o cia l del Sig lo XX. 73. (Jnamuno. ________ ,__ 77. La N ovela. H ispan oam erican a en el Sig lo XX. [ I EXTERNAL EXAMINATION (HONORS) PROGRAM I Honors papers may be prepared by attachments to courses. Consult the Department for suitability and availability. I ______________________________ Music PETER GRAM SWING, Professor PATRICIA WITYK ROYER, Associate Professor o f Dance and Director o f the Dance Program f JA M E S D. FREEMAN, Associate Professor and Chairman ANN L. KOSAKOWSKI, Assistant Professor GERALD LEVINSON, Assistant Professor CAROLYN REICHER, Associate in Performance (Dance) PAULA SEPINUCK, Associate in Performance (Dance) ROSERT M. SM ART, Associate in Performance (M usic) The study o f music as a liberal art requires an integrated approach to theory, history and performance, experience in all three fields being essential to the understanding o f music as an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory courses train the student to work with musical material, to understand modes o f organization in composition and to evolve methods o f musical analysis. History courses and seminars introduce students to methods o f studying the development o f musical styles and genres, and the relationship o f music to other arts and areas o f thought. The department encourages students to develop performing skills through private study and through participation in the orchestra, chorus and chamber music coaching program which it staffs and administers. The Department also assists instrumentalists or singers to finance the cost o f private instruction. Credit may be granted under the provisions for Creative Arts. Students wishing to combine instrumental or vocal studies outside the College with a major in music at Swarthmore can, with special permission from the department and the Provost, elect a five-year plan o f study, thus reducing the normal number o f courses to be taken per semester. Two semester courses in theory and one semester course in history are prerequisite for acceptance as a major. M ajors will normally take five semester courses in theory (including Music 61), three semester courses in history (including Music 15, 16), and meet the basic piano requirement. f Absent on leave, spring semester, 1981. 144 M ajor in the External Exam ination (H onors) Program : A student intending to major in the Honors Program will generally stand for four papers in music. T he department strongly recommends that one paper be a thesis or research project. Music 61, 6 2 , may be used as the basis o f a paper. Papers in history can be prepared by taking a history course with a concurrent or subsequent attached unit o f additional research, or by directed reading, or by a tutorial. Minors in the H onors Program : A student intending to minor in the Honors Program will generally stand for two papers in music. Two semester courses in theory and one semester course in history are prerequisite for a minor. Music 2 may, with permission o f the Department, be substituted for the theory prerequisite. Language Requirem ents fo r G raduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate work in music requires a reading knowledge o f French and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is also desirable for students planning to do graduate work in musicology. P roficiency on an instrument: All m ajors in music will be expected to play a keyboard instrument well enough to perform at sight a two-part invention o f J.S . Bach and a first movement o f an easy late 18th or early 19th century sonata. By the end o f the junior year they should be able to read chamber music scores, vocal music in four clefs, and realize figured basses. The department recommends that m ajors take one or two semesters of Music 3 9 to develop these skills. Students with exceptional proficiency in an instrument other than the piano, o r in singing, will not be expected to meet the performing standards o f pianists. T he basic pian o program : This program is designed to develop keyboard proficiency to a point where a student can effectively use the piano as a tool for study, also to help students meet the keyboard requirements outlined above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores planning to major in music. No academic credit is given for basic piano. CREDIT FOR PERFORMANCE A student who has taken Music 1, Music 2, or Music 11-12 (or who has equivalent prior training) has the option to receive credit for study o f an instrument or voice, participation in the Department’s chamber music coaching program, participation in the Swarthmore College Orchestra, and participation in the Swarthmore College Chorus. The amount o f credit received will normally be a half-course in any one semester, and will usually be granted only to students participating for a full year in a particular activity. Students applying for credit will be given an audition at the beginning o f the semester and will fulfill requirements established for each activity, i.e., regular attendance at rehearsals and perfor­ mances and participation in any supplementary classes held in connection with the activity. Students will be graded on a credit/no credit basis. A student applying for credit to study an instrument or voice (M usic 37 — Individual Instruction) will first demonstrate to the Department ability to undertake such study at least at an intermediate level. The student will arrange to work with a teacher o f her/his choice, subject to the approval o f the Department, which will then supervise the course o f study. The teacher, also the student, will submit written evaluations at the close o f the semester to be used by the Department in making its evaluation. The Department will pay half the cost o f instruction, and has scholarship money to provide additional subsidy for particularly deserving students. The Department views individual instruction as related to performance. A student will be expected to perform as a soloist, or in a chamber music ensemble, in one or more concerts or workshops, including one directly supervised by the Department during the semester for which credit is sought. Music 3 7 is open to students who are members o f the Swarthmore College Orches­ tra, Chorus, the Gospel Choir or the College Jazz Band. Players o f non-orchestral instruments for instance, pianists and guitarists, who are not in one o f the groups listed above, will be accepted into the program if they are majors in the Department, or are enrolled in a History or Theory course at Swarthmore College, either in the semester for which they are seeking credit, or in a contiguous semester. COURSES AND SEMINARS 1. Introduction to M u sic. A course designed to teach intelligent listening. The course assumes no prior training in music. Open to all students without prerequisite. Spring semester. Swing. 2. Introduction to M u sic . A course that approaches listening and analysis through concentration on musical fundamentals: reading notation and developing or expanding aural perception o f pitch, rhythm, structure, phrasing and instrumenta­ tion. The course assumes no prior training in music. Open to all students without prerequisite. F all semester. Freeman. 6. J.S . Bach. A study o f selected instrumental and vocal 145 Music compositions. O pen to all students without prerequisite. F all semester. Swing 8. M u s ic of the Orient. Introduction to music and musical theories o f the Near East and the Far East. Guest lecturers in special fields will meet with the class at appropriate intervals. The course will assume some familiarity with music on the part o f students. Spring semester. Levinson. THEORY AND COMPOSITION The Theory Cycle The theory cycle is a series o f three full-year courses normally taken in sequence. W ork in counterpoint, harmony, orchestration, strict composition, sight-singing, dictation, analysis and theory construction is coordinated with the study o f pre-tonal, tonal and post-tonal compositions. Students entering the cycle are expected to know traditional rhythmic notation, major/ minor scales* and be able to play or sing at sight simple lines in treble and bass clef. Music 13-14 and 61, 6 2 can be taken concurrently by students beginning* the cycle in their junior year, but only with permission o f the Department. 11, 12. F irs t Year Theory. Two lectures, two drill sections per week. Fundamentals o f tonal counterpoint and harmony. W ritten musical exercises include composition o f original materials as well as commentary on excerpts from the tonal literature. Listening assignments coordinated with written work. Prerequisite: Music 2 (or the equivalent). Year course. Kosakowski. 13, 14. Second Year Theory. Continued work with the tonal literature at an intermediate level. Detailed study o f selected works with assignments derived from these works. Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or the equivalent). Year course. Levinson. 61. T hird Year Theory. Detailed study o f a limited number o f works both tonal and non-tonal, with independent work encouraged. Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (o r equivalent). F all semester. Kosakowski. 62. T hird Year Theory. Projects in the analysis o f tonal and non-tonal works. Spring semester. Kosakowski. Composition 41. Com position. F all an d spring sem esters. Levinson. HISTORY OF MUSIC 15. Introduction to the H isto ry of M u s ic (I). Topics in music o f the Middle Ages and the Renaissance, with emphasis given to the analysis and performance o f selected composi­ tions. This course is also concerned with studying the relationship o f music to the art and thought o f the times, and the function o f music in the Rom an Catholic liturgy. 146 Prerequisite: Music 2 (or the equivalent). F all semester. Swing. 16. Introduction to the H isto ry of M u s ic (II). Topics in music o f the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries. Prerequisite: Music 2 (or the equivalent). Spring semester. Freeman. 22. Tw entieth-Century M u sic . An examination o f a selected group o f compositions and o f their historical and theoretical premises. Prerequisite: Music 2 (or the equivalent). F all semester. Levinson. 28. W.A. M o za rt. A study o f representative works in the light o f modern style criticism. A reading knowledge o f French or German is desirable. Open to students with permission o f instructor. 31. Opera. An examination o f the problems and relation­ ship o f opera and drama. Scenes from two or three operas will be prepared, staged, and studied in detail. O ther operas from various periods will be examined in terms o f the musico-dramatic problems encountered in the prepared scenes. Prerequisite: Som e vocal, dramatic or instru­ mental ability. 32. H isto ry of the Strin g Quartet. This course traces the development o f the string quartet from the middle o f the 18th century to the present through study and (wherever possible) performance o f selected works. Open to students with permission o f the instructor. . Spring semester. Swing. 42. Lieder. A study, through performance and analysis, o f various solutions by various composers to the problems o f relating text and music. Students should be moderately proficient either as singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f German is required. 43. Early Nineteenth Century Rom anticism . A study o f the origins and rationale o f musical Romanticism in the first half o f the 19th century. A reading knowledge o f French or German will be very helpful. 45. P ro je cts in P erfo rm an ce. A study o f chamber repertoire. Performance practice and problems in music o f the 17ththrough the 20 th-centuries will be examined in terms o f analysis, research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform instrumentally or vocally is required. F all semester. Freeman. 92. Independent Study. 93. D irected Reading. 95. Tutorial. Special work in composition, theory, or history. O ne or two credits. 96. S e n io r T h e sis . One or two credits. F all an d spring sem esters. PERFORMANCE (MUSIC) | N O TE: All performance courses are for half­ course credit per semester. See p. 72 and p. 181 for general provisions governing work in performance under the provisions for Creative Arts. 33. Elem ents o f M u sic ia n sh ip . Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dictation. Open to all students and may be taken with or without credit. Both sem esters. Kosakowski. * 34. P e rfo rm an ce (cham ber m usic). Both sem esters. Freeman. 35. P e rfo rm an ce (orchestra). Both sem esters. Freeman. 36. P e rfo rm an ce (chorus). Both sem esters. Swing. 37. Individual Instruction. Both sem esters. 39. Figured B a ss and S c o re Reading. Both sem esters. Smart. 40. Conducting. Spring semester. Freeman. I 147 Music DANCE 1. Introduction to Dance. A course in dance technique with emphasis on alignment and movement analysis and includes introductory theory o f dance as an art form. The class meets three hours weekly and is a prerequisite (or equivalent prior training) for all dance courses except Dance 23. The course receives no academic credit but may be substituted for required physical education. E ach semester. Boyer and Sepinuck. 2. Beginning Ballet. The class meets three hours weekly, receives no academic credit, but may be substituted for required physical education. Prerequisite: Dance 1 (or equivalent prior training). F all semester. Boyer. 4. Interm ediate Dance Technique. Approaches to various styles o f dance technique. The class meets three hours weekly, receives no academic credit but may be substituted for required physical education. E ach semester. Boyer, Reichek, and Sepinuck. 5. High Interm ediate Dance Technique. The class meets two hours weekly, receives no academic credit but may be substituted for required physical education. E ach semester. Reichek and Sepinuck. 10. Dance Im provisation. This course is geared to improvisation both as a performance technique and as a tool for dance composition. It gives the student a chance to expand individual movement vocab­ ulary and work with others as a part o f a cohesive ensemble. The class meets two hours weekly and receives no academic credit. Spring semester. Sepinuck. 148 11. Dance Com position. A study o f the priniples o f dance composition through exploration o f the elements o f dance, movement invention and improvisation, devel­ opment o f movement themes, and choreo­ graphic structure. Students will be expected to read, create movement studies, and choreo­ graph a full length dance as a final project. A course in dance technique must be taken concurrently. F all semester. Boyer. 23. Twentieth Century Dance. A study o f the evolution o f contemporary dance as a performing art. The course begins with a brief historical survey o f dance prior to the turn o f the century. Emphasis is placed on the artists o f the twentieth century whose works influenced the shape o f modern dance and ballet in their present form . Distinguished lecturers in special areas meet with the class at appropriate intervals. Open to all students without prerequisite. Not offered 1980-81. 30. P erfo rm an ce (Dance). This course includes dance technique on the advanced level, basics o f production, choreog­ raphy and performance. One half course credit may be received each semester with participation in scheduled performances. One course credit per semester may be awarded to those students who (not receiving credit for Dance Com position) choreograph a work which is performed at a public concert. Admission by audition or invitation o f the dance faculty. E ach semester. Boyer, Reichek and Sepinuck. Philosophy HUGH M . LACEY, Professor and Chairman HANS OBERDIEK, Professori DAVID LACHTERMAN, Associate Professor CHARLES RAFF, Associate Professor RICHARD SCHULDENFREI, Associate Professor ROSEMARY DESJARDINS* Assistant Professor MICHAEL KRAUSZ, Visiting L ectu rer§*** GILMORE STOTT, Lecturer Students majoring in philosophy must com ­ plete at least one course or seminar in each o f these areas: (1) Logic, ( 2 ) Ancient or M odem Philosophy, and (3 ) M oral or Social Philoso­ phy. Prospective majors should complete the Logic requirement as early as possible. Mastery o f at least one foreign language is strongly recommended. Students majoring in the Course Program may be required to elect Philosophy 97. 1. Introduction to Philosophy. Philosophical literature and methods o f investigation are introduced through discussion o f typical philosophical problems, such as: the problem o f freedom, the arguments for the existence o f God, the nature o f logic and mathematics, the sources and limits o f human knowledge, the justification o f moral judg­ ments. Readings include classical and current sources. Introduction to Philosophy is a prerequisite for all other philosophy courses except Logic. E ach semester. The staff. 2. Introductory S em in a r in M o ral Philosophy. A seminar closed to freshmen, an alternative to Philosophy 1. Enrollment limited to approximately ten students, chosen by lot. F all semester. Stott. 11. Ethics. A study o f the principal theories about value and moral obligation, and o f their justification. The emphasis is systematic, but works o f leading ethical philosophers, both classical and f Absent on leave, spring semester 1981. * * * Spring semester, 1981. contemporary, will be read as illustrations o f the m ajor theories. F all semester. Oberdiek. Spring semester. Stott. 12. Logic. An introduction to the principles o f deductive logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and semantic aspects o f logical systems. Applica­ tions o f logic to selected philosophical problems are also studied. F all semester. Lacey. 13. M odern Philosophy. Renaissance through Enlightenment. 16th-, 17th-, and 18th-centuries’ crises o f faith and authority, scientific revolutions, and concep­ tions o f modern man are presented through philosophical issues o f the nature o f knowledge, reality, man. Readings selected from sources including Luther, Montaigne, Bacon, Descartes, Spinoza, Locke, Hume, Voltaire, Kant. F all semester. Raff. 14. A ncient Philosophy. The development o f Greek philosophy from its sixth-century B.C . beginnings to the thought o f Plato and Aristotle, with some attention to its impact on Western culture and its relation to subsequent (and contemporary) developments in philosophy. Emphasis is on understanding and critically evaluating the teachings o f Plato and Aristotle on funda­ mental issues o f metaphysics, epistemology, psychology, and ethics. Spring semester. Desjardins. 16. Philosophy o f Religion. See Religion 14. § Bryn Mawr-Haverford-Swarthmore faculty exchange program. 149 Philosophy 17. A e sth e tics. An examination o f definitions o f art, the nature o f aesthetic experiences, and the relation between creation and appreciation. Readings will include contemporary and classical texts. Spring semester. Krausz. 18. Philosop hy of the S o cia l S c ie n c e s. The course will be concerned with the philosophical problems which arise in the attempt to study and understand man. Typical issues will be the relation o f facts to values, empirical evidence to theory, and ideas to other cultural forces. An attempt will be made to show how patterns o f response to these issues reflect conceptions o f the nature o f man, and in general bring out the substantive implications o f methodology. F all semester. Schuldenfrei. 19. M ed ieval Philosophy. See Religion 36. 21. S o cia l and P o litica l Philosophy. This course will be primarily concerned with issues in the philosophical foundations o f modern democracy. The nature and justifica­ tion o f democracy, as well as tolerance, liberty, and community will be considered. The "exceptional” character o f American democ­ racy may also be discussed. Classical sources may be used for background, but the bulk o f the reading will be o f 19th- and 20th-century sources, such as J.S . M ill, de Tocqueville, Schumpeter, Dahl, and MacPherson. Spring semester. Schuldenfrei. 22. A m e rica n Philosophy. This course will focus on pragmatism’s contribution to American thought. Peirce, James and Dewey will be given the most attention, but the implications o f pragmatism for major work on social, political, and aesthetic questions may be traced in such thinkers as O.W . Holmes, Jane Addams, G.H. Mead, Randolph Bourne, and Thorstein Veblen. Interaction o f pragmatism and posi­ tivism will be considered. Not o ffered 1980-81 . Schuldenfrei. 23. Contem p orary Philosophy. A single philosophical issue selected to illustrate 20 th-century philosophical techniques and theories; such as: the nature o f emotion, 150 value, human action, personal identity, truth, G od, or imagination. Readings include current contributions and 20 th-century classics by M oore, Russell, or Wittgenstein. Not offered 1980-81. Raff. 24. T h eo ry of Know ledge. Empiricist, idealist, and realist traditions in epistemology surveyed as treatments o f prob­ lems o f scepticism, dogmatism, authority, truth, self-knowledge, perception, memory, objectivity. Readings from both current and traditional theorists. Spring semester. Raff. 26. P h ilosophy o f Language. Philosophical techniques are applied to prob­ lems which arise about linguistic phenomena such as meaning, referring, naming. Readings in the works o f Frege, Wittgenstein, Chomsky, etc. No prerequisite, but Logic o r Linguistics are recommended complementary courses. Not offerd 1980-81 . Desjardins. 27. M e ta p h y sics. An exploration o f selected topics arising out o f the question o f W hat there is: rationalist and empiricist views on the justification o f metaphysical assertions; concrete and/or ab­ stract entities; the issue o f realism, both comm on sense and scientific: the status o f mind and concept o f person; the role and/or possibility o f a transcendent reality. Against a historical background, contemporary authors like Bertrand Russell. A .J. Ayer, Gilbert Ryle, P.S. Strawson, and W ilfrid Sellars will be read. Not offered 1980-81 . Desjardins. 28. M a rx is t Philosophy. Not offered 1980-81 . 29. Nineteenth-Century Philosophy. This course will be devoted to the careful analysis o f some o f the main currents o f 19thcentury philosophy and their interconnections, e.g., Idealism, Romanticism, Marxism, and Nihilism. Authors to be studied include Fichte, Schopenhauer, Hegel, Feuerbach, Marx, and Nietzsche. F all semester. Lachterman. 37. H isto ry of S cie n c e . A survey o f the development o f physics and astronomy in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, emphasizing the nature o f the scientific revolution, the revolt against Aris­ totle, the role o f mathematics within science, the role o f experiment, and the development o f concepts o f mass, force, universal gravitation, and the heliocentric universe. The philo­ sophical and sociological origins o f the scientific revolution will also be studied. Readings are drawn mainly from the writings o f Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descartes, and Newton. Not o ffered 1980-81 . Lacey. pleteness o f first order axiomatic systems o f arithmetic, recursive function theory, modal logics, axiomatic theories o f space and time, logical form and the structure o f natural languages, philosophical foundations o f arith­ metic, foundations o f geometry emphasizing problems o f the nature o f metrics. May be taken for one or two credits. Approval o f instructor required. Spring semester. Lacey. 38. Philosop hy of S cie n c e . The course will focus on issues connected with the nature and verification o f scientific theories. Special treatment will be given to the nature o f scientific change, growth and development, giving an historical emphasis to the course. Spring semester. Lacey. 89. Colloquium : Philosophy of Psychology. The study will center upon behaviorism, its various kinds, its critics, and alternatives to it, in particular cognitive theories. There will be selected topics from the methodological and philosophical foundations o f behaviorism, types o f theoretical concepts used in psychol­ ogy, the explanatory function o f various theoretical concepts (e.g., mentalistic and neurophysiological), the explanation o f lin­ guistic behavior, the compatibility o f deter­ minism with psychology, the relation between structural and functional explanation, criteria o f choice between conflicting theories, the relevance o f values to theory choice. F all semester. Lacey. 39. Phenom enology and Existentialism . A n introduction to several o f the key issues in European phenomenology and existentialism, including the nature o f human selfhood, the origin o f values, the structure o f mental activity, the interplay between human existence and its 'worlds’, and the search for the foundations o f rationality. The careful reading and discussion o f selected primary texts by Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Brentano, Husserl, Jaspers, Scheler, and Heidegger. N ot offered 1980-81 . Lachterman. 42. P h ilo sp h ical C la s s ic s . N ot offered 1980-81 . 93. D irected Reading. E ach semester. Staff. 96. T h e sis. Fall semester. Staff. 97. S en io r C onference. F all semester. Desjardins. 87. Colloquium : A dvanced Logic and Foundations o f M athem atics. A selection o f topics from the following: metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom­ SEMINARS 101. M o ra l Philosophy. A n examination o f the principle theories about value and moral obligation, and o f their justification: o f the concepts o f justice and human rights; o f the implications for ethics o f different theories about the freedom o f the will. W orks o f representative theorists, both classical and contemporary, will be read. F all semester. Oberdiek. 102. A n cien t Philosophy. The development o f Greek philosophy from its sixth-century B .C . beginnings to the thought o f Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis on achieving a comprehensive and critical under­ standing o f the philosophy o f Aristotle, its historical role and objective significance. Attention is given to developing a proper methodology for critical historical study in 151 Philosophy philosophy, and to the Presocratic, Socratic and Platonic background o f Aristotle’s thought. Spring semester. Desjardins. 103. M odern Philosophy. Metaphysical and epistemological problems about the nature o f minds and bodies, the varieties o f knowledge and freedom, are approached through, the philosophical systems o f Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant. F all semester. Raff. 104. C ontem porary Philosophy. Some current philosophical problems are investigated in light o f the work o f Russell, M oore, W ittgenstein, and the most recent contributions. N ot offered 1980-81 . Raff. 106. A e sth e tics. N ot offered 1980-81. 107. Logic and Foundations of M athem atics. See Philosophy 87. Spring semester. Lacey 110. M ed iev al Philosophy. Close study o f some major philosophical texts from the Christian, Islamic and Judaic Medieval traditions. Spring semester. Lachterman. by 113. Theory of Know ledge. Topics in epistemology explore the nature and limits o f rationality. Readings primarily from current theorists. Spring semester. Raff. 114. Nineteenth-Century Philosophy. See Philosophy 29. F all semester. Lachterman. 115. Language and Thought. See Linguistics 107. 152 118. Philosophy o f Psychology. See Philosophy 89. N ot o ffered 1980-81 . Lacey. 119. H isto ry and Philosophy of S cie n c e . A n examination o f some o f the central problems in the philosophy o f science (e.g., the nature o f scientific explanations, the interrelationship between theory and observa­ tion, criteria for the acceptance o f a scientific theory, the nature o f scientific concepts) will be made through an analysis o f important episodes in the history o f physics. Writings o f Aristotle, Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descarts, and Newton will be studied, as well as contemporary writings in the philosophy o f science. Spring semester. Lacey. 121. S o cia l and P o litica l Philosophy. See Philosophy 21. Spring semester. Schuldenfrei. 109. M e ta p h y sics. See Philosophy 27. N ot offered 1980-81. Desjardins. 111. Philosop hy of Religion. See Religion Department Preparation course and attachment. 117. Philosophy o f the S o cia l S c ie n c e s. See Philosphy 18. F all semester. Schuldenfrei. 122. P hilosophy of Law. A study o f concepts o f law, including examination o f the relationships between legal systems and other social and political institu­ tions. Such issues as the proper relationship between law and morality, civil disobedience, legal enforcement o f morality, and justification o f punishment are considered. Readings in both historical and contemporary sources. N ot offered 1980-81. Oberdiek. 123. Phenom enology and Existentialism . N ot offered 1980-81 . Lachterman. 180. T h e sis. A thesis may be submitted by majors in the department in place o f one Honors paper, upon application by the student and at the discretion o f the department. Physical Education and Athletics GOMER H. DAVIES, Professor ELEANOR K. HESS, Professor ERNEST J . PRUDENTE, Associate Professor DAVID B. SMOYER, Associate Professor and Chairman SUSAN P. DAVIS, Assistant Professor DOUGLAS M. WEISS, Assistant Professor MICHAEL L. M ULLAN, Instructor ELIZABETH D. WATTS, Instructor PATRICIA CORNELL, Assistant LEE W. JENKINS, A ssistant*** THO M AS F. LAPINSKI, A ssistant** JOSEPH LEITNER, A ssistant** JOEL M ARCUS, Assistant JA M E S W. NOYES, A ssistant*** C.J. STEFANOWICZ, A ssistant** DENNIS C. WEST, Assistant The aim o f the Department is to contribute to the total education o f all students through the medium o f physical activity. W e believe this contribution can best be achieved through encouraging participation in a broad program o f individual and team sports, dance, aquatics, and physical conditioning. The program provides an opportunity for instruction and experience in a variety o f these activities on all levels. It is our hope that participation in this program will foster an understanding o f movement and the pleasure o f exercise, and will enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sportsmanship, leadership, and cooperation in team play. Students are also encouraged to develop skill and interest in a variety o f activities which can be enjoyed after graduation. The intercollegiate athletic program is compre­ hensive, including varsity teams in twenty different sports, eleven for men and nine for women. During many o f these activities contests are arranged for junior varsity teams. Ample opportunities exist for large numbers o f students to engage in intercollegiate competition, and those who qualify may be encouraged to participate in regional and national championship contests. Several club teams in various sports are also organized and * * Fall semester, 1980. a program o f intramural activities is sponsored. Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc­ tional and recreational opportunities offered by the Department throughout their college careers. In the freshman and sophomore years all students not excuséd for medical reasons are required to complete a four quarter (two semester) program in physical education. All students must pass a survival swimming test or take up to one quarter o f swimming instruc­ tion; classes for this purpose are offered in the fall quarter. Courses offered by the Department are listed below. Credit toward completion o f the Physical Education requirement will also be given for participation in intercollegiate athletics, as well as for the following two dance courses: Music — Dance 1 (Introduction to D ance) and Music — Dance 4 (Interm ediate D ance Technique). To receive credit for any part o f the program students must participate in their chosen activity a minimum o f three hours a week. Faculty regulations stipulate that students who have not fulfilled the Physical Education requirement will not be allowed to enter the junior year. * * * Spring semester, 1981. 153 Physical Education and Athletics Fall A c tiv itie s Advanced Life Saving Aquatics Archery Badminton * * * * Cross Country *\ Field Hockey Folk & Square Dance * * * Football * Soccer * Tennis Touch Football * * Volleyball Weight Training W inter A ctiv itie s Aquatics * * Badminton * Basketball Fencing Folk & Square Dance Ij. Gymnastics * Squash * * * * Swimming Tennis Volleyball W ater Safety Instructor Weight Training * * * Wrestling S pring A c tiv itie s Archery Aquatics Badminton * * * Baseball Folk & Square Dance * * * G olf * * * * Lacrosse \ W om en * Intercollegiate competition and course instruction. * * Intercollegiate competition for women, course instruction for men and women. 154 * * Softball Squash * Tennis * * * * Track and Field Volleyball W ater Safety Instructor (continued) Weight Training * * * Intercollegiate competition for men. * * * * Intercollegiate competition for men and women. Physics OLEXA-MYRON BILANIUK, Professor M ARK A. HEALD, Professor LU HO-FU, Visiting Professor** PAUL C. MANGELSDORF, JR., Professor and Chairman JOHN R. BOCCIO, Associate Professor ALBURT M . ROSENBERG, Associate Professor* MICHAEL E. BACON, Assistant Professor ALLEN S. BLAER, Assistant Professori RUSH 0, HOLT, Instructor The Physics Department offers two introduc­ tory courses. Physics 1, 2 is a more applied course, covering both classical and modem physics, designed primarily for those students planning to take only one year o f physics. Physics 3, 4 is a m ore analytical course, aimed toward m ajors in physics and others planning to take further work in the department. Physics 3 , 4 covers fewer topics, being the first half o f a two-year introductory sequence consisting o f 3, 4 , 14, 15. Throughout the work o f the department, emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition o f facts and skills. In all courses and seminars particular importance is attached to laboratory work, since physics is primarily an experimen­ tal science. External examination candidates taking physics seminars accompanied by experimental work must submit their labora­ tory notebooks to the visiting examiners for their inspection. Entering freshmen with advanced placement credentials should see the department chairman if they are interested in taking advanced courses in the department. Typically, Physics 3H , 4H will be required prior to enrollment in Physics 14 or 15. In addition to curricular work, students are encouraged to pursue research projects in consultation with members o f the faculty. Good shop facilities, a wide range o f electronic instrumentation, and computing facilities in both laboratories and the Computing Center are available in support o f independent work. Research colloquia are held regularly under the auspices o f the local chapter o f the Society o f Physics Students o f the American Institute o f Physics. In addition to Physics 1, 2, the department offers a selection o f courses (Physics 6 , 7 ,8 ,9 , 10, 21, 2 2 ) that are suitable for nonscience majors seeking to fulfill the science distribution requirement. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Students who intend to major in physics normally take Physics 3 , 4 and Chemistry 1, 2 (or 14) in the freshman year and Physics 14,15 in the sophomore year. For freshmen prepared to enter Mathematics 11A or 11B the normal mathematics sequence for. physics majors would be Mathematics 11A or 11B, 12 or 12H, * * Fall semester, Virginia and Julien Cornell Distinguished Visiting Professor from Fudan University, Shanghai. 2 2 or 22H , and 3 0, during the first four semesters, followed by Mathematics 51, 52. Students entering the mathematics sequence with Mathematics 5A or 5B may wish to defer Mathematics 3 0 until after their sophomore year. Students taking Physics 1, 2 may also continue with Physics 14, 15 and advanced * Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980. Ij. Absent on leave, 1980-81. 155 Physics work in the Department, although in most cases it will be necessary to include a halfcredit attachment to Physics 15 (Physics 15A) to expand the students background in certain topics treated intensively in Physics 3 , 4. Satisfactory work in an introductory course is prerequisite for all further work in the department. In view o f graduate school requirements and o f the extensive literature o f physics in French, German and Russian, it is recommended that the student acquire a reading knowledge o f at least one o f these languages. External Examination students majoring in physics normally take Physics 101, 107, 108 and Mathematics 51, 5 2 , or equivalent. Physics 115, Chemistry 101, and one or two mathematics seminars are encouraged but not required. O ther seminars and courses in the program may be chosen to meet the interests o f the student. Students preparing for graduate work in physics often present four papers in physics and two in mathematics; one or two papers in chemistry, astronomy, engineering, economics, or another m inor may be substituted. An External Examination m ajor with three papers in physics and greater diversity in the minors and supporting courses constitutes an effective educational program for careers in law, medicine, and other professions inasmuch as the aim throughout is to achieve an understanding o f fundamental ideas and concepts, as distinct from the mastery o f information, skills, and techniques in a limited segment o f science. Students minoring in physics may prepare for examina­ tions by taking Physics 1 4 ,1 5 , with permission o f the department. A course major in physics is also available, normally including Physics 101, 107, 108 and Mathematics 51, 5 2 . Course m ajors take departmental comprehensive examinations at the end o f their senior year. 1, 2. Introductory P h y s ic s . An introduction to selected concepts and applications o f classical and modern physics. Vectors, Newtonian mechanics, special relativ­ ity, mechanical advantaage, fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism, optics and optical instruments, waves, sound and nuclear physics. Laboratory and homework 156 exercises include use o f the computer. Three lectures, a conference section, and a laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Mathematics 4 completed, or Mathematics 5 concurrently or comparable preparations in mathematics. Bacon, staff. 3, 4. G eneral P h y sic s: M e ch a n ics, E le c tric ity and M agnetism . A presentation o f a unified view o f physics through analysis o f basic principles, their implications and their limitations. Special emphasis will be placed on analytical under­ standing o f physical phenomena through the use o f calculus and simple differential equation. Topics include mechanics in Cartesian coor­ dinate systems, conservation laws, oscillatory m otion, systems o f particles, rigid body rotation about a fixed axis, special relativity, electricity and magnetism, Maxwell’s equations, direct- and alternating-current circuits, optics, and wave phenomena. Laboratory and home­ work exercises include extensive use o f inter­ active computing and computer graphics. Students with advanced placement credentials may be admitted to a half-credit tutorial course with weekly laboratory, designated 3H, 4H , in place o f the regular course. Three lectures, a conference section, and a laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 11 taken concur­ rently, or comparable preparation in math­ ematics. Boccio, staff. 6. P rin c ip le s o f the Earth S c ie n c e s. An analysis o f the forces shaping our physical environment, drawing on the fields o f geology, geophysics, meteorology and oceanography. Special emphasis on plate tectonics and geomorphology. Readings and discussion based on current literature. The underlying physical and chemical principles are stressed. Labora­ tory demonstrations and one or more field trips. No special scientific background required. Spring semester. N ot offered in 1980-81. Mangelsdorf. 7. R evolutions in P h y sic s. The problem o f celestial motion and the Copemican revolution. The problem o f terrestrial m otion and Galileo. The Newtonian synthesis. Einstein’s theory o f relativity. Consideration o f the nature o f scientific revolutions. Some use o f computer graphics will be taught. Includes weekly laboratory. Intended for nonscience majors. F all semester. N ot offered in 1980-81 . Rosenberg. 8. The P h y s ic s of Living M a ch in es. The camera and the eye, and semiconductor devices and bioelectricity, sound detection and orientation, signal to noise discrimination, as illustrations o f the importance o f physical theory and instruments in understanding certain aspects o f the living machine. Includes weekly laboratory. Intended for nonscience majors; not appropriate for pre-medical students. F all semester. N ot offered in 1980-81. Rosenberg. 9. O rder and Sym m etry in Natural S ystem s. Analysis o f the forms seen in nature and the principles involved in order and symmetry. A study o f pattern as it arises from ( 1 ) statistical regularities governed by the laws o f chance, time’s arrow, ( 2 ) fluid appearances o f streams and gas flows, and (3 ) geometrical packing or mathematical ordering, with examples selected from molecular systems, crystals, atoms, nuclei, and elementary particles. Symmetries in living organisms and in man-made designs will also be considered. The IBM 1130 computer and graphic display will be used in producing various patterns. Includes weekly laboratory. Intended for nonscience majors. Spring semester. M ay be offered 1980-81. Rosenberg. 10. A n a ly s is of the Perturbed Environm ent. Problems associated with numbers and flow in the movement o f people. Energy resources and distribution. Selected problems o f pollu­ tion, including radioactive contamination. The computer will be used to simulate different ecological situations. The value and implication o f these models will be sought. W here needed, basic physical concepts, computer techniques, and analytical methods will be taught. Lectures plus projects. Intended for nonscience majors. Spring semester. May not be offered 1980-81. Rosenberg. 14. General P h y sic s: Quantum P h y sic s. This is an introductory course on the Quantum Theory with applications to nuclear, atomic, molecular, and solid-state systems. Emphasis is placed on the basic principles o f quantum mechanics: the wave-particle duality, the operator formalism for obtaining probabil­ ity distributions, measurement, the collapse o f the wave function, and the time-dependent Schrodinger equation. Prerequisites: Physics 2, 4; Mathematics 12 or 22 taken concurrently. F all semester. Bilaniuk 15. G eneral P h y sic s: S ta tistica l P h y s ic s and Therm odynam ics. Thermal and statistical physics with applica­ tions and examples taken from solid state physics. Three lectures, conference section, and laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Phys. 14, or permission o f instructor. Spring semester. Staff. 15A. Attachm ent of P h y s ic s 15. A half-credit course for students from Physics 1 , 2 who wish to qualify for advanced work in the department. Spring semester. Staff. 21. P rin c ip le s o f A eron au tics. Principles o f flight, elements o f aircraft structure and performance, flight instruments, navigation aids and methods, flight meteorol­ ogy, airspace utilization. No prerequisites, open to all students. Two lecture hours and an afternoon ground lab weekly. Spring semester. Bilaniuk. 22. Energy fo r M ankind. The role o f energy in the modern world. Renewable and nonrenewable energy resources, their present and potential use and abuse. The physical concept o f work and energy. Fossil, hydroelectric, geothermal, tidal, wind, ocean, bio-mass, direct-solar, satellite-solar, nuclear fission, nuclear fusion, and other energy sources; their respective advantages and disadvantages. Lectures and afternoon session (lab or field trip). Acceptable for science 157 Physics distribution requirement. No prerequisites, but enrollment limited because o f field trips. Spring semester. Bilaniuk. 25. M athem atical M ethods in the P h y sic a l S c ie n c e s. Ordinary and partial differential equations. Calculus o f variations and the principle o f least action. Differential geometry, tensor analysis, and an introduction to General Relativity and Cosmology. Probability theory and statistical models. Linear operators in Hilbert Space and the mathematical foundations o f the quantum theory. Group theory and its application to quantum mechanics. Prerequisite: Math 2 2 and Physics 14, or permission o f the instructor. Not offered in 1980-81. Blaer. 31. B io p h y sics. Damage due to ionizing radiation. Biomem­ branes. Electrical potentials o f nerve brain, and heart muscle. Mechanisms o f vision and hearing. Energy yielding reactions. Therm o­ dynamics and life processes. Enzyme kinetics. Utrasonics. Force and shape. Automata. Optical data analysis. Applications o f physical instrumentation. The course is intended for biological and physical science, mathematics, and engineering students. Spring semester. May not be offered 1980-81 . Rosenberg. useful in future research. Techniques, materials, and the design o f experimental apparatus. Shop practice, electronic circuit construction, vacuum systems. Offered as a half-credit attachment to Physics 107 or 108; may be elected by other students with permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Bacon. 93. D irected Reading o r Project. This course is to provide an opportunity for individual students to do special work, with either theoretical or experimental emphasis, in fields not covered by the regular courses and seminars. The student will present oral and written reports to the instructor. 94. Experim ental o r T h eo retica l R esearch. Initiative for a research project may come from the student, or the work may involve collaboration with on-going faculty research. The student will present a written and an oral report to the Department. 97. S en io r C onference. Preparation o f papers and oral presentations on selected topics o f an integrative nature. One-half course credit. Spring semester. 63. P ro ce d u re s in Experim ental P h y sic s. Laboratory work directed toward the acquisi­ tion o f knowledge and skills which will be SEMINARS 101. C la s s ic a l P h y sic s. Formulations o f Newtown, Lagrange, Hamil­ ton, and Maxwell, with applications including rigid-body m otion, waves, normal-mode anal­ ysis, boundary-value problems, and electric and magnetic materials. Laboratory program including electrical measurements, elementary electronics, and instrumentation. Prerequisites: Phys. 3, 4 (or Phys. 1, 2 , 15A); Math 3 0 . F all semester. Mangelsdorf, Holt, Lu. 153 107. Quantum P h y sic s. A more formal continuation o f Physics 14 with applications in atomic, nuclear, solid state, and particle physics. Relativistic dynam­ ics. Laboratory program includes substantial set-piece experiments and projects. Prerequisites: Phys. 15 and 101; Math 51, with Math 5 2 concurrently. Spring semester. Boccio. 108. E lectro d yn a m ics. Applications o f Maxwell’s equations. Wave­ guides, antennas, radiation. Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction theory. Four-vector formu­ lation o f the special theory o f relativity. Microscopic theory o f the electrical and magnetic properties o f materials. Plasma physics. Accompanied by laboratory exercises and experimental projects. Prerequisites: Physics 101; Mathematics 51, 52. F all semester. Heald, Holt. 115. S e n io r Sem inar. An intensive investigation o f one or more advanced topics such as: Classical and Quantum Field Theory Fundamental Particles General Relativity — (1981 - Boccio) Group Theory Nuclear Structure Physical Oceanography Plasma Physics Quantum Mechanics Quantum Optics Solid State Physics Statistical Physics Topics will be planned in advance each year in consultation with the students intending to enroll in the seminar. Depending on interest and appropriateness to External Examination Programs, certain topics may be offered as intensive half-semester seminars. Spring semester. 159 Political Science CHARLES E. GILBERT, Professor* RAYMOND F. HOPKINS, Professor JA M E S R. KURTH, Professor DAVID G. SMITH, Professor and Chairman KENNETH G. LIEBERTHAL, Associate Professor^ RICHARD L. RUBIN, Associate Professor o f Public Policy and Political Science KENNETH E. SHARPE, Associate Professor^. CHARLES R. REITZ, Assistant Professor THO M AS ROSSERT, Assistant Professor GAIL RUSSELL, Assistant Professor Courses and seminars o f offered by the Political Science Department deal with the place o f politics in society and contribute to an understanding o f the purposes, organization, and operation o f political institutions, domestic and international. For the beginning student, the Department offers courses dealing generally with the basic concepts o f political science and the processes o f politics as illustrated by case studies, by theoretical analysis, and by more extended study o f the elements o f politics in various institutional settings. In appropriate places throughout the curriculum attention is focused on problems o f change (evolutionary and revolutionary), freedom and authority, war and peace — and on the development o f political institutions that are responsive to the needs o f our day. Courses are provided that give special attention to political theory, comparative political systems, political devel­ opment, politics and government in the United States, and international relations. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Students planning to study political science are advised to start with Elements o f Politics (Political Science 1), and to continue with one or m ore o f the other introductory level courses, Policy-Making in America (Political Science 2 ), Comparative Politics (Political Science 3 ), International Politics (Political Science 4 ). Normally any two o f these courses, preferably including Political Science 1 and/or Political Science 2, constitute the prerequisite for further work in the Department. Students who intend to m ajor in political science should begin their work in the freshman year if possible. Supporting courses strongly recommended for all m ajors are: Applied Statistics I (Mathem atics 1); and Introduction to Econom ics (Econom ics 1-2). Political Theory, either in seminar for Honors candi­ dates, or in Course (Political Science 5 4 or 5 5 ) for Course students, is required o f all majors. * Absent on leave, fall semester 1980. 160 Program in International Relations: This program, designed for students interested in a career in the field o f international relations, is described in full on p. 120 . 1. Elem ents o f P o litics. Designed to probe some major questions o f politics, this course asks: W h o governs in the interests o f whom? How? W h at are the sources o f political stability and change? How is political power created, maintained, or chal­ lenged? Answering these questions will involve a study o f the basic institutions, concepts, and moving forces o f politics and exploring problems such as justice, freedom, equality, and obligation. Materials will be drawn from the United States, Germany, China, and the Soviet Union. F all semester. Staff. \ Absent on leave, 1980-81. 2. P o licy-M a kin g in A m e rica . Consideration o f basic elements o f American national politics, and o f ways o f defining and explaining the functions and results o f American politics. M ajor attention will be devoted to electoral organizations, voting behavior and opinion formation, legislation and presidential leadership, administration and policy choices. E ach semester. Russell. 3. C o m parative P o litics. An introduction to theories o f comparative politics and to the data used in comparing political systems. M ajor attention will be given to the political systems o f W estern Europe, particularly Britain, France, W est Germany, Italy, and Spain. The course will focus on political culture; political crises; political parties, including Communist, anarchist and fascist movements; and contemporary political institutions and policy-making. Spring semester. Russell. 4. International P o litics. An introduction to the analysis o f the contemporary international system and its evolution since 1945. T he course will examine the foreign policies o f major powers, wars and interventions, international economic conflicts, and various approaches to world order. Spring semester. Staff. 11. P ro b le m s in Com m unity Governm ent. The social, economic, and legal setting o f local government. Politics and administration at state and local levels. Problems o f federalism and metropolitan areas. The course may include special research projects, such as field work in nearby communities. Spring semester. G ilbert or Russell. 13. International O rganizations in W orld P o litics. This course surveys briefly the activities o f international organizations related to military security and peacekeeping, but will focus primarily on one or more o f the new issues facing international organizations, such as energy, food, economic or environmental concerns. A lternate years, spring semester. N ot offered 1980 81. 14. A m e rica n Foreign Policy. An examination o f the making o f American foreign policy and o f the major problems faced by the United States in the modern world. The course will focus on the influence o f political, bureaucratic, and economic forces and on the problems o f war, intervention, and economic conflict. A lternate years, fa ll semester. Kurth. 18. P o litica l D evelopm en t An examination o f the conditions o f change and development. The processes which pro­ mote change and affect the stability and capacity o f political systems will be considered in the context o f widely diverse states including industrialized and third world states. Spring semester. Bossert or Hopkins. 19. C o m parative Com m unist P olitics. A comparative study o f the various communist countries, with special attention to the Soviet Union and the Chinese People’s Republic. Analysis o f differences in goal structures, modes o f rule, and social development as a function o f the interaction between legacies o f the paths to power, domestic political conflict, and economic imperatives. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Lieberthal. 20. P o litic s o f China. An analysis o f critical elements in Chinese politics: the historical legacy, ideology, policy­ making, policy implementation, economic programs, and foreign policy. Spring semester. N ot offered in 1980-81. Lieberthal. 21. P o litic s of Black A frica . A survey o f political forces in contemporary Africa. Selected countries will be studied to illuminate important aspects o f political change including traditional attitudes, leader­ ship, ethnic rivalry, socialism, neocolonialism, military intervention, national integration, and international involvements. Spring semester. Hopkins. 22. Latin A m e rica n Politics. This introduction to Latin American politics will explore such topics as the colonial legacy o f Latin America; the difficulties o f creating viable political institutions; contemporary sources o f instability, revolution, and military intervention; the different meaning o f politics 161 Political Science for various groups (Indians, peasants, workers, middle-class groups, industrialists, landowners, etc.); and the economic and political difficulties raised by U .S.-Latin American relations. These topics will be approached through a comparative study o f such countries as Brazil, Chile, Cuba, Mexico, and Argentina. F all semester. Bossert. 36. The P o litic s o f Peasant M ovem ents. Focusing on the politics o f peasant movements, this course will address such general political questions as: How is authority legitimized? How do men come to accept or reject the obligation to obey? W hat are the obstacles and resources involved in creating the power to challenge a particular form o f control? The course will integrate theories o f revolution and ideological change with anthropological mater­ ials to explore the quality o f peasant life, the meaning o f various forms o f economic and political control, and the origins and results o f peasant movements. Cases will be drawn from M exico, China, Italy, the Dominican Republic, and the United States. Spring semester. N ot offered 1979-80. Sharpe. 51. P u blic A d m inistration. An analysis o f policy-making and administra­ tion in modern governments with illustrative material drawn chiefly from the national government o f the United States. Central topics include: accountability and responsibil­ ity; organizational theory and practice; budget­ ing, planning, and " rational” policy making; public relations; regulation; administrative law; intergovernmental relations. F all semester. N ot offered in 1980-81. Gilbert. 52. A m e rica n Constitutional Law. The role o f the Supreme Court in the American political system, viewed both historically and through analysis o f leading cases. Areas o f constitutional law and develop­ ment emphasized are: the nature and exercise o f judicial review; federalism and the scope o f national power; due process, equal protection, the First Amendment, and other civil liberties. Open to sophomores and upperclassmen. F all semester. Smith. 53. A m e rica n P arty P o litics. An historical and functional analysis o f American political parties. The study o f 162 interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and representation, the legislative process. F all semester. Rubin. 53B. The M a s s M edia and A m erica n P o litics. An historical and contemporary consideration o f the effects o f mass media on American political institutions and political behavior. Special emphasis on the transformation from print to electronic media and its impact upon political parties and governmental institutions. Spring semester. Rubin. 53C. P resid en tia l P o litics. The central focus o f the course is on electoral connections between public opinion, political organizations and institutions, and the exercise o f presidential power. Spring semester. Rubin. 54. P o litica l Theory: Plato to M a ch ia velli. The development o f political thought in the ancient and medieval periods, and the emergence o f a distinctively m odem political outlook. Topics considered include: the origins, functions, and purposes o f the citystate; the role o f law and knowledge in government; the relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its relation to Greek and Christian thought. Recommended for students who plan to take the Political Theory seminar. F all semester. N ot offered in 1980-81 . Sharpe. 55. M odern P o litica l Theory. A study and critique o f liberalism through close reading and analysis o f the writings o f such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Bentham, J.S . Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The course will consider problems regarding liberty, political obligation, the comm on good, human nature, and distributive justice. Spring semester. Beitz. 56. Contem porary P o litic a l Theory. An examination o f political theory from Marx and J.S . M ill to present. Among other topics a special concern will be the ability o f contemporary liberal political and economic thought to respond to its critics’ attacks on its psychological and epistemological foundations, and on its adequacy as a guide to political understanding and action. An effort will be made to understand the various and often conflicting currents within liberal theory, as well as to identify certain common problems. Marxist, existentialist, anarchist and structur­ alist critics may be considered. Prerequisite: Political Science 55 or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Sharpe or Beitz. 57. Ju risp ru d e n ce . As exploration o f the concept o f law as it has been understood by lawyers, judges, philos­ ophers, and social scientists. Issues to be considered include the nature and validity o f law, the relation o f law to morality, and the place o f political theory in the judicial decision. Som e current moral issues in law may be discussed. Readings will be chosen from classical and contemporary works in the philosophy and social science o f law as well as from representative cases. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Beitz or Smith. 58. Health Policy. (A lso listed as Economics 5 8 .) Analysis o f governmental policy toward health care and public health, its impact upon institutions and resource allocation, and m ajor alternatives for action. Central topics are the organization o f health care delivery (roles and views o f physicians, nurses, administrators, patients and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and local governments, quasi-public authorities, and interest groups; technical and political aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs. Students wishing to take this course should consult in advance with the instructors. Prior work in at least two o f the following will be helpful: Economics 1-2, 4, 2 6 ; Political Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, Spring semester. Hollister and Smith. 60. S p e c ia l Top ics in P olitica l S cien ce. Open to senior Course m ajors in Political Science. Devoted to the preparation fo three qualifying papers in the senior year. Spring semester. Members o f the Department. 61. Topics in P olitica l Theory. An analysis o f topics or problems in the fields o f political philosophy or the history o f political thought, chosen by the instructor. Som e o f the possibilities are: varieties o f systematic theory; such problems as privacy or individual rights; political obligation; or concentrated study o f a particular period such as political thought o f nineteenth-century Britain. Staff. 62. Econom ics, J u s tic e and Law. (A lso listed as Economics 6 2 .) The purpose o f this course is to explore the premises behind the use o f utilitarian constructs in the analysis o f public policy issues. In particular, the appropriateness o f the growing utilization o f economic methodology will be examined through an intensive study o f issues in law and distributive justice. The necessary background in political theory and welfare economics will be developed as needed. Prerequisite: Permission o f the instructor. F all semester. Beitz and Kuperberg. 63. A dvanced International P o litics. An examination o f the major international wars and the major international economic crises from 1870 to the present. The emphasis will be on the relationships between domestic politics and foreign policies. Topics will include W orld W ar I, the Great Depression, W orld W ar II, and contemporary economic conflicts. Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equivalent. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Kurth. 64. P o litica l S o cia liza tio n and Sch o ols. (A lso listed as Education 6 4. See course description under Program in Education.) N ot offered 1980-81. Travers. 65. P olitica l Psychology. (Also listed as Psychology 6 5 .) A psychological examination o f individuals’ participation in and impact upon politics and the effect o f various political systems on individuals. Topics include opinion in the American electoral process, ideology formation and models o f post-revolutionary man. Projects 163 Political Science will involve gathering analyzing archival data. F all semester. Peabody. original data and 66. Energy Policy. (A lso listed as Engr. 66 .) Presentation and exploration o f political, economic, and tech­ nological issues affecting development o f energy policy, and investigation o f the influence o f energy policy on policymaking in other areas. Possible topics include: develop­ ment o f the U .S. Energy bureaucracy; international political/econom ic d ecision­ making and O PEC ; development and impact o f energy price decontrol; economic and political aspects o f U .S . energy technology exports; economic and environmental per­ spectives o f energy resource development (renewable and otherwise). Suggested prepar­ ation includes Econom ics 1-2 and Political Science 2 or 51. Enrollment by permission o f instructors. F all semester. Orthlieb and Rubin. environment. Interactions among governmen­ tal agencies, private industries, and public interest groups are explored and related to the physical processes that are affected and the pollution control technologies that are available. Enrollment by permission o f instructors; suggested preparation includes Economics 1 and 2, Political Science 2, a mathematics course, and a science co u rse., Not offered 1980-81. 69. D efense Policy. Analysis o f the history and stucture o f defense policy since W orld War II, with particular emphasis on the choice o f weapons systems and military strategies. Political, economic, bureaucratic, and other explanations o f past and present policies will be explored. F all semester. Kurth. 70. The P o litica l Econom y of Com m unist S ystem s. (A lso listed as Economics 7 0 .) A single-credit colloquium analyzing the interaction between economics and politics in Communist coun­ tries. Case study material will be drawn from several East European countries, the U SS R , and China. Prerequisite: at least one introductory course in either economics or politics. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . 67. S o c ia l Insurance and W elfare Policy. (A lso listed as Econom ics 67.) The principal American policies and programs dealing primarily with relief o f poverty and economic insecurity, and the prospects and options for reform in this field. Topics include: Social Security, national health inurance, unemploy­ 91. M a c ro e c o n o m ic P o lic y and ment compensation and welfare reform. The A m e rica n P o litica l Institutions. various public objectives and methods o f (A lso listed as Econom ics 91.) The course income support and related social services, as treats the economic and political aspects o f well as certain contextual or alternative inflation, unemployment, and tax policy in the programs and regulatory policies. Conceptions U .S. Particular emphasis is given to interaction o f "welfare” ; economic, social, political, and between governmental institutions, markets administrative or professional considerations \and public policy decisions. Specific topics in policy; historical and comparative perspec­ include: (A ) Unemployment Policy: the legacy tives. Intended as a single- or double-credit o f the Great Depression and the Keynesian seminar for students in the Public Policy Revolution; structural unemployment policy, Concentration and open for single credit to (discrimination by race or sex; unskilled others who have taken appropriate Public workers); unemployment compensation, wel­ Policy prerequisites, on which consult the fare, and minimum wage laws; (B ) Inflation Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one o f the Policy: the stagflation dilemma; monetary and instructors. fiscal discipline; "incom es” policies (voluntary, Spring semester. Gilbert and Seidman. mandatory controls, tax-incentives — T IP); 68. Environm ental Policy. (C ) Tax Policy: the trade-off between equality (Cross-listed as Engineering 68 .) A seminar and efficiency; tax reform to encourage which explores public policy issues related to productivity and capital formation. the degradation and protection o f the natural 164 Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or 2 and Economics 1 and 2. Spring semester. Rubin and Seidman. 93. D irected R eadings in P olitica l S cien ce. Available on an individual or group basis, subject to the approval o f the chairman and the instructor. 96. T h e sis. W ith the permission o f the chairman and a supervising instructor, any major in Course may substitute a thesis for one course, normally during either semester o f the senior year. S E M IN A R S The following seminars prepare for examin­ ation for a degree with Honors: 101. P o litica l Theory. An analytical and critical examination o f the philosophical foundations o f liberalism and socialism, drawing on the writings o f theorists from Hobbes to Marx and including works o f some contemporary political philosophers. The subjects considered include such problems as the nature o f legitimate authority, the basis o f political obligation, liberty, and democracy. Particular attention will be given to the question o f distributive justice and the relevance o f M arx’s political and philosophical writings to liberal theory. E ach semester. Beitz. 102. P o litic s and Legislation. The study o f political parties, interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and representation, the legislative process. Emphasis is on American politics, with some comparative material; and, ulti­ mately, on politics from the standpoint o f theories o f political democracy. Spring semester. Gilbert. 103. P ro b le m s in Governm ent and A d m inistration. Problems o f administrative organization, policy­ making and responsibility, with primary reference to the United States and to selected fields o f policy. F all semester. Smith. 104. International P o litics. A n inquiry into problems in international politics. Topics will include (1) wars and interventions, ( 2 ) international economic conflicts and crises, ( 3 ) competing theories o f foreign policies, ( 4 ) various approaches to world order. Prerequisite: Political equivalent. F all semester. Hopkins. Science 4 or the 105. A m e rica n Foreign Policy. A study o f key problems faced by the United States in the modem world together with a critical investigation o f the making and implementing o f American foreign policy. A variety o f explanations o f American foreign policy will be discussed and evaluated, and the political, economic, and social influences upon it will be considered. Key assumptions o f United States policy-makers will be subjected to scrutiny, and alternate assumptions and policies will be analyzed. Spring semester. Kurth. 106. P ublic Law and Ju risp ru d e n ce . A study o f the sources and nature o f law; historical, sociological, philosophic, "realistic,” and behavioral approaches to jurisprudence; the nature o f the judicial process and other problems o f jurisprudence, illustrated by judicial decisions and other legal materials relating to selected areas o f law. Spring semester. Smith. 107. C o m parative Com m unist P olitics. A comparative study o f the various communist countries, with special attention to the Soviet Union and the Chinese People’s Republic. Analysis o f differences in goal structures, modes o f rule, and social development as a function o f the interaction between legacies o f the paths to power, domestic political conflict, and economic imperatives. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Lieberthal. 108. Com parative P o litics. A comparative study o f the political systems o f Western Europe. The major countries examined will be Britain, France, Germany, 165 Political Science Italy and Spain, but attention will also be given to smaller states. Topics will include (1) competing theories o f comparative politics, ( 2 ) the relationships between economic development, economic crises, and political conflict, ( 3 ) political parties, including com ­ munist, anarchist, and fascist movements, and ( 4 ) contemporary political institutions and policymaking. Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or the equivalent. F all semester. Kurth or Russell. 108B. Com parative P o litics: Latin A m erica . A comparative study o f the politics o f several Latin American countries: Chile, Brazil, Cuba, M exico, Peru, Argentina, the Dominican Republic. T he course will focus on important differences in major institutions, class struc­ tures and social values, and an examination o f various theories explaining political stability and change. Problems will include: difficulties o f creating stable democratic institutions; causes and results o f revolutions, coups, and military interventions; different meanings o f 166 politics for various classes in socialist, corporatist, and (formerly) democratic regimes; and the utility o f dependency theory in explaining U .S.-Latin American relations. Spring semester. N ot offered in 1980-81 . Sharpe. 109. P o litica l Development. A comparative study o f the politics o f societies undergoing change and modernization. Various theories, approaches, and methods o f explanation are examined and considered in the context o f third world states in Asia, Africa, the Middle East and Latin America and industrialized states such as the United States and countries o f Western Europe. Spring semester. Hopkins. 110. Urban Society, P o litics, and Policy. The political and governmental organization o f extended cities in contemporary America: social, economic, and constitutional founda­ tions; issues o f public policy. Spring semester. Gilbert. 180. T h e sis. All members o f the Department. Psychology NORMAN ADLER, Visiting Professor (part-tim e)** KENNETH J . GERGEN, Professori DEAN PEARODY, Professor ALLEN SCHNEIDER, Professor* ALFRED RLOOM, Associate Professor§§ DERORAH G. KEMLER, Associate Professor JEAN NE M ARECEK, Associate Professor BARRY SCHWARTZ, Associate Professor and Department Head PHILIP KELLM A d, Instructor LEIGHTON WHITAKER, Director o f Swarthmore College Psychological Services HANS WALLACH, Research Psychologist The work o f the Department o f Psychology deals with the scientific study o f human behavior and experience; processes o f percep­ tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are considered in their relation to the development o f the individual personality, and to the relations o f the individual to other persons. For those students planning graduate and professional work in psychology and related fields, the courses and seminars o f the Department are designed to provide a sound basis of understanding o f psychological princi­ ples and a grasp o f research method. Students learn the nature o f psychological inquiry and the psychological approach to various prob­ lems encountered in the humanities, the social sciences, and the life sciences. A special major is available in conjunction with Linguistics emphasizing fundamental issues in human cognitive organization. A full description o f this program may be found under Linguistics. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Psychology 3 , Introduction to Psychology, is normally a prerequisite for further work in the Department. A Course m ajor consists o f at least eight courses, normally including four o f the core courses (with course numbers in the 3 0 ’s): Physiological Psychology, Learning and Behav­ ior Theory, Perception, Cognitive Psychology, Psychology o f Language, Social Psychology, Personality, Abnormal Psychology, and Child Development. Those wishing to substitute more individualized programs should present their reasons in writing. M ajors should take at least one course providing them with exper­ ience in research. In addition, majors in Course are encouraged to enroll in Psyschology §§ Joint appointment with Linguistics. ij. On leave, 1980-81. 9 8 during the spring semester o f their senior year. This course is intended to provide integration o f different fields o f psychology and to offer majors one way to meet the comprehensive requirement. Students intend­ ing to pursue graduate work in psychology will also find it useful to take Psychology 13, Statistics for Experimental Data, or Psychology 14, Statistics for Observational Data,, or Psychology 15, Statistics. 3. Introduction to Psychology. An introduction to the basic process under­ lying human and animal behavior, studied in experimental, social, and clinical contexts. Analysis centers on the extent to which * On leave, fall semester, 1980. ** Fall semester, 1980. 167 Psychology normal and abnormal behavior are determined by learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and social processes. E ach semester. Staff. theories are evaluated. The laboratory is designed to acquaint students with the processes considered. F all semester. Schwartz. 13. S ta tis tic s fo r Experim ental Data. (See Mathematics 2 .) Spring semester. Iversen. 32. Perception. The major theories and some problems o f visual and auditory perception are outlined and used to acquaint the student with experimental research. Primary emphasis is on adult visual perception, but other senses and some developmental issues are also treated. F all semester. Kellman. 14. S ta tis tic s fo r O bservational Data. (See Mathematics 1.) Spring semester. Iversen. 15. S ta tistic s. (See Mathematics 15.) F all semester. Iversen. 21. Educational P syschology. (See Education 21.) F all semester. 23. A d o le sce n ce . (See Education 2 3 .) Spring semester. 24. P sy ch o lo g ica l Anthropology. (See Sociology/Anthropology 2 4 .) 25. M ethods o f P sy ch o lo g ica l R esearch. Direct research experience is emphasized, and instruction proceeds by example. Discussion focusses on the relationships between given theories and the methods used in the supporting research. The comparative advan­ tages and disadvantages o f participatory observation and analysis, "objective” natural­ istic observation, interviewing, content analysis, and experimentation are examined. Each student conducts an individual research project and participates in class projects. Kemler. 30. P h ysio lo g ical Psychology. A survey o f the neural and biochemical bases o f behavior with special emphasis on sensory processing, motivation, emotion, learning, and memory. Both experimental analyses and clinical implications are considered. F all semester. Adler. 31. Learning and B ehavior Theory. The experimental analysis o f the major phenomena o f learning and conditioning is considered mainly at the animal level, with particular attention to the theories o f B.F. Skinner. Specific empirical and theoretical issues are considered in detail, and the major 168 33. Cognitive Psychology. The course covers higher mental processes, including such topics as visual and auditory attention, pattern recognition, short- and long-term memory, concept formation, think­ ing, and problem solving. Models o f human cognition are examined in the light o f experimental data. F all semester. Kellman. 34. The P sych o lo g y o f Language. (See Linguistics 34 ). F all semester. Bloom. 35. S o c ia l Psychology. An examination o f theory and research relevant to the understanding o f social interaction from a psychological viewpoint. Special emphasis is placed on social perception and its distortion, attitude development and change, conformity, the relationship o f per­ sonality to social interaction and social motivation. Spring semester. Gergen, Peabody. 36. Personality. An examination o f contrasting theories o f the human personality. Theories o f Freud, Jung, Fromm, Rogers and others will be discussed, and special attention will be given to current empirical work. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. 38. A bnorm al Psychology. A survey o f major forms o f psychopathology in adults and children. Biogenetic, socio­ cultural, and psychological bases o f abnormal­ ity are examined, along with their correspond­ ing modes o f treatment. Spring semester. Marecek. 39. Child Development. A selective survey o f cognitive and social development from infancy to adolescence. Major theoretical perspectives on the nature o f developmental change are examined, in­ cluding those o f Piaget and his critics. Topics include the growth o f logic, language, and other cognitive skills, as well as moral development, sex typing, and personality theory in a developmental context. F all semester. Kemler. 44. P sych o lo g y of Women. An examination o f traditional and revisionist theories and research on sex roles and sex differences. The socialization o f sex roles in adults and children will be studied, with particular emphasis on the penalties that adults incur for sex-role deviance. Other topics include m en’s and women’s marital and family roles; gender roles and mental health; and institutional and psychological barriers to women’s achievement. F all semester. Marecek. 45. Group D ynam ics. The course deals with the psychological aspects o f behavior in groups. Issues such as intimacy, solidarity, group problem solving, leadership development, splinter-group forma­ tion, and phases o f group development receive attention. Classroom sessions focus on the ongoing behavior within the group itself. Outside reading and papers are used to illuminate processes within the group and to raise significant theoretical problems. (By application only.) 55. N europ sychology o f Language. The course investigates higher cortical function in humans. It focuses on breakdowns in cognition, languages, and memory which accompany particular types o f neurological disorder, with primary emphasis on what these neurological breakdowns reveal about cognitive function in the normal, intact human. Previous work in linguistics and in cognitive psychology, and a working familiarity with the functions o f the nervous system are helpful and may be essential. Students deficient in background may be asked to do some preparatory reading. Spring semester. 56. Cognitive Patterns in M oral, Linguistic and P olitica l Behavior. An investigation into the role played by cognitive dimensions in influencing moral, linguistic, and political behavior, with emphasis on adolescence and beyond. An attempt is made to place the investigation within a framework provided by current trends in cognitive psychology, existential philosophy and linguistics and to draw on the implications o f these dimensions with respect to the relationship o f the individual to the nation­ state and the international system. (Crosslisted as Linguistics 5 6 .) Spring semester. Bloom. 62. S ch izo p h re n ic D iso rd ers. A course in seminar format. Psychodynamic, cognitive, social, biographic and psychophysiologic approaches are used to understand this broad group o f disorders, their commonalities, and variations, and their relatedness to other psychological states. Som e attention is given to forms o f intervention with emphasis on psychotherapy. Prerequisites: Abnormal Psychology and inter­ est in broad coverage o f concepts o f schizo­ phrenic disorders and multi-disciplinary ap­ proaches to the subject matter. F all semester. Whitaker. 63. S p e c ia l T op ics in Cognitive Psychology. Selected problems from the current literature on human information processing and cogni­ tive psychology are considered in detail. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between theories o f cognition and current experimental findings. A lso, the development o f cognitive skills receives some attention. Kellman. 64. M o des of Psychotherapy. A survey o f the theories, techniques, and goals o f various modes o f psychotherapy, including psychodynamic approaches, behavior therapy, humanistic therapies, cognitive therapy, and family therapy. O ther topics include research on the effects o f psychotherapy, the ethics and politics o f psychotherapy, and the community mental health movement. Prerequisite: Psychology 38. Spring semester. Marecek. 169 Psychology 65. P o litica l P sychology. A psychological examination o f individuals’ participation in and impact upon politics and the effect o f various political systems on individuals. Topics include public opinion in the American electoral process, ideology formation, and models o f post-revolutionary man. Projects involve gathering original data and analyzing archival data. (Crosslisted as Political Science 6 5 .) F all semester. Peabody and Hopkins. 66. S p e c ia l T op ics in N eurobehavioral R esearch . A course in seminar format. A detailed analysis o f the neural basis o f behavior. Genetics, endocrinology, and neuro-chemistry are considered with emphasis on their relation to behavioral disorders such as schizophrenia, amnesia, and aphasia. Not offered 1980-81. Schneider. 67. S p e c ia l T op ics in Child Developm ent. Conducted in a combined lecture and discussion-group format. Aspects o f personal­ ity, social, and cognitive development are examined, with individual and group field projects an important part o f the course. F all semester. Kemler. 68. S p e c ia l Top ics in S o cia l P sychology. Considers selected special topics in human relations. 69. S p e c ia l T op ics in P ersonality. Considers selected topics in personality organization and dynamics. 88. Colloquium : B eh a viorism and D evelopm entalism . This course examines behaviorism, as exem­ plified by B.F. Skinner, in detail. It evaluates the epistemological assumptions o f behavior­ ism, the empirical support for these assump­ tions, and the social and political implications o f behaviorist analysis. Special attention is paid to the articulation o f alternative episte­ mological assumptions as potential frameworks for empirical psychology. Open to advanced students in philosophy and/or psychology. 170 89. Colloquium : P hilosophy of Psychology. (See Philosophy 118 for description.) Available I for one or two credits. Prerequisite: O ne course in psychology and I one course in philosophy or permission o f the I instructor. (Crosslisted as Philosophy 8 9 .) F all semester. Lacey. 90. P rac ticu m in Psychology. An opportunity for advanced psychology I students to gain supervised experience working I in off-campus research projects or clinical I settings. Informal seminars meet to consider I practical, theoretical, and ethical issues arising I from participants’ experiences. Course require- I ments and evaluations are tailored to individ- I ual projects. Advance arrangements for place- I ments should be made in consultation with the I instructor. Spring semester. Marecek. 91. R e se a rch P rac ticu m in Psychology. Research on the neural and chemical bases o f learning and memory. Current theories are discussed. Special topics include: interhemispheric transfer, memory consolidation, and recovery from retrograde amnesia. In seminar format. Prerequisite: Psychology 3 0. By application. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Schneider. 92. D irected R esea rch on S o cia l Explanation. Lectures and discussions first center on contemporary psychological and philosophical issues in self and social perception, emotional identification, and causal explanation. After exploring fundamental issues relating these areas, students engage in independent super­ vised research projects based on this work. The course furnishes a means o f gaining first­ hand research experience on issues o f major concern in contemporary social and personality psychology. Not offered 1980-81 . Gergen. 94. Independent R esearch. Students conduct independent research pro­ jects. They typically study problems with which they are already familiar from their I I I 9 I I | I course work. Students must submit a written report o f their work. Registration for Inde­ pendent Research requires the sponsorship o f a faculty member who agrees to supervise the work. E ach semester. Staff. 95. Tutorial. Any student may, with the consent o f a member o f the department, work under a tutorial arrangement for a single semester. The student is thus allowed to select a topic o f particular interest, and in consultation with a faculty member, prepare a reading list and work plan. Tutorial work may include field research outside Swarthmore. E ach semester. Staff. 96, 97. S e n io r Paper. W ith the permission o f the Department, students may do a comprehensive research paper in their senior year — in lieu o f comprehensive exams. Such students are encouraged to take the course both semesters. The course includes: (a) carrying out a research project with the advice o f a faculty sponsor and (b ) taking part in a joint discussion group that will share the problems o f each stage o f their research. It is helpful for such students to develop a general plan by the end o f the junior year. It is possible to take the course for a single semester. By application. Both semesters. 98. H isto ry and S y s te m s of Psychology. Intended to provide integration o f different fields o f psychology and to offer majors one way to meet the comprehensive requirement. Historical treatment concentrates on the major systematic points o f view. Special consideration is given to problems overlapping several areas o f psychology. Spring semester. Peabody. SEMINARS 101. Perception. Reading and discussion combines with inde­ pendent. experimental projects. Students are expected to know the basic facts about human perceptual mechanisms and their development by the time they have completed this seminar. Specific topics covered are: color vision, grouping and form , depth and distance, size, visual motion, visual and auditory localization, recognition, adaptation o f perceptual functions. Laboratories are devoted to demonstrations and both group and individual projects with adults, infants, and children. Kellman. 104. Individual in Society. The relationship between man and his society. Basic processes including the understanding o f other persons, theories o f cognitive consistency, group influence and conformity. Applications to political attitudes, group prejudices. The relation o f attitudes and personality. The relation o f psychology to the social sciences. F all semester. Peabody. 105. P ersonality. A scrutiny o f attempts to build an objective basis for "understanding the person as a whole.” Contrasting theoretical orientations, techniques o f observation, and specific prob­ lems will be examined. Theoretical orientations: psychoanalysis, factor analysis, learning theory, phenomenology. Observation techniques: in­ terviews, questionnaires, fantasy material. Problems: aggression, need achievement, pre­ diction, psychotherapy, and psychological maturity. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Gergen. 107. Language and Thought. See Linguistics 107. F all semester. Bloom. 109. P h ysio lo g ica l Psychology. An in depth analysis o f the neural bases o f motivation, emotion, learning, memory and language. Generalizations derived from neurobehavioral relations will be brought to bear on clinical issues. Spring semester. Schneider. 118. Philosophy of Psychology. The content o f the seminar will be covered in a colloquium during the 1980-81 academic year. Refer to Psyc/Phil 89. N ot offered in 1980-81 . Lacey. 171 Psychology 131a and b. Learning and Behavior Theory. See description o f Psychology 31. Students are expected to attend lectures given in Psychology 31, and to participate in the laboratory. The second part o f the seminar (131b) considers in depth special topics o f interest discussed in the first part o f the seminar. One credit each semester. B oth sem esters. Schwartz. 133a and b. Cognitive Psychology. An intensive study o f selected problems in human information processing. Specific topics may include visual and auditory attention, pattern recognition, short- and long-term memory, concept formation, thinking and problem-solving. Students will conduct indi­ vidual or group projects o f empirical research. Psychology 133a meets with Psychology 33. The second part o f the seminar (133b) considers in depth special topics o f interest discussed in the first part o f the seminar. One credit each semester. Both sem esters. Kellman. 138. A bnorm al Psychology. A comparison o f theories o f disordered behavior. Biological, psychodynamic, and sociocultural approaches are considered. Topics such as the "illness” model o f mental disorders, ethical issues in psychotherapy, and definitions o f mental health are also discussed. F all semester. Marecek. 139. Chilli Development. A comparative study o f the major theoretical approaches to child development. Psycho­ analytic, cognitive development and learning orientations are stressed. Interplay among biological maturation, experience with the physical and social environment, and the socialization practices o f parents and schools is examined. Substantive topics covered include sensory-motor and social development in infancy, language acquisition, cognitive change in the preschool and early elementary school years, moral development, and selected aspects o f personality development. Spring semester. Kemler. 180. T h e sis. May be presented as a substitute for one seminar provided some member o f the Department is available to undertake the direction o f the thesis. E ach semester. All members o f the Department. MASTER’S DEGREE A limited number o f students may be accepted for graduate study toward the M aster’s degree in general psychology (See p. 5 4 ). Students receiving the Bachelor’s degree from Swarthmore are not encouraged to enter this program. The program o f work for the Master’s degree requires the completion o f four seminars (as 172 listed above), or their equivalent. O ne o f the seminars must be a research seminar leading to a thesis. The work o f the seminars is judged by external examiners. The requirements for the M aster’s degree can normally be completed in one year. Public Policy RICHARD L. RUBIN, Coordinator The concentration in Public Policy enables students to combine work in several depart­ ments toward critical understanding and some practical competence in issues o f public policy including its development, formulation, imple­ mentation, and evaluation. The departments centrally concerned with the concentration are Economics, Engineering and Political Science; but work in other departments is decidedly pertinent to the concentration. Faculty mem­ bers from other departments may be directly involved in the concentration, and course or seminar offerings from other departments may, in certain circumstances, meet require­ ments for the concentration. Som e compe­ tence in formal or quantitative methods is required for students concentrating in Public Policy, but work in the concentration also and at least equally emphasizes historical, institu­ tional, and normative analysis or understanding. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The concentration in Public Policy is not a major. It may be taken together with a Course or External Examination (H onors) major in any field, and it can be combined most integrally with a m ajor in one or more o f the participating departments o f Econom ics, Eng­ ineering or Political Science. A t a minimum, the concentration consists o f certain course requirements, totaling six credits and an internship. The program o f each concentrator should be worked out in consultation with the Coordinator o f the Public Policy Program and approved by the Coordinator, preferably at the same time as m ajors in the Course and Honors Programs are planned. Students who wish to concentrate in Public Policy are urged to complete the introductory, prerequisite courses in two or more o f the participating departments by the end o f their sophomore year. Academic requirements for the concentration include three preparatory courses: Economics 2 0 (Econom ics Theory) or Econom ics 22 (Public Finance), Political Science 51 (Public Administration), and at least one course in quantitative analysis. This last requirement may be met by Mathematics 1 (Applied Statistics), Mathematics 15 (Mathematical Statistics), Econom ics 4 (Statistics for Econ­ om ists), Engineering/Economics 5 6 (Oper­ ations Research), and Econom ics 108 (E con­ om etrics). Two courses, colloquia, or seminars specific to the Public Policy concentration and dealing with certain substantive sectors or institutional aspects o f public policy are required, and at least one o f these will be taken for double credit. Four or more offerings are available each academic year and, as a rule, are taught jointly by faculty members from two depart­ ments. These may be taken as single-credit or as double-credit units, and some may be taken as units in the external examination program. Enrollment will be limited, and students concentrating in Public Policy will take priority in admission to seminars or colloquia. Students able to do pertinent work beyond these requirements are encouraged to do so. Highly desirable, though not required, is some course or seminar work dealing with questions o f public law and political philosophy, such as Political Science 57 (Jurisprudence), and Political Science 6 2 (Economics, Justice and Law). These courses and other academic work, such as theses, directed reading, and regular offerings in various departments relevant to the particular program and interest o f the student, should be included in the planning o f the student’s program even if they are not formally required for the concentration. In special circumstances, students with ade­ quate and appropriate alternative preparation (as might be the case for some natural-science students) may request that such preparation be substituted for courses normally required in the concentration. Approval o f such requests, as for approval o f internships, will be the responsibility o f the coordinator and the committee on public policy studies. 173 Public Policy INTERNSHIP Som e direct experience or practical responsi­ bility in the field, through work in a public, private, or voluntary agency, is required for graduation with a concentration in public policy. This requirement may be met by completing an internship during either a semester or a summer or both. Normally, students will hold internships between their junior and senior years. The internship program is supervised by the faculty member serving as coordinator o f the concentration, and specific opportunities may be worked out for the students. E L IG IB IL I T Y The concentration is open to students majoring in any field, although students in the social and natural sciences are likely to be able to meet the requirements m ost readily. Any student with acceptable preparation is welcome to undertake work in a public policy course, subject to the priority for concentrators. For students concentrating in Public Policy and reading for Honors, certain work in the concentration may be eligible for external examination. Religion PATRICK HENRY, Professor and Chairperson J. WILLIAM FROST, Professor and Director o f the Friends Historical Library I DONALD K. SWEARER, Professor* P. LINWOOD UROAN, JR ., Professor K. PRISCILLA PEDERSON, Lecturer Religion as a field o f study encompasses historical religious traditions and varied dimensions o f human experience on social and personal levels evidenced at all times and in all forms o f human society. Because o f the diverse and pervasive nature o f religion, several methodologies have evolved for its study, including the skills o f historical investigation, textual criticism, philosophical analysis, and I empirical description. Added to these skills is the important ingredient o f empathy toward the claims religious persons make regarding what they have perceived to be ultimately real. Focus for the several methodologies is provided by dividing the subject matter into I two broad areas: The Religious Traditions o f I the W est, and the Religious Traditions o f Asia. I Any course numbered 2 through 6 may be taken as introductory to other courses in the Department. Successful completion o f one o f these courses is normally required for admission to courses numbered 10 and above. Religion 3, 4 , 5, and 6 are particularly relevant to work in the Religious Traditions o f the W est, and Religion 2 to the Religious Traditions o f Asia. The normal prerequisite for religion as a Course major, or an External Examination major or minor, is completion o f two courses. elect the Senior Comprehensive Paper. How­ ever, with the consent o f the Department, students may substitute a two-credit Thesis. For advanced work in some areas o f religion, foreign language facility is desirable. Students should consult members o f the Department on the appropriateness o f various languages, whether ancient or m odem, for their own particular interests. 2. P attern s of A sia n Religions. An introduction to the study o f religion through an examination o f selected teachings and practices o f the religious traditions o f India and China structured as patterns o f religious life. Material is taken primarily from Hinduism and Buddhism in India, and Confucianisim and Taoism in China. F all semester. Pederson. 3. Introduction to the H ebrew S c rip tu re s. A comprehensive introduction to the Hebrew Scriptures (O ld Testament), with some study o f the ancient Near Eastern setting, leading to an understanding o f the development and variety o f religious institutions, practices and beliefs in ancient Israel. F all semester. Henry. The m ajor in Religion is planned through consultation with faculty members in the Department. M ajors in both the Course and the External Examination Programs shall [ select an area o f concentration — either Religious Traditions o f the W est or Religious Traditions o f Asia — but shall also do some work in the other areas. 4. Introduction to the New Testam ent. A comprehensive introduction to the New Testament, with some study o f the religious situation in the Rom an Empire, leading to an understanding o f continuities and transforma­ tions in the emergence o f Christianity and its development during the first century. Spring semester. Henry. An important part o f the Course major is the production o f a sustained piece o f writing. Normally, students in the Course program will 5. P ro b le m s of R eligious Thought. The purpose o f this course is to study various ^ Absent on leave 1980-81. 175 Religion answers to the chief religious problems o f the twentieth century. Problems include: the nature o f religious experience, the existence o f G od, religion and morality, science and religion, and the problem o f evil. Answers include those given by Martin Buber, W illiam James, Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich and others. Students are encouraged to find their own answers and to work out their own religious beliefs. E ach semester. Urban. 13. C o m parative R eligious M ysticism . Mysticism is studied as a distinctive phenom­ enon within the religious traditions o f Asia and the W est. The writings o f particular mystics, e.g., Eckhart, the Baal-shem, al Din Rumi, Ramakrishna, are studied and such problems as mystic states o f consciousness, language and mysticism, the mystic and traditional religious authority, mysticism and community are explored. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Swearer. 6. W ar and P eace. An analysis o f the moral issues posed by war with consideration o f the arguments for holy wars, just wars, defensive wars, pacifism, and the sancity o f life. T he study o f America’s wars from the Revolution to Vietnam will show our nation’s responses to organized violence. F all semester. O ffered 1981. Frost. 14. Philosophy o f Religion. An investigation o f the nature o f religious faith, the problem o f religious knowledge, concepts o f deity, the problems o f evil, and the relationship o f religion to ethics. Both critics and supporters o f traditional religious per­ spectives will be studied. (Crosslisted as Philosophy 16.) Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Urban. 10. The Hindu Tradition. An analysis o f the Hindu religious tradition structured around the classical paths o f action (karm a), knowledge (jn an a), and devotion (bh akti). The course includes analyses o f various mythic, poetic, and didactic texts, selected rituals, representative institutions, and symbolic expressions in art and architec­ ture. Spnring semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81 . Swearer. 15. M o ses: History, Tradition, Interpretation. An investigation o f the dynamic interplay of history, myth, philosophy, ritual, and society in the origin and development o f religious tradition and understanding, through a study o f the figure o f Moses as he appears in various religious contexts (e.g., Hebrew Scriptures, Philo, New Testament, Rabbinic literature, the Q ur’an, art and music). Methodological perspectives will be developed from such modern interpreters as Weber, Freud, Buber, and several historians o f ancient Israel. F all semester. Henry. 11. The B uddhist Tradition. A study o f selected facets o f the worldviews o f the three major schools o f Asian Buddhism (Theravada, Mahayana, Vajrayana). The course includes analyses o f various mythic, poetic, didactic texts, selected rituals, representative institutions, and symbolic expressions in art and architecture. Spring semester. Pederson. 12. R eligious Autobiography. Autobiography as a genre o f religious literature and as a way o f understanding the religious experience o f men and women. Methods and problems o f studying religious autobiography as well as how religious experience is affected by culture, religious tradition, and sex will be considered. Autobiographies to be read include Augustine, C .S. Lewis, Malcolm X , Gandhi, Schweitzer, Basho, and Thoreau. F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81 . 176 16. The A p o sto lic Age. A study o f the early development o f key Christian concepts (including *''orthodoxy” and "heresy,” Christ, the Holy Spirit, God as creator, law, gospel, worship, baptism, ethics, martyrdom, etc.) and institutional forms through the letters o f Paul, the Johannine literature, and the Apostolic Fathers (early second century writers). Spring semester. Henry. 17. H isto ry of Religion in A m e rica . An examination o f religious ideas and practices o f Americans from the 17th until the 20th century. Particular emphasis is placed upon the effects o f religious pluralism, immigrant churches, the challenge o f Darwin­ ism, and the relation between the church and reform movements from Puritanism to Progressivism. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Frost. 18. Q uakerism . The history o f the distinctive religious and social ideas o f the Friends from the time o f George Fox until the present. Particular attention is paid to differences in the development o f Quakerism in England and America. Spring semester. Bronner (History Department). 19. Existentialism and Religious Belief. A study o f one o f the m ost influential philosophical movements o f the twentieth century and its impact on religious thought. Amongst philosophers attention is given to the writings o f Edmund Husserl, Martin Heidegger, and Jean-Paul Sartre. Amongst religious thinkers the writings o f R udolf Bultmann, John Macquarrie, Karl Rahner, and Paul Tillich are read. F all semester. Urban. 28. East A sia n C la s s ic s in Translation. Readings in translation o f some o f the great literary and philosophical works o f China and Japan including the Analects o f Confucius, the Tao Te Ching, Zen works, novels such as Monkey and T he Tale o f G enji, Noh and Kabuki drama, and Haiku poetry. Emphasis will be placed on the student’s personal response to the literature and interpretation o f the material. Spring semester. Pederson. 29. S elf-C ultivation in East A sia n R eligions. An exploration o f practices directed towards the goals o f enlightenment, religious knowledge or transformation o f the human condition, drawing materials from Taoism, Zen and Buddhist Tantra. The course will investigate meditation practices and the use o f symbols and sacred image, and the doctrinal contexts o f these practices. F all semester. Pederson. 30. Religion a s a Cultural Institution. See Sociology and Anthropology 3 0. 31. Indian R eligious Literature. An introduction to the classical literatures and languages o f Hinduism and early Buddhism. The course focusses on the B hagavad G ita o f the Hindu tradition and the D ham m apada o f the Buddhist tradition. Study is in bilingual texts with traditional commentaries, and includes an elementary examination o f relevant structures and vocabulary o f the Sanskrit and Pali languages. Not a language course as such but o f relevance to an understanding o f IndoEuropean. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Swearer. 32. Religion in East A sia . The m ajor religous traditions o f East Asia studied against the social and cultural back­ ground o f Japan. Particular attention is given to the appropriation and later development o f classical Chinese Buddhist, Confucian, and Taoist traditions; religion, nationalism, and state Shinto; religion and modes o f Japanese aesthetics; and the development o f new religions in the 20th Century. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Swearer. 33. The Reform ation. A study o f the doctrinal, ecclesiastical, and political effects stemming from the reformation o f the Rom an Catholic Church in western Europe in the period from 1500 until 1688 focusing on Luther, Calvin, the Anabaptists, the Henrican settlement, and Puritanism. Topics considered include the relationship between ch u ith and state, revelation and science, and the emergence o f toleration. F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81. Frost. 34. Religion in the 19th Century. W hat were the effects in religious thought and sensibility o f new ways o f understanding history, society, nature, and the psyche that developed in the nineteenth century? Repre­ sentative figures, such as Schleiermacher, Newman, Arnold, Emerson, Khomyakov, Troeltsch, Schweitzer, and the development o f distinctive schools o f thought within Judaism, are considered in some detail. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Henry. 35. Form ation of C h ristia n Doctrine. A study o f the formation and classical expression p f the doctrines o f the Trinity, 177 Religion Incarnation, Atonement, Original Sin, and the Sacraments as found in Scripture and the Early and Medieval Church. Toward the end o f the semester students are given the opportunity to expound and evaluate the views o f 19th and 20th century thinkers on these major themes. Such thinkers could include: K. Barth, M. Buber, R . Bultmann, K. Rahner, E Schleiermacher, and P. Tillich. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Urban. 36. M ed ieval Philosophy. Philosophical thought from Augustine to the 15th century. Attention is paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology and to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. Although the primary emphasis is historical, attention is given to the contemporary relevance o f medieval thought. (A lso listed as Philosophy 19.) Spring semester. Urban. 93. D irected Reading. Staff. 95. Tutorial. Staff. 96. T h e sis. M ajors in Course may, with Departmental permission, write a two-credit thesis. 97. S en io r Paper. Senior majors in Course will normally write a one-credit paper as the major part o f their comprehensive requirement. Spring semester. Staff. Courses offered occasionally: Religions of the O ppressed A sia n R eligions in A m erica M o n a sticism East and West Religion and Literature Religion and S cie n c e PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS The Department will arrange External Exam­ inations in the following areas, to be prepared for in the ways indicated. Preparation by seminar: R eligiou s P e rsp e c tiv e East and W est (Sem inar: 101). An examination o f the nature and structure o f religious systems through the study o f seminal thinkers or schools o f thought as they influenced and were shaped by the traditions o f which they were a part. Thinkers considered include Nagarjuna, Shankara, Ram anuja, Thomas Aquinas, Spinoza, and Kierkegaard. (This paper is required o f all students declaring a Religion M ajor in their External Examination Program.) Spring semester. Urban. C h ristia n ity and C la s s ic a l Culture (Sem inar: 102). A study o f the development o f Christian thought and institutions to the fifth century in the context o f Greco-Rom an religion and society. Readings in Lucretius, Apuleius, Plutarch, and Hellenistic religious texts, in Philo and the Dead Sea Scrolls, and in early 178 Christian writers such as Justin Martyr, Tertullian, Origen, Athanasius, Ambrose, Augustine. F all semester. Henry. A sia n R eligious Thought (Sem inar: 103) . A study o f seminal writings in India and China which have had a decisive influence on the religious traditions o f these two cultures. The traditions considered are: Vedanta, SamkhyaYoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Religion in Southeast A s ia (Seminar: 104) . An analysis o f Theravada Buddhism as a part o f the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma, and Thailand. The seminar is structured in terms o f three different contexts: national, village and urban. T he themes dominating these contexts are national integration, syncre­ tism, and modernization. F all semester. N ot o ffered 1980-81 . Swearer. millennialism, personal and corporate ethics, rituals, and theology. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Frost. Religion and S o cie ty (Sem inar: 105). An examination o f the interaction between religious values and institutions and society in different cultural contexts and time periods. M ajor concentration on the English Civil War, late nineteenth-century Africa, and modem America. Topics include patterns o f conversion, Contem porary R eligious Thought (Sem inar: 106). Representative thinkers and schools o f thought in the present century. These include Karl Barth, Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann, Karl Rahner, Paul Tillich, and A.N. Whitehead. Fall semester. Urban. Preparation by combinations o f courses: For each o f the external examination papers in this category, a general prospectus o f subjects to be covered and materials to be read will be drawn up by the instructor(s) involved. The two courses in a particular case may not exactly cover the material o f the prospectus, but much attention will be given to the prospectus in the shaping o f the courses. R eform ation, Enlightenm ent, Rom anticism : The Tw entieth-Century Rackground The Reform ation (Frost) Religion in the Nineteenth Century (Henry) Indian Religion The Hindu Tradition (Swearer) Indian R eligious Texts (Swearer) Preparation by course an d attachm ent: Buddhism The Buddhist Tradition (Swearer) Religion in East A s ia (Swearer) A postolic Faith and A postolic Tradition The A p o sto lic A ge (Henry) Form ation of C h ristia n D octrine (U rban) T he Protestant Traditions The Reform ation (Frost) H isto ry of Religion in A m e rica n (Frost) Early Judaism Early Ju d a ism (Samuel T. Lachs — Bryn Mawr College) Philosophy o f Religion P h ilosophy of Religion (U rban) T he A ge o f F aith and the A ge o f R eform ation Form ation of C h ristia n D octrine (U rban) The Reform ation (Frost) Preparation by Thesis: Students who declare a m ajor in Religion in their External Examination Program may, with permission o f the Department, offer a thesis as one o f their External Examination papers. COURSES COMPLEMENTING RELIGION OFFERINGS AT SWARTHMORE BRYN MAWR COLLEGE: 103a and 104a. H isto ry and Literature o f the Rible. Lachs. 001. Elem entary Hebrew. Rabi. 101. Readings in the H ebrew Dible. Rabi. 201a. T op ics in Dible Literature. Lachs. HAVERFORD COLLEGE: 215a. M odern C ritic s of Christianity. Thiemann. 310a. Life and Theology of M artin Luther. Luman. 179 Sociology and Anthropology ASM ARO M LEGESSE, Professor STEVEN PIKER, Professor and Chairman^ JENNIE KEITH, Associate Professor, Acting Chair, 1980'81 HANS-EBERHARD MUELLER, Associate P rofessori BRAULIO MUNOZ, Assistant Professor JONATHAN RIEDER, Assistant Professor** Although Sociology and Anthropology arose initially out o f divergent historical traditions, they are engaged in a com m on task. Studies in the Department are directed toward the discovery o f the general principles which help to explain the order, meaning, and coherence o f human social and cultural life. To that end, work in the Department will emphasize the comparative analysis o f societies and social institutions; the structure and functioning o f human communities; the principles o f social organization and disorganization; and the conditions which tend to foster continuity and change, consensus and conflict. Emphasis will also be laid on the relevance o f Sociology and Anthropology to social problems in the modern age, particularly to the question o f the nature, conditions, and limits o f human freedom. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Courses numbered 1 through 12 as well as 2 4 , may serve as points o f entry for students wishing to begin work in the Department. Students may take m ore than one entry course. Enrollment in these courses is unrestricted, and completion o f one o f them will normally be prerequisite to all other work in the Department (the following courses may, with permission o f the instructor, be taken without prerequisite: 3 0 , 47, 4 8 ). Applicants for m ajor will normally be expected to have completed at least two courses in the Department. Course m ajors will complete a minimum o f eight units o f work in the Department, including a double-credit thesis tutorial to be taken during the fall and spring semesters o f the senior year, as well as course 5 0. Course m ajors normally will be expected to complete course 5 0 no later than the spring semester o f the junior year. Prospective majors may take the course during the sophomore year. AREAS OF SPECIAL CONCENTRATION IN SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Teaching and research interests o f members o f the Department cluster so as to create a number o f subject matter areas within or between the two disciplines in which students may take a concentration o f work, in course or seminar format, or both. T he Department here identifies these general areas and the faculty members who work within them, and encourages students interested in them to * * Fall semester, 1980. ^ Absent on leave. 1980-81. 180 meet with one or more o f the indicated Department members to explore program o f study possibilities. A ) Social Theory and Social Philosophy (Mueller, Muñoz, Rieder) B ) Cultural Ecology, Human Adaptation, and Human Evolution (Legesse, Piker) § Inactive, 1980-81. C ) Post-Industrial Society (Keith, Mueller, Rieder) D ) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Keith, Legesse, Rieder) E ) Psychology and Culture (Legesse, Mueller, Piker and Rieder) F ) Sociology o f A rt and Intellectual Life (Mueller, Munoz, Rieder) G ) Modernization and Development in the W est and non-W estem W orld (Keith, Legesse, Mueller, Rieder) 1. M odern A m erica : Culture, S o cie ty and State. The analysis o f the central patterns and processes o f modern America. Topics include the evolution o f corporate capitalism; class, power and ethnicity; inequality and m eritoc­ racy; political parties, ideology and partici­ pation, mass culture and intellectuals. F all semester. Rieder. 3. Creation of Community. The process through which both the structures and the feelings o f community are created, the conditions which promote or obstruct that creative process, and the consequences for the individuals who participate in it, will be examined through comparison o f community formation in a variety o f settings: utopias, kibbutzim, retirement villages, suburbs, mental institutions. F all semester. Keith. 4. Environm ent, Society, and Culture Change. This is an introductory course dealing with social and cultural adaptation to natural and man-made environments. The course examines how simpler societies regulated their popula­ tion and maintained a steady state, whereas m odem societies are faced with great social upheavals associated with rapid population growth, economic development, and unprec­ edented levels o f urbanization. T he central theme is this: Can present rates o f change be sustained? I f not, what are the alternatives? Som e attention will be paid to the social effects o f crowding and to territoriality, personal space, privacy, and stress as possible ecological regulators that are emerging in urban society. Primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Spring semester. Not offered 1980-81 . Legesse. 5. Freshm an Sem inar: The M eaning of Work. This seminar will take up theory and research pertaining to the social organization o f work and the meaning o f work experience in modern societies. Among the topics to be discussed are the concept o f career, the nature o f work-satisfaction, the process o f profes­ sionalization, degrees o f commitment to work, the relationship o f work and leisure, mid-life career change and retirement, both voluntary and involuntary. Occupational subcultures to be studied will include several types o f industrial workers, law, medicine, education, and the military. Special attention will be devoted to the relationship o f work and family life, and the problems associated with the work o f women. Fall semester. Staff 6. Freshm an S e m in a r C la s s ic s in the Study o f A m e rica n S o cie ty and Culture. Sociologists and anthropologists have made a unique contribution to the study and interpre­ tation o f American society. This course reviews a number o f classic studies and places them in historical context. An attempt will be made to determine whether or not these studies support a particular interpretation o f the character o f American society and culture. Among the studies to be read are: Alexis de Tocqueville, D em ocracy in A m erica; Thorstein Veblen, T h e Theory o f the Leisure C lass; W. Lloyd Warner, American L ife: D ream and R eality; W illiam Foote W hyte, Street C om er Society; E . Franklin Frazier, B lack Bourgeoisie; C . Wright Mills, T he Power E lite; David Riesman, T he Lonely Crowd. Upper-class students may be admitted with permission o f the instructor. Spring Semester. Staff 7. S ex Roles, Pow er, and Identity. An exploration o f the social, political, and psychological implications o f gender, drawing on socio-biological, cross-cultural, and histor­ ical materials. The primary emphasis will be placed on developments in contemporary America. Spring Semester. Rieder. 10. Human Evolution. This course emphasizes the human condition, 181 Sociology and Anthropology or culture, as a mode o f adaptation to be seen in evolutionary perspective. Topics to be treated include: the relationship o f Hominids o f the Order o f the Primates; stages in the evolution o f humankind; and the evolution o f distinctively cultural systems o f behavior. Special emphasis will be given to the evolution o f language, the evolution o f the family and incest taboos, and bio-evolutionary theses on human nature. Spring semester, N ot offered 1980-81. Piker. 11. S o c io lo g ic a l D im ensions of Literature. This course analyzes the relationship between the literary act and society from a sociological perspective. Topics examined include: a) social factors making for the rise o f literary genres (an extensive analysis o f the rise o f the European novel is undertaken); b ) social factors underlying the rise and fall o f literary "sch ools” or "m ovem ents” ; c ) effects o f the social position o f the writer on his work; d) role o f the public in literary production; e) the patterns o f distribution and consumption o f literary goods. The class also analyzes major contemporary literary products. Prerequisite: Entry-level course or permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1980-81 . Muñoz. 12. S o c ia l O rigins of Inequality. Study o f the m ajor historical forms o f social inequality such as unequal kinship groups in tribal societies, castes and estates in peasant societies, and classes and status groups in industrial societies. Emphasis will be given to their origin in economic, political, and cultural organizations o f the societies, as well as to the evolution o f inequality from the simplest to the most complex societies. The course will culminate with a comparison o f contemporary capitalist and socialist societies. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Mueller. 24. P sy c h o lo g ic a l Anthropology. Sometimes called culture and personality, this field explores the relationship between the individual and his or her culture. The course treats the following issues: a) the psychological, or symbolic, capacities presupposed by culture; b ) socialization, or the transmission o f culture from generation to generation; c) the cultural distribution o f personality traits; and d) culture and mental health. Case materials will 182 be principally, but not exclusively, nonWestern, and the cross-cultural study o f child rearing will receive particular emphasis. Prerequisites: S& lA 1-12, Psychology 3, or permission o f the instructor. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Piker. 25h. S o cio log y through Literature. This half course introduces students to the uses o f literature (novels, plays, poetry, folklore) as a social indicator. The course is divided into two parts. The first half introduces hermeneutics as a sociological method o f research. Rigorous analysis o f selected texts is carried out. The second half o f the course explores a) the uses o f narrative (including autobiography, biography, confes­ sional literature, epistolary, historical, and anthropological novels) as sociological data; and b ) the uses o f literature in the elucidation o f specific areas o f sociological investigation such as The Family. N ot offered 1980-81 . Muñoz. 27. A fro -A m e ric a n Culture and Society. Black culture is examined at several stages o f its development in the twentieth century — as a culture o f survival, assimilation, panAfricanism, prophetism, nationalism, and revolution. The sociology o f Black American communities is viewed in terms o f the lifecycle, family structure, associational life, religious institutions, and dass structure, and how these systems react to racism, urban migration, economic deprivation, and political change. F all semester. Legesse. 30. Religion a s a Cultural Institution. (Cross-listed as Religion 3 0 .) The focus is exclusively cross-cultural, and case materials will be drawn from both civilized and preliterate traditions. The following topics will be taken up: the content o f religious symbolism, religion as a force for both social stability and social change, and the psycholog­ ical bases for religious belief. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Piker. 33. Ecology and Society. Examination o f different types o f ecological conditions and how they influence pastoral, agricultural, peri-urban and urban social systems. Special attention will be given to the world food crisis, to climatic change, demographic pressures, environmental degradation and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that have developed in response to ecological stress. F all semester. N ot offered 198081 . Legesse. 36. P eop les and Cu ltu res of A frica . An introduction to traditional and modern Africa with emphasis on representative soci­ eties from East and W est Africa. The course examines pre-colonial political and social institutions, African responses to colonial domination, and the impact o f urbanization and economic development during the post­ colonial period. F all semester. Legesse. 42. C aribbean Society. A review o f the attempt to develop generaliza­ tions about the structure o f Caribbean society. Theoretical materials will focus on the historical role o f slavery, the nature o f plural societies, race, class, ethnicity, and specific institutions such as the family, the school, the church, and the political structure. Spring semester. Staff 43. S o cie ty and Culture in Spanish A m erica . The relationship between society and culture in Spanish America. Recent and historical developments in social stratification and ethnic relations will be considered as crucial factors underlying Spanish-American culture. Particular attention will be given to SpanishAmerican social thought as evidenced in social sciences research, theology, philosophy, and literature. F all semester. Muñoz. 44. S o c ia l Stratification. Comparative study o f structured social in­ equality, processes o f class formation, and conditions o f class conflict since the industrial revolution. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Mueller. 45. Field S tu d ies in Prim ate Behavior. (Cross-listed as Biology 4 5 .) An investigation o f primate ethology as studied in the animal’s natural environment. Particular emphasis will be placed on those studies relating social behavior to habitat or population stress. The course will include both lecture and seminar format; although there is no scheduled laboratory, students will be expected to participate in at least one field trip. Prerequisites: Biology 2 or one introductory level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving an appropriate background in anthropology. F all semester. W illiams. 46. P olitica l Anthropology. This course will utilize the comparative perspective o f anthropology to study the ways in which authority is acquired and accepted as legitimate, the ways in which decisions are made or avoided, and the ways in which conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or extended. Subject matter will include political communities in various cultural contexts and at various levels o f social and technological complexity. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Keith. 47. Education and Society. (A lso listed as Education 47.) Classical views o f education and society including Dewey and Durkheim. Comparative study o f the functions o f schools from the perspective o f sociology and anthropology. Among the topics to be discussed are the relation o f educational institutions to other sectors o f society, and the question o f alternatives to schooling in both modernizing and "post-industrial” societies. F all semester. Staff 48. S o cio log y o f H igher Education. (A lso listed as Education 4 8 .) This course will explore the »theory and practice o f higher education from a sociological point o f view. Students, faculty, curriculum, governance and decision-making, nontraditional approaches, and the college and university as key institutions in modem industrial society will be the focus o f study. Field observation and interviewing at one o f the many institutions in the Greater Philadelphia area will represent an important component o f the course. Spring semester. Staff 49. The M eaning o f Work: S o cio log y of O ccupations and P ro fe ssio n s. This course will take up theory and research pertaining to the social organization o f work and the meaning o f work experience in modern societies. Among the topics to be discussed are the concept o f career, the nature o f work-satisfaction, the process o f profession­ 183 Sociology and Anthropology alization, degrees o f commitment to work, the relationship o f work and leisure, mid-life career change and retirement, both voluntary and involuntary. Occupational subcultures to be studied will include several types o f industrial workers, law, medicine, education, and the military. Special attention will be devoted to the relationship o f work and family life, and to the problems associated with the work o f women. Not o ffered 1980-81 . Staff 50. Intellectual Foundations of Contem p orary S o cio lo g y and Anthropology. Examination o f fundamental and recurrent theoretical issues in sociology and anthropol­ ogy from the perspective o f intellectual history. This course will normally be taken by Course majors during their junior year. It is open to non-majors, though freshman and sophomores must have permission o f the Department chairman. Spring semester. Staff. 55. A ging in Society. The course will examine aging from a crosscultural perspective with the goal o f distin­ guishing universal aspects o f the aging process from the diverse effects o f social and cultural context on the roles o f older people and the use o f age as a principle o f group definition. Specific problems will include relations be­ tween generations, political organization o f older people, and the role o f older people in the family and the household. F all semester. Keith. 56. Urban Anthropology. Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social life in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and strategies o f group formation and maintenance, e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide range o f societies both geographically and culturally; and ail students in the course will do a field work project. Not offered 1980-81. Keith. 60. S p a n ish A m e rica n S o ciety Through Its Novel. (A lso listed as SA L 6 0 — see Modern Languages.) This course will explore the relationship between society and the novel in Spanish America. Selected works by Carlos 184 Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Márquez, Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be discussed in conjunction with sociolog­ ical patterns in contemporary Spanish America. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Hassett and Muñoz. 61. Know ledge and Society. Exploration o f the relationship between forms o f social, economic, and political life on the one hand and forms o f consciousness, theoretical systems o f thought, and knowledge o f everyday life on the other. The course will examine the major approaches to the *''soci­ ology o f knowledge” and turn to some o f the recent critical theories o f contemporary culture that have come from this sociological tradition. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Mueller. 62. P o litica l Sociology. Study o f political elites, political institutions, normal politics, and protest movements from the perspective o f comparative historical sociology. N ot offered 1980-81 . Mueller. 65. The S o cio lo g y o f R ace and Ethnicity. A review o f theories and forms o f ethnic attachment, employing cross-cultural and historical perspectives, with accent on the American experience. Topics include: the sources and functions o f communalism; assimilation, pluralism, and inequality; ethnic­ ity in traditional and advanced societies; immigration, class, and race in American development; black mobilization and white reaction; the debate on meritocracy; the limits o f liberalism. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Rieder. 66. Urban S o cio log y; the S o c ia l Life of C ities. Placing the American metropolis in develop­ mental and comparative context, this survey o f urban life considers: classical theories o f the city; the city and the rise o f capitalism; third world urbanization; cultural production and change; the ideology o f private life in America; the politics o f race and ethnicity; regional imbalance, fiscal crisis, and public policy; poverty and social disorder; the city as metaphor. F all semester. Rieder. 81. Colloquium : The S o cio lo g y of Intellectual Life. Study o f the social conditions o f intellectual life in the realms o f science, literature, art, and music. Particular attention will be given to the social aspects o f creative process and changes in cultural taste. Not offered 1980-81 . Mueller. 82. Colloquium : Ethnographic A n a ly sis. An examination o f three intellectual traditions and analytical procedures in anthropology: the French school o f structuralist thought (LéviStrauss), the Manchester school o f dynamic anthropology (Turner), and an American school o f empiricist research (M urdoch). Third W orld critique o f these intellectual traditions will receive special attention. Prerequisite: O ne o f the entry-level courses or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Legesse. 83. Colloquium : A rt and Society. The course is divided into two parts, the first part examines the relationship between art and society from a sociological perspective. W orks by Lukács, Benjamin, Gadamer, and others will be discussed in this connection. The second part introduces hermeneutics as a sociological method for the interpretation o f art. Rigorous analysis o f selected texts is carried out. This semester the class will examine selected works by Plato and, time permitting, Borges. Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor. F all semester. Muñoz. 91A. S p e c ia l Topics: D evelopm ent and U rbanization in the T h ird World. An examination o f the post-colonial social transformation that occurred in the Third W orld. This process will be considered in the context o f demographic and ecological change, the green revolution, and the rural-urban exodus. The problem o f urban poverty will receive special attention. Case material will be drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America. N ot offered 1980-81. Legesse. 91D. A dva n ced Urban R esearch . Students participate in evaluation research and program development at Hahnemann Hospital Community Mental Health and Mental Retar­ dation Center. Field notes on this work are turned in weekly, and class members meet regularly at Swarthmore to discuss their experiences. Juniors and seniors with a B average who are willing to spend V/i days per week at Hahnemann are eligible to apply. Transportation to Hahnemann is paid, and credit hours vary with individual involvement in the program. 93. Directed Reading. Individual or group study in fields o f special interest to the students not dealt with in the regular course offerings. Consent o f the chairman and o f the instructor is required. Members, o f the Department. 96-97. T h e sis . T h e se s w ill be required of a ll C o u rse m ajors. Seniors in the Course program will normally take two consecutive semesters o f thesis tutorial. Students are urged to discuss their thesis proposals with faculty during the spring semester o f their junior year, especially if they are interested in the possibility o f field work. Members o f the Department. The follo w in g c o u rs e s , with attachments, can be taken in preparation for Honors examinations: S&cA 4 4 , 81. SEMINARS 101. C ritic a l M odern S o c ia l Theory. This seminar will trace the development o f critical modern social theory from the works o f Marx to present day social theorists. Particular attention will be paid to selected works by Marx, Lukács, Adorno, Horkheimer, Marcuse, Unger, and Habermas. Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/ Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Science; or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Munoz. 185 Sociology and Anthropology 102. Creation of Community. The central question for the seminar is under what conditions community can successfully be created. Utopian experiments, squatter settlements and institutions Such as retirement residences and monasteries will be compared as examples o f intentional and unintentional, planned and unplanned community creation. Spring semester. Keith. 103. P o lifica l Anthropology. A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the structures and processes o f authority, conflict, and group definition. Specific problems will include legitimation o f authority, decision­ making, agenda-building, expansion, contain­ ment and resolution o f conflict. Particular emphasis will be placed on symbolic aspects o f politics. Readings will cover a wide range o f cultures and degrees o f societal complexity; in addition, each student will work intensively with ethnographic material from one tradi­ tional society. Not o ffered 1980-81. Keith. 104. P sy ch o lo g ica l Anthropology. This seminar deals with a growing interdisci­ plinary field that draws upon cultural anthro­ pology, human evolution and biology, psychol­ ogy (particularly developmental and cognitive), and linguistics. The following specific topics will be treated: psychobiological foundations o f culture, human maturation, socialization, and culture and mental health. Spring semester. Not offered 1980-81 . Piker. 105. M odern S o c ia l Theory. An analysis o f selected works by the founders o f modern social theory and contemporary social theorists. W orks by Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Parsons, and Schütz will be discussed. F all semester. Mufioz. 107. Religion a s a Cultural Institution. The relations between religious belief and practice, psychological properties o f individuals and society. The following specific topics will be treated: religious evolution; religion as a force for both social stability and social change; the psychological bases for religious belief. M ajor theories to be considered include those o f Max Weber, Emile Durkheim, and Sigmund Freud. F all semester. N ot offered 1980-81. Piker. 186 108. S o c ia l S tratification. Comparative study o f structured social in­ equality, processes o f class formation, and conditions o f class conflict since the industrial revolution. Spring semester. N ot offered 1980-81 . Mueller. 109. S o cia l and Cultural Change. This seminar will examine the theories o f social movements, modernization, Western­ ization, cultural diffusion, and stages o f development as they apply to the process of social change in non-Western societies. Case studies will be drawn from China, India, Indonesia, Peru, Brazil, M exico, Nigeria, Kenya, and South Africa. Prerequisites: Entry-level course in SociologyAnthropology or permission o f the instructor. Srping semester. Legesse. 110. S o cio lo g y of O ccupations and P ro fe ssio n s. This seminar will take up theory and research pertaining to the social organization o f work and the meaning o f work experience in modern societies. Among the topics to be discussed are the concept o f career, the nature o f work-satisfaction, the process o f profession­ alization, degrees o f commitment to work, the relationship o f work and leisure, mid-life career change and retirement, both voluntary and involuntary. Occupational subcultures to be studied will include several types of industrial workers, law, medicine, education, and the military. Special attention will be devoted to the relationship o f work and family life, and to the problems associated with the work o f women. F all semester. Staff 114. P o litica l Sociology. Study o f political elites, political institutions, normal politics, and protest movements from the perspective o f comparative historical sociology. N ot offered 1980-81 . Mueller. 116. Post-Industrial S o ciety: M odern A m erica . A theoretical and historical exploration o f continuity, conflict, and change in America’s "exceptional” culture, economy, and polity in the post-W orld W ar Two era. Spring semester. Rieder. 117. Urban Anthropology. Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social life in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and strategies o f group formation and maintenance, e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide range o f societies both geographically and culturally; and all students in the seminar will do a field work project. Not offered 1980-81. Keith. 118. Ecology and Society. Examination o f different types o f ecological conditions and how they influence pastoral, agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social systems. Special attention will be given to the world food crisis, to climatic change, demo­ graphic pressures, environmental degradation, and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that have developed in response to ecological stress. F all semester. Legesse. 119. Age, Culture, and Society. The social and cultural significance o f age will be explained in this seminar. Generational conflicts, rites o f passage, peer grouping, cultural definitions o f the life course will be major topics. Case material will include EastAfrican age grades, modern retirement com ­ munities, life history from various cultures. Seminar members will also do observation and interview projects focused on age. N ot offered 1980-81. Keith. 180. T h e sis. Honors candidates who choose to do so will customarily write theses during the senior year. Students are urged to have their thesis proposals approved as early as possible during the junior year. Members o f the Department. 187 VI T h e C o rp o ra tio n A d m in istration B o ard o f M anagers V isiting Exam in ers A lu m n i A sso ciatio n O fficers & A lu m n i C o u n cil D egrees C o n ferred T h e Facu lty 188 Awards and D istinctions E n ro llm en t Statistics The Corporation Charles C. Price III, C hairm an 120 Hilldale Road, Lansdowne, PA 19050 Kendall Landis, Assistant Secretary Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081 J. Lawrence Shane, V ice-C hairm an 21 College Avenue, Swarthmore, PA 19081 Ann Brownell Sloane, Treasurer 145 E. 74th Street, New York, NY 10021 Sue Thomas Turner, Secretary 5 5 9 5 C ook Road, Alfred Station, NY 14803 Lawrence L. Landry, A ssistant Treasurer Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081 Board Of Managers E x o ffic io Theodore Friend, President o f Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081. E m eriti Boyd T. Barnard, 2 0 0 0 M arket Street, 13th floor, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Clement M . Biddle, 7 O x Bow Lane, Summit, NJ 07901. Isabel Jenkins Booth, Kendal at Longwood, Kennett Square, PA 19348. Eleanor Stabler Clarke, Kendal at Longwood, Kennett Square, PA 19348. George B. Clothier, 1418 Packard Bldg., Philadelphia, PA 19102. Thomas B. M cCabe, Scott Plaza, Philadelphia, PA 19113. Phillip T. Sharpies, 251 Royal Palm Way, Palm Beach, FL 33480. Claude C . Smith, 1600 Land T itle Building, Philadelphia, PA 19110. Helen Gawthrop W orth, Box 141, Kendal at Longwood, Kennett Square, PA 19348. Term E x p ires D ecem ber, 1980 Clark Kerr, 8 3 0 0 Buckingham Drive, El Cerrito, CA 94530. *Louis A. Kislik, 1552 Pebble Lane, Hewlett, L .I., NY 11557. Walter Lamb, Chester Springs, PA 19425. W inniffed Poland Pierce, 211 M cCotter Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48103. *Jeannette Streit Rohatyn, 1125 Park Ave„ New York, N Y 10028. W alter T. Skallerup, Jr., Suite 5 0 4 , 1001 Connecticut Ave. N.W ., Washington, D C 2 0 0 3 6 . * Nominated by the Alumni Association 189 Board of Managers Term E x p ires D ecem ber, 1981 Maria K. Aweida, 7184 Spring Dr., Boulder, C O 8 0 3 0 3 . Ellen Ash Blumberg, 71 Sycamore R d., W est Hartford, C T 06117. *Carol Seabrook Boulanger, 4 0 0 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022. Dorothy Lucking Hagerty, P.O. Box 7 2 0 5 9 6 , Atlanta, G A 3 0 3 2 8 . H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr., The Benson East, Jenkintown, PA 19046. Eugene M . Lang, 912 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10021. Audrey Shields Penn, 5 5 0 0 Fieldston Road, Riverdale, NY 10471. J. Lawrence Shane, 21 College Avenue, Swarthmore, PA 19801. Ann Brownell Sloane, 145 E. 74th Street, New York, NY 10021. * Arthur F.F. Snyder, Commonwealth Bank &. Trust C o ., 10 Post O ffice Square, Boston, M A 02109. Ira Tensard Wender, 5 5 5 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10021. Term E x p ires D ecem ber, 1982 Neil Austrian, Doyle Dane Bernbach, Inc., 43 7 Madison Ave., New York, NY 10022. *Esther Leeds Cooperman, 8 0 3 5 Seminole Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19118. Katherine Conner, 6 3 5 San Marino Ave., Bryn Mawr, PA 19010. Julien Cornell, Central Valley, NY 10917. Donald Lloyd-Jones, P.O. Box 61616 Dallas/Ft. W orth A irport, T X 75261. * W illiam C.H. Prentice, R D 2, Adamsville, R I 02801. John W . Roberts, P.O. Box 27211, Richmond, VA 23261. Marge Pearlman Scheuer, 101 Central Park W est, New York, NY 10023. Sue Thomas Turner, 5 5 9 5 C ook Road, Alfred Station, NY 14803. T erm E x p ires D ecem ber, 1983 W illiam M .E. Clarkson, Graphic Controls Corporation, 189 Van Rensselaer St., Buffalo, NY 14210. Jerom e Kohlberg, Jr., 6 8 0 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10019. * W illiam F. Lee, Jr., 10 Ogden Avenue, Swarthmore, PA 19081. Elizabeth M cCorm ack, Rockefeller Family and Associates, 3 0 R ockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10020. 190 Charles C. Price III, 120 Hilldale Road, Lansdowne, PA 19050. *Nancy Grace Rom an, 4 6 2 0 North Park Ave., A pt. 306W , Chevy Chase, M D 20015. Janet Hart Sylvester, 6 6 48-32n d St. N.W ., Washington, D .C . 20015. Richard B. W illis, W illow Road, Ambler, PA 19002. C om m ittees O f T h e B oard The Chairman o f the Board is ex officio a member o f every Committee Executive Charles C. Price III, Chairman J. Lawrence Shane, Vice-Chairman Katherine Conner Julien Cornell Eugene M . Lang Marge Pearlman Scheuer W alter T. Skallerup, Jr. Ann Brownell Sloane Sue Thom as Turner Finance and Trusts Administration A nn Brownell Sloane, Chairman Neil Austrian George B. Clothier H. Thom as Hallowell, Jr. Louis A . Kislik W alter Lamb Thomas B. McCabe W illiam C.H . Prentice Nancy Grace Rom an J. Lawrence Shane Janet Hart Sylvester Richard B. W illis Instruction and Libraries Katherine Conner, Chairperson Maria Klemperer Aweida Ellen Ash Blumberg Carol Seabrook Boulanger Clark Kerr Donald J. Lloyd-Jones Elizabeth M cCormack Audrey Shields Penn W innifred Poland Pierce W illiam C.H . Prentice Nancy Grace Roman W alter T. Skallerup, Jr. Sue Thom as Turner Ira T. Wender Helen Gawthrop W orth Investment J . Lawrence Shane, Chairman Boyd T. Barnard Richard C . Bond H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr. Thomas B. M cCabe Ann Brownell Sloane Ira T. Wender Richard B. W illis Property Julien Cornell, Chairman John W . Roberts, Vice-Chairman Boyd T. Barnard Dorothy Lucking Hagerty H. Thom as Hallowell, Jr. Jerom e Kohlberg, Jr. W alter Lamb W illiam F. Lee, Jr. Jeannette Streit Rohatyn Marge Pearlman Scheuer Arthur F.F. Snyder Janet Hart Sylvester Student Life Marge Pearlman Scheuer, Chairperson Maria Klemperer Aweida Clem ent M . Biddle Ellen Ash Blumberg W illiam M .E. Clarkson Katherine Conner Esther Leeds Cooperman Louis A . Kislik Eugene M . Lang Donald J . Lloyd-Jones Board of Managers Audrey Shields Penn W innifred Poland Pierce Jeannette Streit Rohatyn Ann Brownell Sloane Sue Thom as Turner Nominating W alter T. Skallerup, Jr., Chairman Ellen Ash Blumberg Katherine Conner Jerom e Kohlberg, Jr. Donald J. Lloyd-Jones Marge Pearlman Scheuer Janet Hart Sylvester Development Eugene M . Lang, Chairman Neil Austrian Boyd T. Barnard Clement M . Biddle Carol Seabrook Boulanger Stokes Clement, Jr., ex officio Julien Cornell Dorothy Lucking Hagerty H. Thom as Hallowell, Jr. Jerom e Kohlberg, Jr. 192 W illiam F. Lee, Jr. Donald J. Lloyd-Jones John W . Roberts W alter T. Skallerup, Jr. Arthur F.F. Snyder Janet Hart Sylvester Sue Thom as Turner Babette Barbash Weksler, ex officio Ira T. Wender Richard B. W illis Alumni Association Officers & Alumni Council P resid en t, Babette Barbash W eksler ’5 8 , 331 Engle Street, Tenafly, NJ 0 7 6 7 0 V ice P re s id e n t Susan W illis R u ff ’6 0 , 3521 Ordway St., NW, Washington, D C 20016 P re sid e n t D esignate, Marshall Beil ’67, 8 W . 13th St., New York, NY 10011 S ecretary, Linda Habas Mantel ’6 0 , 61 Jane St., Apt 15J, New York, NY 10014 V ice Presid ent, Samuel Brackeen ’6 8 , 7 05 Preston Road, Erdenheim, PA 19118 Term Expires May Zone A New Jersey (Atlantic, Burlington, Camden, Cape May, Cumberland, Glouster, Hunterdon, Mercer, Ocean, Salem, W arren Counties), Pennsylvania (except Western Pennsylvania) 1981 Eleanor Eves Cogshall ’37, 3 4 3 Edison-Fur long Rd., Doylestown, PA 18901 Eugene A . Bentley, Jr. ’5 4, Llangollen Lane, Newtown Square, PA 19073 Samuel I. Kalkstein ’37, Green Hill Ranch, 2 3 6 9 0 Alcudia Rd., Hinkley, CA 92347 Barbara W eber Mather ’6 5 , 2001 Fidelity Bldg., Philadelphia, PA 19109 Joh n G . Moxey, Jr. ’3 5 , 1404 Johnny’s Way, R D 3, W est Chester, . PA 19380 Roger J. Youman ’5 3 , 752 Mancill Road, Wayne, PA 19087 1983 Paula Lawrence Wehmiller ’67, 201 Harvard Ave., Swarthmore, PA 19081 Frances Pace Crosby ’2 6 , 2 2 7 N. Swarthmore Ave., Swarthmore, PA 19081 Mary Lou Dutton W olfe ’4 6 , 3 3 7 Barren Hill R d., Conshohocken, PA 19424 John B. Ferguson, Jr. ’41, 1736 Paper Mill R d., Meadowbrook, PA 19046 Richard J. Yeager ’67, 1300 Ocean Ave., Mantaloking, NJ 0 8 7 3 8 . 1982 Elizabeth Maxfield C rofts ’6 3 , 1373 Butternut Dr., Southampton, PA 18966 John W . Seybold ’3 6, 6 Roylencroft Lane, R ose Valley, PA 19063 Esther Howard Allen ’27, F -229 Open D oor Estates, 411 N. Middletown R d., Lima, PA 19037 Zone B Connecticut, New Jersey (Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Middlesex, M onm outh, M orris, Passaic, Som erset, Sussex, and U nion Counties), New York 1981 Paul G ottlieb ’5 6 , 211 Central Park W est, Apt. 15K, New York, NY 10024 Frances Halsband Kliment ’6 5 , 35 W . 9 0 th St., New York, NY 10024 1982 Randall W . Larrimore ’6 9 , 9 8 Partrick Rd., W estport, C T 0 6 8 8 0 Beatrice Beach MacLeod ’31, 9 5 7 E. State Street, Ithaca, NY 14850 193 Alumni Association Officers & Alumni Council 1983 R obert C . Wallach ’5 6, 4 3 0 E. 86th Street, Apt. 17C, New York, NY 10028 Jeanne M cKee Jacobson ’5 3, 19 Rosewood Drive, Clifton Park, NY 12065 Sally A . W arren ’6 5 , 11 East 63rd St., Apt. 3A , New York, NY 10021 W ill McLain HI ’2 9 , P.O. Box 174, Hope, NJ 0 7 8 4 4 Sherry F. Bellamy ’74, 9 3 Lake Place, New Haven, C T 06511 Norman B. Sher ’5 2, 2 3 4 7 East 63rd St., Brooklyn, NY 11234 Zone C Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont 1981 Joan Jessop Brewster ’4 6 , RR1, Box 113A , Peterborough, NH 0 3 4 5 8 R obert G . Murray ’67, 3 6 Appleby Road, Wellesley, M A 02181 Zone D Delaware, D istrict o f Columbia, Maryland, Virginia 1982 Barbara Stubbs Cohen ’67, 2617 W oodley PL, NW , Washington, D C 20008 W alter A . Scheiber ’4 6 , 5316 Sangamore Road, Bethesda, MD 20016 1983 Eleanor DugUid Craig ’6 0 , 8 0 8 Greenwood Road, W ilm ington, D E 19807 Peter G . Gould ’73, 1405 Kenwood Avenue, Alexandria, VA 2 2 3 0 2 Zone E O h io W estern Pennsylvania (Allegheny, Armstrong, Beaver, Butler, Clarion, Crawford, Erie, Fayette, Greene, Lawrence, Mercer, Venango, Washington, Westmoreland Counties), W est Virginia 1981 Janice R obb Anderson ’4 2 , 8 9 5 W est Rahn R d., Dayton, O H 4 5 4 2 9 Nicholas Andrew Beldecos ’4 3 , 1336 Shady Ave., Pittsburgh, PA 15217 Zone F Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas 1982 Ned B. W illiam s ’3 4 , 4 Gull Point R d., Hilton Head Island, SC 2 9 9 2 8 Louise Lichtenberg W ilson ’67, 201 E. Wesley R d ., NE, Atlanta, GA 30305 Zone G Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, M issouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, W isconsin 1982 Marilyn Mathews Bendiksen ’5 9 , 3 4 7 0 Greenbriar C t, LaCrosse, W I 54601 194 Fred H. Montgomery ’6 8 , 2 2 5 3 N. Burling St., Chicago, IL 60614 1983 John F. Cromwell ’51, 4 5 4 Ivywood Drive, Ballwin, M O 63011 Margaret Barber Scholten ’3 6 , 9 3 0 W. Inkster Avenue, Kalamazoo, MI 49001 Zone H Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New M exico, Oregon, U tah, Washington, Wyoming, Territories, and foreign countries 1981 Paul I. Corddry ’5 8, 1921 North 21st St., Boise, ID 8 3 7 0 2 Betty Stern Hoffenberg ’4 3 , 1365 Marinette R d., Pacific Palisades, CA 90272 1983 Marian Hubbell Mowatt ’3 4, 6471 Sand Point Way, NE, Seattle, WA 98115 Lawrence J. Smith ’6 8 , 1930 Oak Avenue, Boulder, C O 8 0 3 0 2 195 The Faculty Theodore Friend, b .a . and LL.D ., W illiam s College; M .A . and Ph.D ., Yale University, President. 3 2 4 Cedar Lane. H a rriso n M. Wright, B .A ., M .A ., Ph.D., Harvard University. Provost and Professor o f History. 319 Cedar Lane. T h om as H. B lackburn, b .a ., Amherst College; B.A . and M .A ., University o f O xford; Ph.D ., Stanford University, Dean and Professor o f English. 6 0 9 Elm Avenue. L a w re n ce L. Landry, B .S.B .A ., m .b .a ., Clark University, V ice President — Finance. 3 0 2 Avondale Road. Kendall Landis, B .A ., Swarthmore College; M .A ., Wesleyan University, Vice President — Alumni, Development, Public Relations. 5 5 0 Elm Avenue. G ilm ore Stott, B.A . and M .A ., University o f Cincinnati; B.A . and M .A ., University o f O xford; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate Provost and Associate Dean, Lecturer in Philosophy. 318 Dartmouth Avenue. Ja n e t Sm ith D ickerson , b .a ., W estern College for W om en; M .Ed., Xavier University, Associate Dean. 515 Elm Avenue. Robert A. Barr, Jr., B.A ., Swarthmore College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania, Dean o f Admissions. 510 Strath Haven Avenue. Ja n e H. M u llin s, B .A ., Swarthmore College, Registrar. 11 S. Princeton Avenue. M ich a e l Durkan, B.A ., St. Patrick’s College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in Library Training, University College, Dublin, Librarian. 201 W est R ose Valley Road, Wallingford, PA 19086. J a m e s A. H inz, B.A ., Concordia .Senior College; B.D . and M . Div., Concordia Seminary; M .A ., Stanford University, Humanities Librarian. 5 6 6 Juniata Avenue. Emi K. H orikaw a, B .E., University o f Nevada; M .A ., University o f U tah, Science Librarian, 3 0 9 Rutgers Avenue. EMERITI M a ry A lb ertso n , B .A ., m .a . and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, Isaac H. Clothier Professor Emerita o f History and International Relations. 5 0 5 Ogden Avenue. Elisa A sen siO , M .A ., Middlebury College, Professor Emerita o f Spanish. 510 Panmure Road, Haverford, PA 19041. Lyd ia Baer, B .A ., O berlin College; M .A . and Ph.D ., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor Emerita o f German, Manatee River Hotel, Bradenton, FL 3 3 5 0 5 . Paul A. Beik, B.A ., U nion College, M .A . and Ph.D ., Columbia University, Centennial Professor Emeritus o f History. 2461 Venetian Way, W inter Park, FL 3 2 7 8 9 H ein rich Brinkm ann, b .a ., Stanford University; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University, A lbert L. and Edna Pownall Buffington Professor Emeritus o f Mathematics. Wallingford Arms, Wallingford, PA 19086 196 A lic e Brodhead, B.s. and m .a ., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor Emerita o f Education. 144 Park Avenue. Hilda D, Cohn, Dr. Phil., University o f Heidelberg, Professor Emerita o f German. W ildm an Arms. M artha A. Connor, B.s. and m .a ., University o f Pennsylvania; B .S. in L .S., Drexel University, Librarian Emerita. Apt. 219 Crosslands, Kennett Square, PA 19348. W illiam C. Elm ore, B .S., Lehigh University; Ph.D ., Yale University; M orris L. Clothier Professor Emeritus o f Physics. 2 8 8 Paxon Hollow Road, Media, PA 19063. L e w is H. Elverson, B .S., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education for Men. Quidnet, Nantucket, M A 0 2 5 5 4 . Robert K. Enders, b .a . and Ph.D., University o f Michigan, Isaac H. Clothier, Jr., Professor Emeritus o f Biology. 311 Elm Avenue. E J . Faulkner, Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education for Men. 5 0 0 Osceola Avenue, Apt. 210, W inter Park, FL 3 2 7 8 9 . Launce J . Flem ister, b .a ., m .a . and Ph.D ., Duke University, Professor Emeritus o f Zoology, P.O. Box F, Swarthmore, PA 19081. M ila n W. G arrett, B.A . and M .A ., Stanford University; B.A . and D . Phil., University o f O xford, Professor Emeritus o f Physics, 16 Beach Road, Sevem a Park, M D 21146. Everett L. Hunt, B .A ., Huron College; M .A ., University o f Chicago; D . Litt., Huron College, Dean Emeritus and Professor Emeritus o f English. 221 N. Princeton Avenue. F re d ric K le e s, b .a ., Bowdoin College, Professor Emeritus o f English. 2 2 0 South Chester Road. Olga Lang, Graduate, University o f M oscow; Ph.D., Columbia University, Professor Emerita o f Russian. 611 W . 111th St., New York, NY 10025. B arbara P e a rso n Lange, Dean Emerita o f W om en, W ildm an Arms. Lu zern e G. Livingston, B .S ., Lawrence College; Ph.D ., University o f W isconsin, Professor Emeritus o f Botany. 15 Dartmouth Circle. Fran z H. M autner, Dr. Phil., University o f Vienna, Professor Emertius o f German. 4 0 8 W alnut Lane. John D. M cC ru m m , B.A . and M .S., University o f Colorado, Howard N. and Ada J. Eavenson Professor Emeritus o f Engineering. 6 0 6 Ogden Avenue. N orm an A. M einkoth, B. o f Ed., Southern Illinios Teachers College; M .S., and Ph.D ., University o f Illinois, Professor Emeritus o f Zoology. 431 W est Woodland Avenue, Springfield, PA 19064. Irene M o ll, B.s. in Ed., University o f Kansas; M .A ., Texas University for W om en, Associate Professor Emerita o f Physical Education for W om en. 8 0 5 Illinois Street, Lawrence, K S 6 6 0 4 4 . Jo h n M . M oore, B .A ., Park College; B .D ., U nion Theological Seminary; M .A ., Harvard University; Ph.D ., Columbia University, Professor Emeritus o f Philosophy and Religion. 512 Ogden Avenue. B ernard M o rrill, B .s . in M .E ., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; M .M .E ., University o f Delaware, Ph.D., University o f Michigan, Henry C . and J. Archer Turner Professor Emeritus o f Engineering. 21 Oberlin Avenue. J . Roland Pennock, B.A ., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D ., Harvard University, Richter Professor Emeritus o f Political Science. 7 3 9 Harvard Avenue. Edith P h illip s, B .A ., Goucher College; Docteur de l’Université de Paris, Susan W L ip p in cott Professor Emerita o f French. Kendal at Longwood, Kennett Square, PA 19348. Frank C. P ierso n , B .A ., Swarthmore College; Ph.D ., Columbia University, Joseph W harton Professor Emeritus o f Political Economy. 740 Ogden Avenue. H edley H. Rhys, B .A ., W est Virginia University; M .A . and Ph.D ., Harvard University, Professor Emeritus o f A rt History. Apt. 217, Crosslands,^ Kennett Square, PA 19348. J a m e s D. Sorber, b .a ., Lehigh University; M .A ., University o f Nebraska, Professor Emeritus o f Spanish, Apt. 211, Kendal at Longwood, Kennett Square, PA 19348. W illis J . Stetson, B.A ., Swarthmore College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education for Men. 144 North Highland Road, Springfield, PA 19064. Derek T ra ve rsi, b .a . and m .a ., University o f O xford, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor Emeritus o f English. 211A College Avenue. P eter van de Kam p, Cand. and Docts., University o f U trecht; Ph.D., University o f 197 The Faculty California; D. Phil., University o f Groningen, Edward Hicks Magill Professor Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory. 15 Wellesley Road. Neal A. Weber, B.A ., M .S. and D .Sc., University o f North Dakota; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor Emeritus o f Zoology. 2 6 0 6 M ission Road, Tallahassee, FL 3 2 3 0 4 . Robert M. Walker, B.A . and M .F.A ., Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard University. Professor Emeritus o f Art History. 6 Fox Hollow, Mainestone, Wayland, M A 01778. H ow ard H. W illiam s, B .A ., Lake Forest College; M .A . in L .S ., Columbia University, Reference Librarian Emeritus. 144 Park Avenue. H ans W allach, Dr. Phil., University o f Berlin, Centennial Professor Emeritus o f Psychology. 510 Bryn Mawr Avenue. PROFESSORS **Norman T. Adler, B .A ., Harvard University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor o f Psychology (part-tim e), University o f Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA 19104. George C. Avery, B .A ., M .A ., and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Profesor o f German. 2 3 0 Haverford Avenue. Robert C. Rannister, b .a . and Ph.D., Yale University; B.A . and M .A ., University o f O xford, Professor o f History. 6 0 6 Elm Avenue. C a rl RarUS, B.A ., Brown University; M .S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology, Professor o f Engineering. 4 0 4 W alnut Lane. O lexa-M yron Bilaniuk, Cand. Ingénieur, Université de Louvain; B .S.E ., B .S ., M .S., M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Michigan, Professor o f Physics. 100 Plush Mill Road, Wallingford, PA 19086 David L. Bow ler, B .S. in E .E ., Bucknell University; M .S. in E .E., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University, Professor o f Electrical Engineering. 5 0 5 Yale Avenue. University, Professor o f English. 312 Ogden Avenue. G om er H. D avies, B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; Ed.M ., Temple University, Professor o f Physical Education. 225 Cornell Avenue. Lee Devill, B .A ., San Jose College; M.A. and Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor o f English Literature and Director o f The Theatre. 511 Harvard Avenue. H. S e a rl Dunn, B .S.E . and M .S.E ., Princeton University; Ph.D., Brown University, Professor o f Engineering. 6 0 3 Elm Avenue. J a m e s W. England, B .A ., Kansas State Teachers College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Missouri, Professor o f Mathematics. 312 Cornell Avenue. Edw ard A. Fehnel, B .S., M .S ., and Ph.D ., Lehigh University; Edmund Allen Professor o f Chemistry. 120 Paxon Hollow Rd., R ose Tree, Media, PA 19063 M a m e s A. Field, J r „ B .S., M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University, Isaac H. Clothier Professor o f History. 6 0 5 Hillborn Avenue. David COWdeil, B.A ., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D. Harvard * Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980. 198 * * Fall Semester, 1980. t-J« W illiam Fro st, B .A ., DePauw University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f W isconsin, Director o f the Friends Historical Library and Professor o f Religion. 601 North Chester Road. •«Kenneth J . Gergen, B .A ., Yale University; Ph.D., Duke University, Professor o f Psychology. 331 Rogers Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. ^Charles E. G ilbert, B .A ., Haverford College; Ph.D ., Northwestern University, Richter Professor o f Political Science, 223 Kenyon Avenue. J a m e s H. H am m ons, B .A ., College; M .A . and Ph.D., The Hopkins University, Professor 17 Furness Lane, Wallingford, Amherst Johns o f Chemistry. PA 19086. M a rk A. Heald, B .A ., O berlin College; M .S. and Ph.D ., Yale University, Professor o f Physics. 4 2 0 Rutgers Avenue. Wulff D. Heintz, Dr. rer. nat. München University, Professor o f Astronomy. 5 4 0 Riverview Avenue. for Social and Policy Studies. 212 Elm Avenue. T. K a o ri Kitao, B.A. and M .A ., University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f Art History. 5 4 0 Westminster Avenue. Eugene A. Klotz, B .S ., Antioch College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor o f Mathematics, 735 Yale Avenue. George Krugovoy, B.A ., M .A ., and Ph.D ., Philosophical Institute, Salzburg, Austria, Professor o f Russian. 5 6 2 Juniata Avenue. J a m e s R. Kurth, B .A ., Stanford University; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f Political Science. W ild man Arms. Hugh M. Lacey, B.A . and M .A ., University o f Melbourne, Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor o f Philosophy. 4 W hittier Place. A sm a ro m Le g e sse , B.A ., University College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M. and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f Anthropology. 4 0 7 Vassar Avenue. P a trick Henry, B.A ., Harvard University; B.A . and M .A ., University o f Oxford; M .A . and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor §§§Sarah Lee Lippincott, B .A ., University o f Religion. 915 Harvard Avenue. o f Pennsylvania; M .A ., Swarthmore Eleanor K. H e ss, B.s. and M.s., College; D .S c., Villanova University, University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f Director o f Sproul Observatory and Physical Education. 3 0 2 North Chester Professor o f Astronomy. 5 0 7 Cedar Lane. Road. **LU Ho-Fu, B .S., Yenching University; M .S. Robinson G. H ollister, Jr., B.A ., and Ph.D., University o f Minnesota, Amherst College; Ph.D., Stanford Cornell Visiting Professor o f Physics. 4 0 5 University, Professor o f Econom ics (partWalnut Lane. tim e). 1 W hittier Place. Paul C. M angelsdorf, Jr., B .A ., Raym ond F. H opkins, B .A ., O hio Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard Wesleyan University; M .A ., O h io State University, M orris L. Clothier Professor o f University; M .A . and Ph.D., Yale Physics. 110 Cornell Avenue. University, Professor o f Political Science. *Philip M e tzid a k is, B.A ., Dartmouth 3 0 8 Ogden Avenue. College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor Gudmund R. Iversen, M .A ., University o f Spanish. 113 Governors Drive, o f Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University, Wallingford, PA 19086 Professor o f Statistics, and Director, Center ‘ Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980. * * Fall Semester, 1980. Ij.Absent on leave, 1980-81. §§§ Half-time leave, 1980-81. 199 The Faculty Helen F. North, B .A ., M .A ., and Ph.D„ Cornell University, Centeniflal Professor o f Classics. 6 0 4 Ogden Avenue. fH a n s F. Oberdiek, B .S., and PK.D., University o f W isconsin, Professor o f Philosophy. 410 Dickinson Avenue. M a rtin O stw ald, B .A ., University o f Toronto; M .A ., University o f Chicago; Ph.D ., Columbia University, W illiam R . Kenan, Jr., Professor o f Classics. 2 W hittier Place. H ow ard P ack, B .B.A ., City College o f New York; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology, Professor o f Economics. 1530 Locust St., Philadelphia, PA 19102. H arold E. Pagliaro, A .B., M .A ., Ph.D., Columbia University, Professor o f English Literature. 5 3 6 Ogden Avenue. Dean Peabody, B .A ., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f Psychology. 4 0 5 Rogers Lane. f f J e a n A shm ead P e rk in s, B .A ., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia University, Susan W . Lippincott Professor o f French. 913 Strath Haven Avenue. ts te v e n I. Piker, B .A ., Reed College; Ph.D ., University o f Washington, Professor o f Anthropology. 125 Rutgers Avenue. F re d e ric L. Pryor, B .A ., Oberlin College; M .A . and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor o f Econom ics (part-tim e). 7 4 0 Harvard Avenue. t David Rosen, B.A ., New York University; M .A . and Ph.D ., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f Mathematics, 3 3 6 North Princeton Avenue. tt fR o b e r t Roza, B .A ., University o f Toronto; M .A . and Ph.D ., Princeton * Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980. * * Fall Semester, 1980. f A bsent on leave, spring semester, 1981. f t Program Coordinator, Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, fall semester, 1980. 200 University, Professor o f French. 2 3 3 Cornell Avenue. R ernard S affran, b .a ., City College o f New York; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota, Professor o f Econom ics. 201 Garrett Avenue. Robert E. S avage, B.A ., O berlin College; M .S. and Ph.D., University o f W isconsin, Professor o f Biology. 411 Vassar Avenue. *Allen M. Schneider, B.s., Trinity College; Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor o f Psychology. 6 0 8 Elm Avenue. **Anne D. S e s s a , B .A ., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University o f Delaware, Visiting Professor o f History, (part-time). W est Chester State College, W est Chester, PA 19380. J . Edw ard Skeath, B.A ., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D ., University o f Illinois; Professor o f Mathematics. 11 Benjamin W est Avenue. B ernard S. Sm ith, b .a . and M .A ., University o f Oxford; Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f History. 311 Park Avenue. David G. Sm ith, B .A ., and M .A ., University o f Oklahoma; Ph.D., T he Johns Hopkins University, Centennial Professor o f Political Science. 3 W hittier Place. t Su san Brooke Snyder, B .A ., Hunter College; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia University, Professor o f English. 4 0 3 W alnut Lane. \Donald K. S w e arer, B.A ., M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University; B.D . and S.T.M ., Yale Divinity School, Professor o f Religion. 109 Columbia Avenue. P eter Gram Sw ing, b .a . and M .A ., Harvard University; Ph.D., University o f f f t Program Coordinator, Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, spring semester, 1981. t Absent on leave, 1980-81. Chicago. Daniel Underhill Professor o f Music and Director o f the Chorus. 614 Hillborn Avenue. F ra n c is P. Tafoya, b .a . and M .A ., University o f Colorado; Ph.D., Yale University Professor o f French and Spanish. 6 2 0 North Chester Road. + +P eter T. Thom pson, B .A ., The Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh, Professor o f Chemistry. 92 5 Strath Haven Avenue. P. Linw ood Urban, Jr., B .A ., Princeton University; S.T.B., S.T.M. and T h.D ., General rheological Seminary, Charles and Harriet C ox McDowell Professor o f Religion. 2 0 South Princeton Avenue. f Eugene Weber, B.A., W illiams College; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f German. 4 0 9 Strath Haven Avenue. M. Jo se p h W illis, B .C .E ., University o f Washington; M .S., Cornell University; Ph.D., T he Johns Hopkins University, Professor o f Engineering. 3 0 6 Chestnut Lane. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS M a rg a re t A n derson , b .a ., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Brown University, Associate Professor o f History. 214 Rutgers Avenue. **Richard Beem an, Ph.D., University o f Chicago, Visiting Associate Professor o f History (part-tim e). 612 Hillborn Avenue. A lfre d H. Bloom , B .A ., Princeton University; M .A ., and Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate Professor o f Linguistics and Psychology, and Program Director o f Linguistics. 5 W oodbrook Lane. Joh n B. BoCCiO, B .S ., Polytechnic Institute o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University, Associate Professor o f Physics. 737 Harvard Avenue. (P a tric ia W ityk Boyer, B .S., Trenton State College; M .A ., New York University, Associate Professor o f Dance and Director o f the Dance Program. 817 Parkridge Drive, Media, PA 19063. (Thom pson Bradley, B .A ., Yale University; M .A ., Columbia University, Associate Professor o f Russian. Price’s Lane, Moylan, PA 19065. (R o bert S ain t-C yr Du P le s s is , b .a ., W illiam s College; M .A ., Ph.D ., Columbia * * F a ll Semester, 1980. ( A bsent on leave, spring semester, 1981. University, Associate Professor o f History. 211 Rutgers Avenue. J a m e s D. Freem an, B .A ., m .a . and Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate Professor o f Music and Director o f the Orchestra. 2 0 6 Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. Jo h n J . HaSSett, B .A ., St. Francis College; M .A ., University o f Iowa; Ph.D., University o f W isconsin, Associate Professor o f Spanish. Swarthmore College. (C h a rle s L. Ja m e s , B .S., State University o f New York at New Paltz; M .S ., State University o f New York at Albany, Associate Professor o f English. 4 0 2 Laurel Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. Joh n B. Je n k in s, B .S. State University; Ph.D., California, Los Angeles, o f Biology. 5 5 8 Rutgers and M .S., Utah University o f Associate Professor Avenue. Je n n ie Keith, B .A ., Pomona College; M .A ., and Ph.D., Northwestern University, Associate Professor o f Anthropology. Swarthmore College. Deborah G. Kem ler, b .a ., M .A ., and Ph.D., Brown University, Associate Ij. ij. Absent on leave, 1980-81. The Faculty Professor o f Psychology. 211 Benjamin W est Avenue. ^Alison M . Kettering, B.A ., Oberlin College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley, Associate Professor o f Art. 915 Harvard Avenue. Edw ard N. K re sch , B .S. and M .S., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f Engineering. 1632 M t. Pleasant Road, Havertown, PA 19083. David R. Lachterm an, B .A ., St. Joh n’s College, Ph.D ., Harvard University, Associate Professor o f Philosophy. Swarthmore College. ijlillia n M . Li, A .B., Radcliffe College; A .M . and Ph.D ., Harvard University, Associate Professor o f History. 915 Harvard Avenue. ^Kenneth G. Lieberthal, b .a ., Dartmouth College; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia University, Associate Professor o f Political Science. 4 0 6 Cedar Lane. IjNelSOn A. M acken, B .S ., Case Institute o f Technology; M .S., Ph.D ., University o f Delaware, Associate Professor o f Engineering. 2 5 0 Haverford Avenue. J e a n n e M a re c e k , B .S., Loyola University; Ph.D ., Yale University, Associate Professor o f Psychology. 519 W alnut Lane. Stephen B. M aurer, B.A ., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate Professor o f Mathematics. 317 N. Chester Road. Lucy M cD iarm id, B.A ., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate Professor o f English Literature. 1720 Lombard Street, Philadelphia, PA 19146. M a rg a re t L. M io v ic, A .B., Radcliffe College; Ph.D ., University o f Pennsylvania, * Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980. Absent on leave, 1980-81. 202 Associate Professor o f Biology. 2 3 5 Park Avenue. Kathryn L. M organ, B .A ., Virginia State College; M .A ., Howard University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania. Associate Professor o f History. Apt. 728, W ildman Arms. §§H ans-Eberhard M ueller, B .A ., Hunter College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley, Associate Professor o f Sociology. 519 N. Lemon St., Media, PA 19063. Ern est J . Prudente, B .S. and M .S., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f Physical Education. 914 Surrey Road, Media, PA 19063. C h a rle s Raff, B.A ., University o f Rochester; M .A . and Ph.D., Brown University, Associate Professor o f Philosophy. 214 Rutgers Avenue. G ilbert P. R ose, B.A . and Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley, Associate Professor o f Classics. 6 0 0 Elm Avenue. *Aiburt M. R osenberg, B.A ., Harvard University; M .S., University o f Florida; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f Natural Science. 6 0 9 Hillborn Avenue. R ich ard L. Rubin, A .B., Brown University; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia University, Associate Professor o f Political Science and Public Policy. 5 0 4 ‘/2 Riverview Road. R ich ard Sch u ld en frei, B.A . and M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh, Associate Professor o f Philosophy. 8 S . Lemon Street, Media, PA 19063. B a rry S c h w a rtz , B.A ., New York University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f Psychology. 5 3 9 Riverview Road. §§ Inactive, 1980-81. ^Kenneth E. Sharpe, B.A ., Dartmouth College; M .S ., London School o f Econom ics and Political Science; Ph.D., Yale University, Associate Professor o f Political Science. 521 Elm Avenue. fS im o n e V. Sm ith, Licence et Lettres, University o f Grenoble, Associate Professor o f French. 125 Forest Lane. David B ro o k s Sm oyer, B .A ., Dartmouth College; L L.B., Harvard Law School, Associate Professor o f Physical Education. 3 3 5 Park Avenue. Kit-Yin Tieng Snyder, B .S., College o f the City o f New York; M .A ., University o f Michigan; M.F.A. Sculpture U .C .L .A . Clarem ont, Associate Professor o f Studio A rts (part-tim e). 317 N. Chester Road. P h ilip M. W einstein, A .B., Princeton University; A .M . and Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate Professor o f English Literature. 510 Ogden Avenue. Tim othy C. W illia m s, B .A ., Swarthmore College; A .M ., Harvard University; Ph.D., R ockefeller University, Associate Professor o f Biology. 314 Rutgers Avenue. C ra ig W illiam son , B .A ., Stanford University; M .A ., Harvard University; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f English Literature. 6 0 2 Elm Avenue. *J e ro m e H, Wood, Jr., B.A . Howard University; Ph.D., Brown University, Associate Professor o f History, 103 E. Providence Road, Aldan, PA 19014. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS M a u ric e F. Aburdene, M .S. and Ph.D., University o f Connecticut, Assistant Professor o f Engineering. 3 0 2 North Chester Road. Assistant Professor o f Political Science. 2116 Spruce Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. George B. A s s a f, B.A ., Kingston Polytechnic; M .A ., Essex University, Visiting Assistant Professor o f Economics. 401 W alnut Lane. E ric A. G. Binnie, B.A ., Strathclyde University, Scotland; M .A ., McMaster University; Ph.D., University o f Toronto, Assistant Professor o f English and Technical Director for T he Theatre. 915 Harvard Avenue. M ich a e l E. Bacon, B •Sc., University o f Natal; M .S. and Ph.D., Colorado State University, Assistant Professor o f Physics. 515 Elm Avenue. tA lla n S . Blaer, A .B., M .A ., Ph.D„ Columbia University, Assistant Professor o f Physics. Tunbridge Apt. A -3 0 5 , 274 Glen Riddle Road, Glen Riddle, PA 19037. C h a rle s A. B a le stri, A .B ., Princeton University; B .A ., Cambridge University; Ph.D ., Yale University, Assistant Professor o f English. 1 Crum Ledge. T h om as B o sse rt, B.A ., Princeton University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f W isconsin, Assistant Professor o f Political Science. 521 Elm Avenue. W illiam H. B atsch elet, b .a ., Grmnell College; M .A . and Ph.D ., University o f Washington, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry, Swarthmore College. Tatiana M . Cosm an, b .a ., m .a ., Middlebury College; M .A ., Columbia University; Ph.D., New York University, Assistant Professor o f Russian (part-time) and Director o f the Language Laboratory. 3 0 6 S. Chester Road. C h a rle s R. B eitz, b .a ., Colgate University; M .A ., University o f Michigan; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University, * Absent on leave, fall semester, 1980. t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1981. Ij. Absent on leave, 1980-81. The Faculty M ich a e l W. Cothren, B .A ., Vanderbilt University; M .A ., Columbia University, Assistant Professor o f A rt History. 4 0 4 Elm Avenue. S u sa n P. D avis, B .S ., Springfield College; M .S., Sm ith College, Assistant Professor o f Physical Education. 2411 W hitehouse Road, Berwyn, PA 19312. R osem a ry M. R. D esja rd in s, B.A . and M .A ., University o f M elbourne; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy. Swarthmore College. M a rio n J . Faber, B .A ., M .A ., University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard University, Assistant Professor o f German. #1 Crum Ledge Lane. G regory L. Florant, B .S., Cornell University, Ph.D., Stanford University, Assistant Professor o f Biology, ft5 Crum Ledge. S co tt F. G ilbert, B .A ., Wesleyan University; M .A . and Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, Assistant Professor o f Biology. 617 Fairview Road. ^Robert J . G ro ss, B .A ., Swarthmore College; M.A.T., Ed.D ., Harvard University, Assistant Professor in the Program in Education. 214 Harvard Avenue. ^Judith C. Hem pel, B .S., M .A ., Ph.D., University o f Texas, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry. 317 N. Chester Rd. C on stan ce Cain H ungerford, B.A ., Wellesley College; M .A ., Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley, Assistant Professor o f A rt History. 318 N. Chester Road. M a rk J a c o b s , B .A ., Harvard University; Ph.D ., Stanford University, Assistant Professor o f Biology. 8 W hittier Place. C a ro l C. Kahler, B .S ., University o f Chicago; M .S. and Ph.D ., University o f California, Berkeley, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry. 318 N. Chester Road. M ich a e l Knutson, B.F.A., University o f Washington; M .F.A ., Yale University, Ij. Absent on leave, 1980-81. 204 Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts. 510 Elm Avenue. Ann L. K o sa k o w sk i, B.A ., Wellesley College; M .Phil. and Ph.D., Yale University, Assistant Professor o f Music. 318 N. Chester Road. M a rk Kuperberg, B .A ., Amherst College; M .A ., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology, Assistant Professor o f Economics. 317 N. Chester Road. Gerald Levinson, B .A ., University o f Pennsylvania; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Music. #2 Crum Ledge. \Linda Yuen-Ching Lim, B.A ., University o f Cambridge; M .A ., Yale University; Ph.D., University o f Michigan, Assistant Professor o f Econom ics. Swarthmore College. A rth u r E. M cGarity, B .A ., Trinity University; M .S .E ., Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University. Assistant Professor o f Engineering. 5 2 5 Elm Avenue. George M o sk o s, B.A ., Davidson College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f W isconsin, Madison, Assistant Professor o f French. 515 Elm Avenue. David L. Muething, B .A ., M .A ., Boston College; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology, Assistant Professor o f Econom ics. 317 N. Chester Road. Draulio MufiOZ, B.A ., University o f Rhode Island; Ph.D ., University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor o f Sociology/Anthropology. 517 Elm Avenue. F re d e ric k L. Orthlieb, B .S. and M .S., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University, Assistant Professor o f Engineering. J3 Green Valley Road, Wallingford, PA 19086. M a ry L. Poovey, B .A ., O berlin College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Virginia, Assistant Professor o f English Literature. 6 0 3 Ogden Avenue. “ Jonathan Rieder, B .A ., Harvard College; Ph.D., Yale University, Assistant Professor o f Sociology/Anthropology. Swarthmore College. Gail R u ssell, B .A ., Wellesley College; M .A . Princeton University, Assistant Professor o f Political Science. 4 0 4 Elm Avenue. ^Richard H. Spady, B.A ., Haverford College; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology, Assistant Professor o f Economics. Swarthmore College. ^ Charles F. Stone, III, B .A ., Swarthmore College; Assistant Professor o f Economics. #3 Crum Ledge. M a ry Beth Saffo, B .A ., University o f California at Santa Cruz; Ph.D., Stanford University, Assistant Professor o f Biology. 4 Crum Ledge. Eva F. T ra ve rs, B .A ., Connecticut College; M .A . and Ed.D., Harvard University, Assistant Professor o f Education and Director o f Education Program. 416 Park Avenue. R ichard P. S a iler, B .A ., University o f Illinois; Ph.D., Cambridge University, Assistant Professor o f Classics. 512 Elm Avenue. Judith G. Voet, B.S., Antioch College; Ph.D., Brandeis University, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry. 3 6 8 Trevor Lane, Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004. P eter J . Schm idt, B.A ., Oberlin College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Virginia, Assistant Professor o f English Literature. #7 Crum Ledge. J a c o b Weiner, B .A ., Antioch College; Ph.D., University o f Oregon, Assistant Professor o f Biology. 4 0 5 E. Rose Valley Road, Wallingford, PA 19086. Lau ren ce S. Seidm an, A .B., Harvard University; Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley, Assistant Professor o f Economics, Swarthmore College. David F. Wei man, A .B., Brown University; M .A ., Yale University, Assistant Professor o f Economics. 4 0 4 Elm Avenue Helene Shapiro, B .A ., Kenyon College; M .A . Princeton U niversity; Ph.D., California Institute o f Technology, Assistant Professor o f Mathematics. #8 Crum Ledge. D ouglas M. W eiss, A.T.C., Assistant Professor o f Physical Education. 117 S. Chester Road. INSTRUCTORS Rush D. Holt, B .A ., Carleton College; M .S., New York University, Instructor in Physics. 8 B W hittier Place. P h ilip J . Kellm an, B .A ., Georgetown University; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania, Instructor in Psychology. Swarthmore College. B rian A . M eunier, B •F.A., University o f Massachusetts, Amherst; M .F.A ., Tyler School o f A rt, Temple University, Instructor o f Studio Arts. 4 0 9 ‘/i Elm Avenue. * * Fall Semester, 1980. M ich a e l L. M ullan, B .A ., University o f California, Instructor o f Physical Education and Athletics. 213 Fields Lane, R ose Valley, PA 19065. Elizabeth D. Watts, B .S., University o f Delaware, Instructor o f Physical Education and Athletics. 231 Sharpies Street, W est Chester, PA 19380. t Absent on leave, 1980-81. 205 The Faculty LECTURERS (all part-time) H a rry J . Augensen, B .A ., Elmhurst College; M .A . and Ph.D., Northwestern University, Lecturer in Astronomy. 2 3 3 S. Chester Road. Cynthia Bourgeault, B .A ., O hio State University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Lecturer in English. Swarthmore College. ***§Edwin B. B ronner (Professor o f History, Haverford College), Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Visiting Lecturer in History. Haverford College, Haverford, PA 19041. **Conchita A lb o rg Day, B .A ., Georgia State University; M .A ., Emory University, Lecturer in Spanish. 1251 Cardinal Lake Drive, Cherry Hill, NJ 0 8 0 0 3 . **§Noel J .J . F a rle y (Associate Professor o f Econom ics, Bryn Mawr College), Ph.D., Yale University, Visiting Lecturer in Economics. Byrn Mawr College, Byrn Mawr, PA 19010. J a n e K. F ra n cis, M .A ., University o f Delaware; Diploma, University o f Hamburg, Lecturer in German. 113 Briar Lane, Newark, D E 19711. P eter P. Garretson, B .A ., Haverford College; Ph.D., University o f London, Lecturer in History. 915 Harvard Avenue. M a ry K. Kenney, A .B., Chestnut Hill College; M .A ., Villanova University, Lecturer in Spanish. 4 8 N. Hillcrest Road, Springfield, PA 19064. University o f Toronto, Visiting Lecturer in Philosophy, Bryn Mawr College, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010. C e c ilia Chin Lee, B .A ., National Taiwan University; M .A ., University o f Michigan, M .A .L .S., University o f Washington, Lecturer in Chinese. 211 College Avenue. K. P r is c illa P ederso n , B.A ., By rn Mawr College; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia University, Lecturer in Religion. Swarthmore College. Elke Plaxton, B •A., Brigham Young University; M .A ., University o f Colorado, Lecturer in German. 2 0 2 2 Brandywine Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Ann Renninger, B.A ., University o f Pennsylvania; M .A ., Bryn Mawr College, Lecturer in the Program in Education. 27 Holland Avenue, Ardmore, PA 19003. **Eugene J . Rosenbaum , B.S., Ph.D., University o f Chicago, Lecturer in Chemistry. 6 0 Pilgrim Lane, Drexel Hill, PA 19026. **Sarah P h elps Sm ith, B .A ., Wellesley College; M .A ., Courtauld Institute o f Art; Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh, Lecturer in A rt History. 217 W est State Street, Kennett Square, PA 19348. B arb ara Yost S tew art, B.A ., Swarthmore College; M .A ., and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, Lecturer in Biology. 5 4 3 Marietta Avenue. ***§Michael K ra u sz (Associate Professor o f Philosophy, Bryn Mawr College), Ph.D.,* * * Fall Semester, 1980. * * * Spring semester, 1981. 206 § Single Course, Byrn Mawr: Haverford-Swarthmore faculty exchange program. ASSISTANTS AND ASSOCIATES (all part-time) ,, P a tric ia C o rn ell, Assistant in Physical Education. 2 2 5 Port Royal, Philadelphia, PA 19126. C a ro lyn Reichek, B .S ., Columbia University, Associate in Performance (Dance). 4 3 5 Ogden Avenue. U rsu la M . D avis, B .A ., M T (A D C P) Colby Junior College, Assistant in Chemistry. 11 Rampart W est, Media, PA 19063. G loria U. Rosen, B .A ., Hunter College; M .A ., M t. Holyoke College, Assistant in Biology. 3 3 6 N. Princeton Avenue. Dorothy K. Freem an, B.M ., m .m ., Boston University, Concert Manager and Chamber Music Coordinator. 2 0 6 Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. ***Lee W. J e n k in s, Assistant in Physical Education and Athletics. 413 Haverford Place. Paula Sepinuck, B.A ., Bennington College, Associate in Performance (Dance). 2 Lantoga Square, Wayne, PA 19087. Nita H a rris S icilia n o , B .S ., Russell Sage College, Assistant in Chemistry. 1287 A Samuel Road, W est Chester, PA 19380. Robert M. S m art, B .A ., Curtis Institute o f Music; M .A ., Westminster Choir College, College Organist and Associate in Performance (M usic). 18 Oberlin Avenue. **ThomaS F. Lapinski, B .A ., University o f Delaware; M .S ., Villanova University, Assistant in Physical Education and **'C. Jo se p h S te fa n o w icz, B.A ., Lafayette Athletics. 2217 Fairfax Boulevard, College, Assistant in Physical Education W ilm ington, D E 19083. and Athletics. 921 Flora Lane, Boothwyn, M a rg a re t M. Lehm an, U.A., Swarthmore PA 19061. College, Assistant in Chemistry. 105 Upper P a tric e Terrone, Maitrise De Histoire, Gulph Road, Wayne, PA 19087. University o f Grenoble, Assistant in ** J o se p h F. Leitner, Assistant in Physical French. 3 0 2 N. Chester Road. Education and Athletics. 1390 Ship Road, Je a n L. Tom ezsko, B.A ., Pennsylvania W est Chester, PA 19380. State University, Assistant in Biology. 4 Prince Eugene Lane, Media, PA 19063. J o e l M a rc u s , B .E .E ., City College o f New York; M .B .A ., City University o f New Dennis C. W est, M .A ., Purdue York, Assistant in Physical Education and University; M .Ed., Temple University, Athletics. 2 0 7 Fox Lane, Wallingford, PA Assistant in Physical Education and 19086. Athletics. 313 Barry Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. ***James W. N oyes, B .A ., Amherst College, Assistant in Physical Education and ** Athletics. Meadow Lane. * * * Spring semester, 1981. * * Fall semester, 1980. 207 The Faculty Standing C o m m ittees o f the Facu lty 1 9 8 0 -8 1 Academic and Cultural Support Curriculum Committee O BER D IEK /K LO TZ , Barus, Davies, Dickerson, Marecek, Meunier, Schuldenfrei, Stott, Travers, W einer W R IG H T, M iovic, Mullins, Henry/Perkins, Smith, D ., Stott Academic Requirements Faculty Equal Opportunity Advisory Committee BLA CK BU RN , Anderson, Bloom, Dickerson, Heintz, Lacey, Moskos, Mullins, Saffran, Stott, W illis, Wright H U N G ER FO R D , W illiam son, Boyer/Wood Admissions and Scholarships LANDRY, Aaron, Bowler, C ook, Heller, Iversen, Miller, Pack, Shero, U rban, Wright HENRY, Anderson, Avery, Barr, Blackburn, Dickerson, Dunn, Hess, Hungerford, McDiarmid, Skeath, Smoyer Asian Studies BLO O M , Hollister, Kitao, Kurth, Lee, Levinson Black Studies W IL LIA M SO N /W O O D , Garretson, Hopkins, Lacey, Legesse, Weiman C e n te r for Social and Policy Studies IV ERSEN , Dunn, Hopkins, Kuperberg, Little, M cGarity, Peabody, Rubin. Committee o n Computing Services SKEATH, Aburdene, B occio, Landry, Little, Pryor/Safffan, Ryan, W illiam s, Wright Committee on Faculty Procedures FRIEN D , Hungerford, Rose, Wright [and four other elected faculty] Cooper Committee BRA D LEY/SW IN G, Binnie, Desjardins, Devin, Durkan, Knutson, Landis, McDiarmid, Morgan, Saffo Council on Educational Policy W R IG H T, Boccio, Friend, Heald, North, Savage, Travers, Weinstein 208 Faculty and Staff Benefits Committee Faculty Representative to the Bookstore HINZ Fellowships and Prizes ST O T T , Beitz, Cothren, Cowden, Dickerson, Fehnel, Jenkins, Lachterman, Marecek, Sailer Health Sciences Advisory Committee LIEBER TH A L, Clark, Fehnel, Jenkins, Mangelsdorf, Marcek, Stott, W illiams Library Committee D U R K A N , Aaron, Cothren, England, Hassett, Kuperberg, Lachterman, Munoz, Ostwald, Saffo, Wright Physical Education and Athletics BLA CK BU RN , Davis, Devin, Hammons, Hess, Keith, Mullan, Smoyer Promotion and Tenure FRIEN D , Bannister, England, Heald, North, Wright Research Ethics Committee BA N N ISTER, Bilaniuk, Jacobs, Kurth, Pryor. Research Support Committee Teacher Education Committee BILA N IU K, Eisler, Faber, Hammons, Lippincott, Raff, Sailer, Schuldenfrei, Schwartz T R A V E R S, Balestri, Hassett, Kemler, Maurer, Savage, Tafoya, Wright Teaching Technology Schedule o f Classes M U LLIN S, Dickerson, Freeman, Kresch, Krugovoy, Mangelsdorf, Maurer, Prudente, Raff, W atts Space Use and Energy Conservation SPA FFO RD , B occio, Kitao, McGarity, Mullins, O rthlieb, Raymond, Schwartz, Smoyer, Stanton, W einer HINZ, Barus, Cosman, Horikawa, Levinson, Meunier, Little. Secretary to the Faculty Bernard Smith Parliamentarian P. Linwood Urban Standing C o m m ittees o f the College Advisory Committee on Resource Use Equal Opportunity Advisory Committee Faculty members: Bowler, Hollister, Miovic, Henry/Perkins, Sm ith, D .; Chairman o f the Board Committees on Development, Finance, Instruction and Libraries, Investment, Property, and Student Life; the two V ice Presidents, Provost, and Dean; three students; chaired by the President o f the College, with the Assistant to the President as Recording Secretary Faculty members: Boyer/Wood, Hungerford, W illiam son; three staff members, and two students; chaired by the Equal Opportunity Officer D ivisions and D ep artm en ts I. D I V IS IO N O F T H E H U M A N IT IE S Patrick Henry/Jean Ashmead Perkins, Chair A rt, T. Kaori Kitao, Chairperson M odern Languages, Francis P. Tafoya, Chairman C la s s ic s , Helen F. North, Chairman M u sic , James D. Freeman, Chairman English Literature, Philip Weinstein, Chairman Philosophy, Hugh Lacey, Chairman History, Robert C . Bannister, Chairman Psychology, Barry Schwartz, Department Head L in g u istics (Program ), Alfred H. Bloom, Program Director Religion, Patrick Henry, Chairperson M ath em atics, James England, Chairman 209 The Faculty II. DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES David G. Sm ith, Chair Econom ics, Bernard Saffran, Chairman M ath em atics, James England, Chairman Education (Program ), Eva Travers, Program Director Philosophy, Hugh Lacey, Chairman Engineering, H. Searl Dunn, Chairman P o litica l S cie n c e , David G . Smith, Chairman H istory, R obert C . Bannister, Chairman P sychology, Barry Schwartz, Department Head L in g u istics (Program ), Alfred H. Bloom , Program Director S o cio lo g y and Anthropology, Jennie Keith, Acting Chair III. DIVISION OF THE NATURAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING Margaret Miovic, Chair Astronom y, W u lff D . Heintz, Chairman M athem atics, James England, Chairman Biology, R obert Savage, Chairman Philosophy, Hugh Lacey, Chairman Chem istry, James H. Hammons, Chairman P h y sic s, Paul C . Mangelsdorf, Jr., Chairman Engineering, H. Searl Dunn, Chairman P sych o lo gy, Barry Schwartz, Department Head 210 Administration P R E S ID E N T ’S O F F IC E Theodore Friend, B.A . and LL.D ., W illiam s College; M .A . and Ph.D., Yale University, President. Eleanor B. Johnston, b .a ., Pomona College, Assistant to the President. S h ellie W ilen sky Cam p, B.A ., Swarthmore College; M .M ., Eastman School o f Music; Ja n e F. Ja m e s , B.S., State University o f New York at New Paltz; Secretaries. V IC E P R E S ID E N T S ’ O F F IC E Kendall Landis, B.A ., Swarthmore College; M .A . Wesleyan University, Vice President Alumni, Development, Public Relations. Pauline M. C a rro ll, M a ry C. Kasper, Secretaries. La w re n ce L. Landry, B .S.B .A ., M .B.A ., Clark University, V ice President - Finance. P R O V O S T ’S O F F IC E H arriso n M. Wright, B .A ., M .A ., Ph.D., Harvard University, Provost. Ja c q u e lin e Robinson, Secretary. G ilm ore StOtt, B.A. and M .A ., University o f Cincinnati; B.A . and M .A ., University o f Oxford; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate Provost and Associate Dean. M a ry Etta Z w ell, Secretary. D E A N ’S O F F IC E Thom as H. B lackburn, B.A ., Amherst College; B.A . and M .A ., University o f O xford; Ph.D., Stanford University, Dean. J a n e t Sm ith D ickerson , B.A ., Western College for W om en; M .Ed., Xavier University, Associate Dean and Director o f Support Programs. G ilm ore Stott, B.A. and M .A ., University o f Cincinnati; B.A . and M .A ., University o f O xford; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate Provost and Associate Dean. N ancy Anne Orr, B.A . and M .S., Indiana University, Assistant Dean. G loria C a rey Evans, B.A ., Western Washington College o f Education; M .S., University o f Washington; Ph.D., Stanford University, Consultant for Testing and Guidance and Adviser to Foreign Students. J a c o b S. Roberts, Jr., B.A ., Gettysburg College; M .S.W ., University o f Pennsylvania, Director, Black Cultural Center. D. G retchen Bow en, Tutor Coordinator for Support Programs. D. Gretchen Bow en, A lm a E. Stew art, Norm a Boyle A .A ., Temple University. Administration ADMISSIONS OFFICE Robert A. Barr, Jr., B .A ., Swarthmore College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania, Dean o f Admissions. David A. Walter, B .S., Swarthmore College; M . Div., Princeton Theological Seminary, Associate Dean o f Admissions. W allace Ann A y re s, B .A ., Swarthmore College; Ed.M ., Harvard University, Assistant Dean o f Admissions. Brenda M. B rock, B.A ., Earlham College, Assistant Dean o f Admissions. P h y llis Hall Raym ond, B .A ., Indiana University; M .A ., Swarthmore College, Assistant Dean o f Admissions. Jo a n n e B a rra c liff, Catherine B occio, B arbara A. Hadly, A g n e s Shonert, S a ra -P a g e White, B .A ., Swarthmore College, Secretaries. ALUMNI RELATIONS AND INFORMATION SERVICES M a ra ly n O rbison G illesp ie , b .a ., Swarthmore College, Associate Vice President - Director o f Alumni Relations and Information Services. Hope L. Wohl, B .A ., Princeton University, Publications Associate. W illiam J . P ich ardo, B .A ., Swarthmore College, Associate Director, Alumni Relations. Ann D. Geer, B .A ., Randolph-Macon W om an’s College, Assistant. Ruth M alone, B .S., Temple University; A .A ., Charles M orris Price School, Associate Director, Inform ation Services. Kathryn B a ssett, Alumni Editor (part tim e). M im i GeiSS, O ffice Manager. Ruthanne K ra u ss , Secretary. N ancy R. Sm ith, A .B., Radcliffe, Director o f Publications and Managing Editor o f The Alumni Magazine. ANNUAL FUNDS AND RECORDS OFFICE Robin R. M o ll, B .A ., Bucknell University, Co-Director, Annual Funds. M a rily n Rothberg, B .A ., University o f Connecticut, Co-Director, Annual Funds. Elizabeth F. Dickey, B .A ., Pennsylvania State University, O ffice Manager. Elizabeth B. Cam pbell, Senior Fund Recorder; R osem a ry M. P h illippi, Fund Recorder. J o y c e M . Fuller, Secretary. M ild re d B. Bergm an, Clerk/Typist. J a n e S. Reach, B .A ., Connecticut College, Secretary. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS DEPARTMENT W illiam M. Stanton, B .A ., University o f W isconsin, Director o f Physical Plant. J o se p h E. Spafford, B .S ., University o f 212 Missouri; Administrative Engineer Facilities Planning and Utilization. Gordon E. Cheesm an, B.S., Swarthmore College, Architect/Engineer. Franklin H. B rig gs, B.A ., Earlham College; Donald V. Kelley, David F. M elro se; H arold T. Hofman; Assistant Directors o f Physical Plant. Ju n e M. Carn all, Facilities Coordinator. A lice Balbierer, Eleanor J . Breischaft, Esther B. Kelley, A delaide M. Young, Secretaries; Ja cq u e lin e M. Batker, Purchasing Assistant. Jo se p h J . Delozier, Jr., H arry F. Foulke, A bbie Jo n e s, Leila Dennis McDuffy, Carolin e Robinson, Rachel W illiam s, P h y llis W oodcock, Supervisors. B U S IN E S S O F F IC E Caroline Shero, B .A ., Swarthmore College; M .B .A ., University o f Pennsylvania, Controller. Carolin e C. Busch, B.S., ciem son University, Assistant Controller. M a rg a ret A. Thom pson, Ellen R. Augsberg er, Laura B. M cLaughlin, Fra n ce s A. M onahan, Assistants. L e w is T. Cook, Jr., B .A ., St. Lawrence University; M .S. Pennsylvania State University, Associate Vice President Business Affairs. Ruth B. Walker, Secretary. B arbara H. Greenhow, Purchasing Clerk. Robert L. Lam berson, Jr., B.A., W illiams College; M .B.A ., Drexel University, Manager o f Bookstore. Helen DiFeliciantonio, Director o f Stenographic Office. C arolina C la rk e, Ellen L. D olski, Joann M. M a ssa ry , Edith R. Woodland, Stenographic staff. Ju d y G race Feiy, Dorothy H. Olson, Console Attendants. A rlen e Delozier, Postmistress. C A R EE R PLANNING AND PLACEM ENT Jud ith K apustin Katz, B .A ., Temple University; M .A ., University o f Michigan; Ed.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Director. N ancy G. S w a rtz, B.A ., University o f Michigan; M .S., University o f Pennsylvania, Career Planning and Placement Counselor. J u lia Lemon, Recruiting Coordinator/ Secretary. CENTER FOR SOCIAL AND POLICY STUDIES Gudmund R. Iversen, Director. H azel C. Rapp, Secretary. C O M P U T IN G S E R V I C E S Elizabeth R. Little, B .S., North Carolina State University, Director o f Computing Services. W illiam C. Ryan, B .A ., Swarthmore College, Associate Director. M a ry M. England, B.S., University o f Missouri; W. M a rsh a ll Northcott, B.S., Lock Haven State College, Programmers, Administrative Systems. 213 Administration T h om a s E. Fo rre st, Jr., B .S ., Drexel University, C.D .P., Programmer/Analyst, Administrative Systems. C la ra Notaro, A g n e s Kennedy, Data Entry Operators. H azel C. Rapp, Secretary. Sau n d ra K. G rabania, Computer Operator. DEVELOPMENT OFFICES R ich ard W. Jo h n so n II, B .A ., Colgate University, Director o f Development. M a ry S . Harw ood, B .A ., Douglass College, Research Associate. P ru d en ce S . C h u rch ill, B .A ., Dickinson College; M .S.Ed ., Temple University, Director o f Capital Support. M a rg a re t W. N ikelly, B .A ., Upsala College; M a rg a re t M . Richm ond, Secretaries. Betty Nathan Eisler, B .A ., Swarthmore College; M .S ., Drexel University, Director o f Foundation and Government Support. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE Robin B. C ow ard , B .A ., Hunter College; J.D ., Temple University, Equal Opportunity Officer. FINANCIAL AID OFFICE Laura T. A lp erin , B .A ., W heaton College, Director o f Financial Aid. Philom ena M. Cam po, B .A ., Rosem ont College, Vera B. M o rriso n , Secretaries. FOOD SERVICE C h a rle s W. Sp ieg el, B .S ., University o f Denver, Director. Robert M itten, A .A ., Brandywine Junior College, Food Service Manager. Stephen Finch, B .S., W est Virginia Wesleyan University, Food Service Manager. Elizabeth D avis, Secretary. HEALTH SCIENCE ADVISORY PROGRAM J a n e L in d sa y Lieberthal, B .A ., Douglass College; M .A ., Columbia University, Health Sciences Advisor. 214 Bonnie E. Harvey, B .A ., Swarthmore College, Secretary. HEALTH AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES J a m e s E. Clark, b .a W est Virginia University; M .D ., Jefferson Medical College, Director o f Medical Services. La w ren ce W allach, b .a ., Queens College; M .D ., Hahnemann Medical College, College Physician. M a rk G oldstein, b .a ., Penn State University; M .D . Hahnemann Medical College, College Physician. A rth u r T. Laver, B .A ., Swarthmore College; M .D ., Hahnemann Medical College, Consulting Gynecologist. C h a rle s D. Hummer, Jr., B .A ., Amherst College; M .D . Hahnemann Medical College, Athletic Orthopedic Consultant. Leighton C. W hitaker, B.A ., Swarthmore College; M .A ., University o f Connecticut; Ph.D., Wayne State University, Director, Psychological Services. S ila s L. Warner, B .A ., Princeton University; M .D ., Northwestern University, Consulting Psychiatrist. Anita G. Bell, B .A ., Antioch College; M .S., Hahnemann Medical College, Consulting Psychologist Paula S. Rosen, B .A ., University o f Rochester; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania; M .S .S., Bryn Mawr College Graduate School o f Social W ork and Social Research, Consulting Social'W orker. Erw in R. Schm idt, Jr., B .S., Yale University; M .D ., University o f W isconsin, Consulting Orthopedic Surgeon. Nurses: E. Elizabeth M cG eary, R .N ., Head Nurse, E lissa R. Chansky, R .N ., Beth Israel Hospital, Constance C. Jo n es, R.N ., Jo a n M orton, R .N ., R arbara A. Sm etana, R .N ., College Health Nurse Practitioner, Brigham Young University. Elizabeth P. Cozine, R .N ., Secretary. LIBRARY STAFF College Library M ich a e l J . Dùrkan, B.A ., St. Patrick’s College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in Library Training, University College, Dublin, Librarian. Ja n e H. Aaron, B .A ., BirminghamSouthern College; M .S. in L .S., Drexel University; Associate Librarian, and Head, Acquisitions Department. Ch ristin e D. Zook, Secretary to the Librarian. Richard Daly, B.A . and M .S. in L .S., University o f California, Berkeley, Head, Cataloging Department. Lorena Filosa, B .A ., La Salle College; M .S. in L .S., Drexel University, Assistant Catalog Librarian. B arbara H. S ch ley er, B.S., Simmons College; Anne M . Sw ann, B.A ., Swarthmore College; Anne J . Perkins; Netta Shinbaum , b .a ., s u n y , Oswego; Editors. D oris Pitm an M oist, Processing Supervisor. Elizabeth Tolles, A .B., Radcliffe College, Assistant. Elizabeth Am ann, B .A ., Swarthmore College; M .S. in L .S., Drexel University, Assistant Order/Public Services Librarian. M onique Constantino, Records 6c Purchasing. Pauline M a rsh a ll, B .S., Simmons College, Continuations. 215 Administration S h irle y F. Kirby, B .A ., Washington University, Periodicals. JaiH 6S A. Hinz, B.A ., Concordia Senior College; B .D ., M. Div., Concordia Seminary; M .A ., Stanford University, Humanities Librarian and Head o f Reference. Lois G. P eterson, B.A ., O berlin College, Interlibrary Loan. Edw ard Fuller, B.A ., W idener College; M .S. in L .S., Drexel University, Documents and Special Collections. Catherine J . Sm ith, B.A ., Swarthmore College; B .S. in L .S., Drexel University, Head, Circulation Department. Je a n Pfeiffer, Circulation Assistant. Pauline E. Hallm an; M artha Scott; Diane Van Roden; D oris A. Stoddart; C la ire R. Sm ith, Assistants. Emi K. H orikaw a, B .E., University o f Nevada; M .A ., University o f U tah, Science Librarian. C a rm ella M. K ice, B.S., Kutztown State College; A m y M o rriso n , B.A. and M .L .S., Rutgers University, Assistants. George K. Huber, B .A ., University o f Pennsylvania; M .S. in L .S., Drexel University, Librarian, Underhill Music Library. Friends Historical Library J . W illiam Frost, B .A ., DePauw University; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f W isconsin, Director. A lb e rt W. Fow ler, B.A ., Haverford College; M .S. in L .S., Syracuse University, Assistant Director. C la ire B. Shetter, Cataloging Assistant. P a tric ia L. Neiley; N ancy P. Speers; Ja n e M. Thorson, B.A ., Goddard College; Assistants. K a zu e Oye, Conservation Assistant. Swarthmore College Peace Collection J e r r y R ichard K yle, B.A. and M .A ., Temple University, Curator. B arbara E. A dd ison, B .S., University o f W isconsin (Milwaukee); M .S. in Librarianship, University o f W isconsin (M adison), Cataloging Assistant. Eleanor M. Barr, B .A ., M ount Holyoke College, M .L .S., University o f Pittsburgh, Archivist. M a ry Ellen Clark, B. Mus., W est Virginia University, Assistant, Cynthia Lee Sadler, B .A ., University o f Pennsylvania, M .S .L .S., Villanova University, Archivist. H ono rary Curators o f the Friends Historical Library M a rg a re t Hope Bacon, Judith C. Breault, F ra n c e s W illia m s Brow in, Joh n Edwin Brush, H arriet F ro re r Durham , David C. Elkinton, LaVerne Forbush, J a m e s R. Frorer, Carolin e Biddle M alin, Joh n M. M oore, Lyman W. Riley, C atharine M o rris Wright, Ellis T. W illiam s. Advisory Council o f the Swarthmore Collegt Peace Collection Irwin A b ram s, Helen M. C a rro ll, Ju lie n C ornell, H ila ry Conroy, M e rle Curti, A lfre d A. F ra s e r III, La rry 216 Gara, Robert W allace Gilm ore, Phebe R. Ja c o b s e n , Kendall Landis, E. Raym ond W ilson. P E R S O N N E L S E R V IC E S N ancy L. Goguen Heller, B.A ., Wesleyan University, Director. P a tricia J . Hem phill, Secretary. R E G I S T R A R ’S O F F IC E Ja n e H. M u llin s, B .A ., Swarthmore College, Registrar. N ancy S. Bell, Natalie K ru cza j, Recorders. A R T H U R H O Y T S C O T T H O R T IC U L T U R A L F O U N D A T IO N Joh n C. W ister, B.A ., Harvard University; D .Sc., Swarthmore College, Director Emeritus o f the Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation. J o se p h W. Oppe, B .S., Marietta College; M .S., University o f Idaho, Director o f the Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation and Swarthmore College Horticulturist. Judith D. Zuk, B .S., Rutgers University; M .S., University o f Delaware, Educational Coordinator. David M e lro se , Assistant Director. Jo se p h in e Hopkins, Secretary. M a ra Baird, B.A ., Swarthmore College, Intern. Advisory Committee to the Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation M a rg ie Baker, Betty Nathan Eisler, W illiam F re d e rick , Jr., Theodore W. Friend, M a ra lyn O rbison G illespie , H. T h om as H allow ed , S teven s H ecksch e r, Dr. W illiam Klein, M rs. B ichard K rem entz, Kendall Landis, La w re n ce L. Landry, W illiam Lee, David M e lro se , Jo se p h Oppe, Mr. and M rs . W illiam Plate, M rs . Jo se p h B. Shane, W illiam Stanton, M rs . K a rl A. Thiem e, Dr. and M rs . Joh n C. W ister, Ju d y Zuk. S E C U R IT Y A N D S A F E T Y S E R V IC E S J a m e s C. Lyons III, A .B., Brown University, Director. Peter A. H erkenham , B .A ., Lehigh University, Shift Supervisor. U PW A RD BO UN D Edwin A. C o llin s, B.A ., Lincoln University; B.S., Cheyney State College, Director. M elva N. M cM illa n , Secretary. DeLoiS M. C o llin s, B .A ., Temple University, Associate Director. 217 Administration DEPARTMENTAL SECRETARIES, ASSISTANTS AND TECHNICIANS Art: Teresa F. Klingler, A .A ., Hershey Junior College. A stronom y: Elliot Borgman, B.A ., University o f Pennsylvania; Mary MacD. Jackson, B.A ., Swarthmore College; Ruth V. Kennedy, B .A ., University o f Pennsylvania; Michael D. W orth, A .A ., Keystone Junior College; Barbara C. Niebruegge, A .B., R adcliffe College, Secretary. A udio-visual Technician: Stephen L. Mann. Biology: Henrietta P. Ewing, B.A., Swarthmore College; Harry J. Smith. Chem istry: Janice W . Bright, B.A ., University o f California, Davis; E. Earl Matthews, A .S., D elaw are County Community College. C la s s ic s : Sarah S. Fought, B.A. and M .A ., University o f Wisconsin. Econom ics: Eleanor Greitzer, Mary E. Renneisen. Education: Maud W . Marshall, B.A., Goddard College. E le c tro n ic s Technician: John j . Dougherty. Engineering: Frances L. Shero, B.A ., Swarthmore College; Grant Lee Smith. 218 English Literature: Thelma M. Miller. H istory: Eleanor W . Bennett. Lin g u istics: W inifred G. Vaules. M athem atics: Joyce A. Glackin. M odern Languages: Martha Dieffenbach, Eleanor L. O ’Keefe. M u sic : Judy Lord, A .A ., Wesley College. Philosophy: Alta K. Schmidt. P h y sic a l Education and A thletics: Patricia E. Trinder, Esther R . Gosser, Octavius Holland, David Lester, Nancy L. Saul, B.A ., Laurentian University. P h y sic s: Joh n R . Andrews, Freda J. Oppe. P o litica l S cien c e: Eleanor Greitzer, Mary E. Renneisen. P sych ology: Dorothea L. Beebe, B.A., Gettysburg College; Harry J. Smith; Julia L. W elbon, B.A ., W illiam Smith College. Religion: Janice Hampton. S o cio lo g y and Anthropology: Pauline B. Federman. Visiting Examiners 1980 A rt H isto ry Professor W illiam W . Clark, Queens College CU N Y; Professor Susan Kuretsky, Vassar College; Professor Penelope Mayo, State University o f N.Y. at SU N Y; Professor Daniel G. Rosenfeld, Boston University; Professor Paul W atson, University o f Pennsylvania. B iology Professor Roselyn Eisenberg, School o f Veterinary Medicine, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor James Gould, Princeton University; Professor Dietrich Kessler, H averford College; Professor Phillip Kilbride, Bryn M awr College; Dr. Paul Moorehead, University o f Pennsylvania, School o f Medicine; Professor Andrew G. Stephanson, Pennsylvania State University. C h em istry Professor Harold Bright, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Maitland Jones, Jr., Princeton University; Professor James H. Loehlin, Wellesley College; Professor Donald M cClure, Princeton University. C la s s ic s Professor Michael C . Alexander, University o f Illinois; Professor Marylin B. Arthur, Wesleyan University; Professor Sylvia G . Brown, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Floyd L. Moreland, T h e Graduate School and University Center o f CUNY. E co n o m ics Professor Christopher Clague, University o f Maryland; Professor Noel Farley, Bryn M awr College; Dr. John Haring, Glassman-Oliver Economic Consultants; Professor Holland Hunter, Haverford College; Professor John Page, Princeton University; Professor John Pettingill, University o f Virginia; Professor R obert Summers, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Richard Tresch, Boston College; Professor Sidney Weintraub, University o f Pennsylvania. Engineering Dr. Joel I. Abrams, University o f Pittsburgh; Dr. R aou f Farag, RCA ; Dr. Paul Kalata, Drexel University; Dr. Frederick D . Ketterer, University o f Pennsylvania; Dr. Charles ReVelle, Johns Hopkins University. English Literature Professor Richard H. Brodhead, Yale University; Professor Joan Ferrante, Colum bia University; Professor Michael Goldman, Princeton University; Professor Lawrence Graver, W illiam s College; Professor Edward B. Irving, Jr., University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Richard A . Johnson, Mount Holyoke College; Professor Alexander Leggatt, University o f Toronto; Professor Thomas P. Roche, Jr., Princeton University H isto ry Professor Linda Grant DePauw, George Washington University; Professor Richard H. Elphick, Wesleyan University; Professor R obert Harding, Yale University; Professor Mary S. Hartman, Douglass College; Professor Margaret L. King, Brooklyn College; Professor Bruce Kuklick, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Jonathan O cko, Harvard L aw School; Professor Norman Rich, Brown University; Professor Alexander V. Riasonovsky, University o f Pennsylvania. L in g u istics Professor R obert Fiengo, Queens College, C U N Y ; Professor Harris Savin, University o f Pennsylvania; Dr. Jane Tompkins, Temple University M a th em a tics Professor Kenneth P. Bogart, Dartmouth College; Professor Clifford J . Earle, Jr., Cornell University; Professor Jerry L. Kazdan, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Helene Shapiro, University o f Wisconsin. French Professor V ictor Brom bert, Princeton University; Professor Marcel Gutwirth, Haverford College. Germ an Professor Steven R . Cerf, Bowdoin College. P h ilosophy Professor Martha Bolton, Douglass College; Professor R obert Brumbaugh, Yale University; Professor Joshua Cohen, Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; Professor Geoffrey Joseph, University o f Wisconsin; Professor George L. Kline, Bryn M awr College. 219 Visiting Examiners 1980 P h y s ic s Professor W illiam C. Davidon, Haverford College; Professor Eugene Golowich, University o f Massachusetts; Professor Melvin Lax, City College o f the CUNY. P o litic a l S c ie n c e Professor Douglas Bennett, Temple University; Professor Thomas P. Bernstein, Colum bia University; Professor W illiam Connolly, University o f Massachusetts; Professor Thom as Ferguson, Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; Professor R obert Kaufman, Douglass College; Professor Samuel Krislov, T he Brookings Institution; Professor Peter Lange, Harvard University; Professor Richard Mansbach, Rutgers College; Professor Bernard Mennis, Temple University. P sych o lo g y Professor Jonathan Baron, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Carol Gilligan, 220 Harvard Graduate School o f Education; Professor Jean Kristeller, Yale University; Professor Harris Savin, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Martin Seligman, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Phillip Shaver, University o f Denver; Professor Elizabeth Speike, University o f Pennsylvania. Religion Professor Francine Cardman, Weston School o f Theology; Professor Ninian Smart, University o f California. S o cio lo g y & A nthropology Professor Sandra Barnes, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor Philip Kilbride, Bryn Maurr College; Philip Pachoda, Senior Editor, Pantheon Books; Professor Daniel Rose, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor R . Stephen Warner, University o f Illinois. Degrees Conferred May 2 6 , 1980 BACHELOR OF ARTS Katherine Anne Abele, M edieval Studies Karen B. Adelman, Political Science Katherine M . Allen, Economics Angela Jordan Alston, Biology & Philosophy David Kenneth Andres, Economics & Psychology Gohalem Assefa, German Eric Martin Ball, Biology Richard Kevin Ballot, Psychology Nancy J. Banks, English Literature Lisa Gene Barber, Biology Ruth Ellen Bardon, Literature Rona Lynn Barksdale*, Sociology & Anthropology Margaret W ethered Barroll, Physics Saralyn Bass, Economics Mary Teresa Battenfeld, Linguistics Alan A . Bednarski, Philosophy Angela A . Beldecos, Art History Megan Anne Bevan, English Literature Deborah Kathleen Bezanson, Biology Jean Blaney, History Blair David Boatwright, Mathematics Marian Frances Bock, English Literature Mark W . Bode, Political Science Nina Denice Bonner*, Psychology David Alan Boulifard, English Literature Patricia Lynn Brady, Music & Special Major: Sociolinguistics & Music Jacqueline M . Brokaw*1|., History Sylvetta Ann Brow n*, English Literature John Clarke Browning, History Richard Mark Brunell, Political Science Pamela Marie Burch, M edieval Studies Gene Burns, Psychology Robert Kirwan Campbell, History R obert Post*Cannon, English Literature Patricia Lynn Carpenter, Biology Christopher John Caruso, Economics Thomas Edward Cavin, Mathematics Lisa Nicole Cawley, English Literature Tiela M .K . Chalmers, History M itchell Thomas Chase*, Psychology Susan Eugene Chimene, Art History W ei'W ei Chiu, Economics Michael Adam Chodos, English Literature * with Concentration in Black Studies. ** w ith Concentration in Asian Studies. * * *w ith Concentration in Public Policy. David Huaiming Chow, English Literature James Vernon Coe, Jr., Chemistry Kevin Barry Connolly, Biology Jane Nicole Conrad, Sociology & Anthropology John Pierre Constantino, Economics Catherine Marie C ook, English Literature R obert Joseph Coontz, Jr., Mathematics Stuart Kent Cornew, Political Science Eric Owen Corngold, Political Science Carol Cornsweet, Psychology David Alexander Crow, History Donna Crystal, Mathematics Mary Allerton Cushman, English Literature with Concentration in Theatre Carol Ann Cutkosky, Economics Frederick Lowe Daly, English Literature Gregg Loren Davis, History Robert Warren Davis, Political Science Jennifer Love Denman, German Lisa Maria D iaz**, Political Science Lois Augusta Doggett, Special Major: French & Linguistics Eric Christopher Eichenwald, History Eric S. Eipper, Religion Douglas James Elliott, Economics Samuel Eric Epstein, Biology Jordan Eth, Economics Rosemarie Cecelia Ewing, Special Major: Linguistics & Social Psychology W illiam Thomas Ewing, III, Art History Benjamin D . Fields, Political Science Michelle Ann Fineblum, Philosophy & Psychology Mark Jay Fireman, Chemistry Martin E. Fleisher, Philosphy Alison Ann F o x ** *, Economics & Political Science Marc R obert Freedman, Sociology & Anthropology Jane Eden Friedman, M edieval Studies Carol Friesen, English Literature Carl Chandler Fristrom, Physics Steven R obert Froehlich, Philosophy Barbara Lynne Gandek, Economics Khushro Ghandhi, Philosophy Shannon Margaret Gifford, Art History \ Secondary School Teaching Certificate. 221 Degrees Conferred Ira Adam Gitlin, Greek Denise Marie Green, English Literature Mitchell Ray Grunes, Physics Greta Gugenheim, Economics R obert Edwin Gurwitt, Political Science Laurent Guy, Economics Abigail Ann Hafer, Biology Amy Anne Halio, Special Major: Psychobiology Janet Virginia Hallahan, Philosophy Jane Elizabeth Halsema, Economics & Political Science Denise Michele Heberle, Psychology Lisa Jane Heller, Special Major: Spanish & Sociology Robert Gary Herman, Political Science Kathryn A. Herrmann, Political Science David Hertz, History Daniel Marc Hittner, Chemistry Macfarlane Hoffman, Philosophy Timothy Paul Hofmeister, German Alvin Orlando H olt*, English Literature Keiichi Homma, Physics Jenny A . Hourihan, Economics Joy A nn Huise, Music Kenneth D . Hutchins, Biology Catherine Eaton Hutchison, Literature Melanie Reed Ingalls, Art History Eric Edward Ingbar, Sociology & Anthropology Patricia Anne Jameson, Philosophy Judith Christina Jansen, Art History Rondy Edward Jennings, Economics Leon Jones, Philosophy T. Elwood Kanwit, Sociology & Anthropology Charles Stanley Kaplan, Special Major: Psychobiology Philip James Karanian, Chemistry Edward Sean Kelley, Biology John Joseph Kelly, III, Biology David Mac Lean Kennedy, Philosophy Mary Catherine Kennedy, Political Science Janice Klunder, Chemistry Peter Brampton Koelle, Political Science-International Relations & Russian David Ben Kraskow, Political Science Michael Karl Kuehlwein, Economics Paul Erwin Kuenstner, English Literature Caroline Paula Kurtz, English Literature Kerrie Lynne Kyde, English Literature & Political Science *w ith Concentration in Black Studies. **w ith Concentration in Asian Studies. 222 Robert Blodgett Kyle, III, History J o Denise Landes, Sociology & Anthropology Todd Mason LaPorte, Sociology & Anthropology Christopher Laszlo, Economics Frederick James Laufer, Chemistry Cecilia Lee, Biology Darrell Anthony Lee, Economics Frederick Stinson Leichter, Mathematics Max Leuchter, History Jay Edward Levenson, Sociology & Anthropology Daniel Lewis Levine, Political Science David Bruce Levine, Mathematics Daniel Levitt, Psychology Emily J . Levy, Chemistry Andrea Susan Libresco, History Jairam Rao Lingappa, Physics Catherine Schuyler Livingston, English Literature & German David Joseph Lloyd, Biology Patricia Annette Lokeyij., Biology Thomas John Long, Political Science Susan Lee Louis, Special Major: Religion & Culture Francis Fowler MacGrath, Economics & Philosophy David Richmond Marble, Physics Daniel Allan Marcus, English Literature Marcelle Renee Martin, English Literature & French Bruce Stewart Maxwell, History Maureen Ann McBride, Art History Gary J. McCabe, Political Science Lucinda Jayne McElwee, Economics Charles Francis McGovern, History Anne Maureen McGuire, Psychology & Philosophy Gregory James Mcllvain, History Elizabeth Crawford Mclntoshij., Psychology Craig Kenric M cjett, Political Science Kristan Helen M cK insey**, Art History Adrian Iver Merryman, Economics & Political Science Jacob E. Meskin, Philosophy Philip Avedis Metzidakis, Religion Margaret D eW itt Miller, Biology Eben Moglen, History \ Secondary School Teaching Certificate. Julie Kay Mueller, Special Major: Political Philosophy Roberta Lynn Mueller, Latin Nathan Hale Mull IV, Biology & Chemistry David Christopher Heath Mundy, German Robert Sidney Neufeld, English Literature David Lee Newcomer, Economics David Caryl Newitt, Physics Ida Oberman, History Andrea Osgood, Biology Carol L. Osier, Economics Martin Frederic Packer, Mathematics Gregg A. Parker^., History Lori Alida Patton, Psychology Katherine Ellen Pearce, Economics Douglas Demaree Perkins, Psychology Heather Elizabeth Perry, Biology Marian Petre, Special Major: Psycholinguistics Thaddeus Allen Piotrowski, Biology Elizabeth Burbridge Placed, Political Science Geoffrey Plank, English Literature Ellyn Fern Plato, Psychology Mary Elizabeth Plough, Psychology Clara Amanda Pope, History Thomas Bliss Stillman Quarles, Jr., History Daniel Philip Rask, Special Major: Linguistics & German Elizabeth Gray Raymond, Biology Abigail W illiam s Reifsnyder, English Literature Gefard Thomas Riley, Economics Shanti Marie Rivera, History Valerie Lynn Robertson, Sociology & Anthropology Ben Wallace Rockefeller, Economics Richard Browning Rogers, Jr., French Gay Heidi Rosa, Special Major: Psychology & Biology Brandon Ross, Psychology Carol Anne Rothstein, English Literature Rachel Rue, Philosophy R obert O lts Russ, Biology Emily Joan Sack, History Steven Miller Schail, Sociology & Anthropology Barry Martin Schkolnick, Political Science Anne Elizabeth Schlesslj., English Literature Anne Schuchat, Philosophy Roy Ephraim Schutzengel, Chemistry Herman Mark Schwartz, Political Science Radwan Ali Shaban, Economics ** with Concentration in Asian Studies. f As of the Class o f 1972. David Edward Sharp, Economics & Political Science Suzanne Stacy Sheppe, English Literature Mehmet Kaya Sila, Biology Gary Isadore Silverman, Political Science Karen Georgianna Simmons f , History Karen Elayne Simms, Biology Anne L. Singletary, Sociology & Anthropology Richard Gerard R obert Slattery, Political Science Charles Frederick Smith, Biology David Richard Snyder, Economics Robin Stanton, Biology Sandra Leigh Sterba, History Jeanne Marguerite Stewart, Philosophy Jaine Strauss, English Literature Karen Barbara Strier, Special Major: Anthropology & Biology Christianna Lenore Strohbeck, Chemistry Elizabeth Ann Strom , History Richard Granville Summers, Jr., Chemistry Ellen Marie Sutherland, Chemistry Bernita Clare Taylor, Biology Mark Samuel Taylor^., Political Science Patrice Jacklyn Thoman, Chemistry Margaret L. Thomas, Economics & Psychology Julia Tipton, Special Major: S elf and God in Western Literature Beulah Trey, Psychology Daria Anna Trojan, Chemistry Alice Elizabeth Tucker, Chemistry & Biology Andrew Edwin Turner, Astronomy Andrew Taylor Vaden, Political Science Kathryn Marie Vance, Biology David K. Veleta, Philosophy Ann Louise V ick ers**, Religion Christopher Thompson Walker, Music W illiam Christopher Walker, Philosophy Julia Caroline Walworth, M edieval Studies Camella Gail Ward, Psychology Philip Francis Weber, History & Political Science Susanne M. W eil, English Literature & Psychology Rachel Marian Weinberger, Art History J. Paul Weinstein, Physics Melanie Kuhlman Wentz, Sociology & Anthropology Alan Evan Wessel, Mathematics Ij. Secondary School Teaching Certificate. 223 Degrees Conferred Maura Francesca W helan, English Literature Gary Robert W hite, Psychology Scott N. Whitelj., Psychology Terry Lee W hite, Sociology & Anthropology Cecile W hitting, Art History Kurt W ihl, Philosophy & History Joyce Darnell W ilson, Psychology Peter Blanchard W ilson, Biology Deborah Lynn W ood, Sociology & Anthropology Michael Hemsley W ood, Physics Joseph Yeboah-Mensah, Mathematics Jennifer J. Zimmerman, Philosophy BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Peter Henry Barschall, Engineering Glenn M ilton Beheim, Engineering Gregory Charles Berlin, Engineering Edgard Francis Bertaut, Jr., Engineering Carol Margaret Cheever, Engineering Craig Allen Close, Engineering Peter Samuel Cohan, Engineering John Pierre Constantino, Engineering Raymond James Ehlers, Jr., Engineering Stephen J. Garrett, Engineering Thomas Lindley G ilbert, Engineering Man-Tung Tony Hsiao, Engineering Philip James Karanian, Engineering Barrett Emil Koster, Engineering Christopher Hume Lamb, Engineering W ing Keung Leung, Engineering James R obert Lindquist, Engineering Ed Mellinger, Engineering Mark H. Michels, Engineering Dirk A. Schoonmaker, Engineering Rad wan Ali Shaban, Engineering Neil David Yelsey, Engineering MASTER OF ARTS R obert Radford, Psychology HONORARY DEGREES Marian Wright Edelman, Doctor o f Laws Carl Levin, Doctor o f Laws J. Peter Schickele, Doctor o f Music \ Secondary School Teaching Certificate Renoo Suvarnsit, Doctor o f Laws James Tobin, Doctor o f Laws Awards and Distinctions May 26, 1980 HONORS AWARDED BY THE VISITING EXAMINERS — 17 MAY 1980 HIGHEST HONORS: Jordan Eth, Carl Fristrom , Shanti Rivera, Anne Schuchat, Radwan Shaban. HIGH HONORS: Alan Bednarski, Marian Bock, John Browning, Gene Burns, R obert Cannon, Donna Crystal, Eric Eichenwald, Martin Fleisher, M arc Freedman, R obert Gurwitt, Laurent Guy, Tim othy Hofmeister, David Kennedy, Michael Kuehlwein, Thomas Long, Bruce Maxwell, Eben Moglen, Roberta Mueller, Clara Pope, Carol Rothstein, Rachel Rue, Emily Sack, Richard Slattery, Ellen Sutherland, Julia W alworth, Paul Weinstein. HONORS: Nancy Banks, Ruth Bardon, Margaret Barroll, Saralyn Bass, Mary Battenfeld, Richard Brunell, W ei W ei Chiu, Michael Chodos, David Chow, James Coe, Catherine C ook, Eric Comgold, David Crow, Carol Cutkosky, Frederick Daly, Lisa Diaz, Ben Fields, Carol Friesen, Steven Froehlich, Barbara Gandek, Robert Herman, Keiichi Homma, Jenny Hourihan, Melanie Ingalls, Mary Kennedy, Todd LaPorte, Christopher Laszlo, Max Leuchter, Andrea Libresco, Jairam Lingappa, Charles M cGovern, Jacob M eskin, R obert Neufeld, Ida Oberman, Martin Packer, Geoffrey Plank, Thom as Quarles, Barry Schkolnick, Jaine Strauss, Elizabeth Strom , Richard Summers, W . Chris Walker, Alan W essel, Maura W helan, Deborah W ood, Michael W ood, Jennifer Zimmerman. DISTINCTIONS IN COURSE AWARDED BY FACULTY Eric M artin Ball, Blair David Boatwright, Carol Margaret Cheever, Carol Comsweet, Michelle Ann Fineblum, Ira Adam Gitlin, Amy Anne Halio, Jane Elizabeth Halsema, Lisa Jane Heller, Man-Tung Tony Hsiao, Eric Edward Ingbar, Charles Stanley Kaplan, Janice Klunder, Barrett Emil Koster, Caroline Paula Kurtz, Cecilia Lee, W ing Keung Leung, Daniel Levitt, Anne Maureen M cGuire, Margaret D eW itt Miller, Nathan Hale M ull IV, David Caryl Newitt, Mary Elizabeth Plough, Elizabeth Gray Raymond, Herman M ark Schwartz, Radwan Ali Shaban, Suzanne Stacey Sheppe, Mark Samuel Taylor, Julia Tipton, A lice Elizabeth Tucker, David K . Veleta. ELECTIONS TO HONORARY SOCIETIES PHI BETA KAPPA: Eric M artin Ball, Ruth Ellen Bardon, Blair David Boatwright, Joh n Clarke Browning, Richard Mark Brunell, Carol Margaret Cheever, Michael Adam Chodos, Eric Owen Corngold, Carol Com sweet, David Alexander Crow, Eric Christopher Eichenwald, Jordan Eth, M artin E. Fleisher, Carl Chandler Fristrom, R obert Edwin Gurwitt, Amy Anne Halio, Jane Elizabeth Halsema, Man-Tung Tony Hsiao, Charles Stanley Kaplan, Janice Klunder, Barrett Emil Koster, Michael Karl Kuehlwein, Caroline Paula Kurtz, W ing Keung Leung, Daniel Levitt, Thom as Joh n Long, Bruce Stewart Maxwell, Eben Moglen, Nathan Hale M ull IV, David Caryl Newitt, Geoffrey Plank, Clara Amanda Pope, Elizabeth Gray Raymond, Shanti Marie Rivera, Rachel Rue, Anne Schuchat, Radwan A li Shaban, Jaine Strauss, Richard Granville Summers, Jr., Ellen Marie Sutherland, Julia Caroline Walworth, J. Paul W einstein, Jennifer J . Zimmerman. SIGMA XI: Eugene Burns, Thomas Cavin, Carol Cheever, James Coe, Carol Comsweet, Donna Crystal, Carl Fristrom, Keiichi Homma, Man-Tung Hsiao, Joh n Kelly IV, 225 Awards and Distinctions Barrett Koster, W ing Keung Leung, Daniel Levitt, Jairam Lingappa, Edward Meilinger, Margaret Miller, Nathan Mull IV, David Newitt, Andrea Osgood, Martin Packer, Mary Plough, Elizabeth Raymond, Anne Schuchat, Radwan Shaban, Kaya Sila, Robin Stanton, Jaine Strauss, Karen Strier, Richard Summers, Ellen Sutherland, Andrew Turner, Paul Weinstein, Alan Wessel, Michael W ood. TAU BETA PI: Glenn M . Beheim, Carol M. Cheever, ManTung Tony Hsiao, W ing K. Leung, Radwan A. Shaban. SWARTHMORE COLLEGE FELLOWSHIP AWARDS T he Phi Beta K ap p a Fellowship to Shanti Rivera. T he H annah A. Leedom Fellowship to Radwan Shaban, Herman Schwartz. T he Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to Peter Schwartz *79. T he John Lockw ood M emorial Fellowship to Elizabeth McKinstry *79, Brenda Perkins *79, Rachel Rue. T he Thom as M. M cC abe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley M cC abe M emorial Fellowship to Gabrielle D ’Amato *78. T he Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Ruth Bardon, Lisa Diaz, Julia Walworth. T he M artha E. Tyson Fellowship to Jacqueline Brokaw. T he Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to Elizabeth Anderson *81. SPECIAL AWARDS T he Ivy Award to R obert Herman. T he O a k L e a f Award to Clara Pope. T he M cC abe Engineering Award to Radwan A. Shaban. T he Brand Blanshard Prize to Julie-Kay Mueller. T he A. Edward Newton Library Prize to David Bolton, Addison Lee, Thomas Kanwit/Alexander Troy. T he Lois Morrell Poetry Prize to Elizabeth Cole. 226 T he John Russell Hayes Poetry Prize: Valerie Cornell, Johanna Prins. T he W illiam Plumer Potter Short Story Prize to Helen Perivier, Alvin Holt, Neal Epstein. T he Philip M. Hicks Prizes for Literary Criticism to Valerie Cornell, Elizabeth Mackie. T he A lice L. Crossley Prize in A sian Studies to Kristan McKinsey. T he Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award to Jennifer Pap. HHH ■■¡■i Enrollment Statistics ENROLLMENT OF STUDENTS BY CLASES 1979-80 Seniors Juniors Sophomores Freshmen Graduate Students Special Students T O TA LS MEN W O M EN TO TA L 161 162 20 3 190 133 127 138 173 294 28 9 341 363 716 571 1287 1 10 0 1 16 26 727 58 7 1314 * GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS 1979-80 Pennsylvania New York New Jersey Maryland California Massachusetts Connecticut O hio Delaware Virginia Illinois District o f Columbia Texas North Carolina Maine Oregon Indiana Michigan Missouri Colorado Minnesota New M exico Washington Florida Georgia Vermont W isconsin 276 212 136 87 65 55 52 36 34 34 33 27 19 11 10 10 9 9 9 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 * As o f September, 1979 * * As o f November, 1979 228 New Hampshire Tennessee Arizona Kansas Louisiana Oklahoma Rhode Island Iowa South Carolina Hawaii Kentucky Utah Alabama Alaska Idaho Mississippi Nevada Virgin Islands W est Virginia 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1246 Canada Hong Kong Ghana Italy Japan 7 5 4 4 4 Malaysia W est Germany France Lebanon Greece Iran Netherlands United Kingdom Switzerland Bangladesh Barbados Belgium Bolivia Colombia Indonesia Egypt Jordan Libya Nigeria Peru Rumania Saudi Arabia Total from Abroad G RA N D TO TA L 4 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 61 1 3 0 7 ** G 0 M 7 S Ü U T H ¡>r I h o n k v j¡ v 't ¡ i- í »i T «v r?4* W KW % ; ’-HT>i-.v.v. (v‘! I ijvv* ; Amin^ a(m) HoUww«*w «M* 1 » w «•çLve^y s a i a i I NEE.SO.lDC |f 'TOSJlÇLE^Sun.Ne F*îw IN^Kt ,*■ S» * * 1 [$**«**■ xJtmijpc*' Em ncrman ¿ « w #W € 0 Ä R rcH M O f or SS S y& gs Jf « H I w «w ÿffî*W W . mßt....... *&<► .{. «*»Vl «■- .« .H a?*!'. '^^ w ^wêê Rii n m o iK «v*.i -/ j-lî :-' ’*•*: •** : ?•“/: H K e ê d i m t » 4H r*» ** f^ v ft < * •*< ♦ »»1 t n * « ■ * * * D T 8 6 AU ftìw. W V, w ■. ^ji«*-#**»* B p ÄS w 5 s > s ^ t L 2^< i já?*íw a 4 v a / fí * M (í **•!& a*: MT*€i* §ß ■ • ■s?¿? ??¿ r \á i # .4£«'#•»«;•./i ■ SSSIv?■’■•^Jfc jtf».